You are on page 1of 1144

Command Line Reference

Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134

10.3
NN47263-507, 03.02
October 2010

2010 Avaya Inc.

All Rights Reserved.


Notice
While reasonable efforts have been made to ensure that the
information in this document is complete and accurate at the time of
printing, Avaya assumes no liability for any errors. Avaya reserves the
right to make changes and corrections to the information in this
document without the obligation to notify any person or organization of
such changes.
Documentation disclaimer
Avaya shall not be responsible for any modifications, additions, or
deletions to the original published version of this documentation unless
such modifications, additions, or deletions were performed by Avaya.
End User agree to indemnify and hold harmless Avaya, Avaya's agents,
servants and employees against all claims, lawsuits, demands and
judgments arising out of, or in connection with, subsequent
modifications, additions or deletions to this documentation, to the
extent made by End User.
Link disclaimer
Avaya is not responsible for the contents or reliability of any linked Web
sites referenced within this site or documentation(s) provided by Avaya.
Avaya is not responsible for the accuracy of any information, statement
or content provided on these sites and does not necessarily endorse
the products, services, or information described or offered within them.
Avaya does not guarantee that these links will work all the time and has
no control over the availability of the linked pages.
Warranty
Avaya provides a limited warranty on this product. Refer to your sales
agreement to establish the terms of the limited warranty. In addition,
Avayas standard warranty language, as well as information regarding
support for this product, while under warranty, is available to Avaya
customers and other parties through the Avaya Support Web site:
http://www.avaya.com/support. Please note that if you acquired the
product from an authorized Avaya reseller outside of the United States
and Canada, the warranty is provided to you by said Avaya reseller and
not by Avaya.
Licenses
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS AVAILABLE ON THE AVAYA
WEBSITE, HTTP://SUPPORT.AVAYA.COM/LICENSEINFO/ ARE
APPLICABLE TO ANYONE WHO DOWNLOADS, USES AND/OR
INSTALLS AVAYA SOFTWARE, PURCHASED FROM AVAYA INC.,
ANY AVAYA AFFILIATE, OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER
(AS APPLICABLE) UNDER A COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT WITH
AVAYA OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER. UNLESS
OTHERWISE AGREED TO BY AVAYA IN WRITING, AVAYA DOES
NOT EXTEND THIS LICENSE IF THE SOFTWARE WAS OBTAINED
FROM ANYONE OTHER THAN AVAYA, AN AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN
AVAYA AUTHORIZED RESELLER, AND AVAYA RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO TAKE LEGAL ACTION AGAINST YOU AND ANYONE
ELSE USING OR SELLING THE SOFTWARE WITHOUT A LICENSE.
BY INSTALLING, DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE, OR
AUTHORIZING OTHERS TO DO SO, YOU, ON BEHALF OF
YOURSELF AND THE ENTITY FOR WHOM YOU ARE INSTALLING,
DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE (HEREINAFTER
REFERRED TO INTERCHANGEABLY AS YOU AND END USER),
AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND CREATE A
BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN YOU AND AVAYA INC. OR THE
APPLICABLE AVAYA AFFILIATE (AVAYA).

protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws including the


sui generis rights relating to the protection of databases. You may not
modify, copy, reproduce, republish, upload, post, transmit or distribute
in any way any content, in whole or in part, including any code and
software. Unauthorized reproduction, transmission, dissemination,
storage, and or use without the express written consent of Avaya can
be a criminal, as well as a civil, offense under the applicable law.
Third-party components
Certain software programs or portions thereof included in the Product
may contain software distributed under third party agreements (Third
Party Components), which may contain terms that expand or limit
rights to use certain portions of the Product (Third Party Terms).
Information regarding distributed Linux OS source code (for those
Products that have distributed the Linux OS source code), and
identifying the copyright holders of the Third Party Components and the
Third Party Terms that apply to them is available on the Avaya Support
Web site: http://www.avaya.com/support/Copyright/.
Trademarks
The trademarks, logos and service marks (Marks) displayed in this
site, the documentation(s) and product(s) provided by Avaya are the
registered or unregistered Marks of Avaya, its affiliates, or other third
parties. Users are not permitted to use such Marks without prior written
consent from Avaya or such third party which may own the Mark.
Nothing contained in this site, the documentation(s) and product(s)
should be construed as granting, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise,
any license or right in and to the Marks without the express written
permission of Avaya or the applicable third party.
Avaya is a registered trademark of Avaya Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Downloading documents
For the most current versions of documentation, see the Avaya Support
Web site: http://www.avaya.com/support
Contact Avaya Support
Avaya provides a telephone number for you to use to report problems
or to ask questions about your product. The support telephone number
is 1-800-242-2121 in the United States. For additional support
telephone numbers, see the Avaya Web site: http://www.avaya.com/
support

Copyright
Except where expressly stated otherwise, no use should be made of
materials on this site, the Documentation(s) and Product(s) provided
by Avaya. All content on this site, the documentation(s) and the
product(s) provided by Avaya including the selection, arrangement and
design of the content is owned either by Avaya or its licensors and is

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Contents
Chapter 1: New in this release...............................................................................................51
Features..........................................................................................................................................................51
IPSec nailed up tunnel............................................................................................................................51
IPSec VPN bypass policy.......................................................................................................................51
Jumbo frame support..............................................................................................................................51
Key usage extension checking...............................................................................................................52
Multiple networks in a single IPSec policy..............................................................................................52
Packet filters for management services..................................................................................................52
Periodic DPD..........................................................................................................................................52
Prioritizing IPSec policies.......................................................................................................................53
RIP scalability enhancements................................................................................................................53
RSA certificate key size enhancement...................................................................................................53
SNMP interface index persistency..........................................................................................................53
Triggered RIP.........................................................................................................................................54
Tunnel failover using round robin DNS...................................................................................................54
Tunnel failover using static weighted tunnels.........................................................................................54
Debug commands..................................................................................................................................54
Other changes.................................................................................................................................................55
Release 10.2 commands........................................................................................................................55
Release 10.2.1 commands.....................................................................................................................62

Chapter 2: Basic CLI commands...........................................................................................63


clear................................................................................................................................................................63
configure admin_name....................................................................................................................................63
configure console_timeout..............................................................................................................................64
configure flash.................................................................................................................................................64
configure header.............................................................................................................................................64
configure interface...........................................................................................................................................65
configure network............................................................................................................................................65
configure secure_passwords..........................................................................................................................65
configure SYS_REM.......................................................................................................................................66
configure SYS_REM_.....................................................................................................................................66
configure terminal............................................................................................................................................66
configure user.................................................................................................................................................67
exit...................................................................................................................................................................67
password.........................................................................................................................................................68
pop..................................................................................................................................................................68
reboot..............................................................................................................................................................69
save.................................................................................................................................................................69
show................................................................................................................................................................69
show console_timeout.....................................................................................................................................70
show configuration running.............................................................................................................................70
show configuration stored...............................................................................................................................70
show system configuration..............................................................................................................................71
show user_accounts.......................................................................................................................................71
show users......................................................................................................................................................71
show whoami..................................................................................................................................................71
telnet...............................................................................................................................................................72

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 3: File management commands..............................................................................73


configure terminal interface bundle atm max-vcc............................................................................................73
configure terminal interface bundle link encapsulation atm atm.....................................................................73
configure terminal module xdsl.......................................................................................................................74
show module configuration xdsl......................................................................................................................75
show module userstats xdsl............................................................................................................................76

Chapter 4: Commissioning commands.................................................................................77


admin_name...................................................................................................................................................77
boot_params...................................................................................................................................................77
clear cfg_file....................................................................................................................................................77
clear telnet session.........................................................................................................................................78
clear event_log................................................................................................................................................78
configure dialer................................................................................................................................................79
configure dialer async modem........................................................................................................................79
configure dialer async uart..............................................................................................................................80
configure dst enable........................................................................................................................................81
configure dst set..............................................................................................................................................81
configure reverse_telnet set_baud_rate..........................................................................................................82
configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits...........................................................................................................83
configure reverse_telnet enable......................................................................................................................83
configure reverse_telnet set_flow_control.......................................................................................................84
configure reverse_telnet set_parity.................................................................................................................85
configure reverse_telnet set_stop_bits...........................................................................................................85
configure reverse_telnet telnet_port................................................................................................................86
configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout..........................................................................................................87
configure router-id...........................................................................................................................................87
configure sntp source-address........................................................................................................................87
configure system source-address...................................................................................................................88
configure terminal system logging console priority.........................................................................................88
configure terminal system logging syslog module ike.....................................................................................89
configure terminal system logging syslog module radius................................................................................90
configure terminal system logging syslog module userdb...............................................................................91
configure terminal system logging syslog module xauth.................................................................................92
configure system logging syslog source-address...........................................................................................93
configure terminal system logging syslog enable............................................................................................94
configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddr....................................................................................94
configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddrv6................................................................................94
configure usb enable.......................................................................................................................................95
date.................................................................................................................................................................95
ftp_server........................................................................................................................................................96
ftp_user...........................................................................................................................................................96
hostname........................................................................................................................................................96
ip address........................................................................................................................................................97
ip route............................................................................................................................................................97
jumbo frame....................................................................................................................................................98
no user............................................................................................................................................................98
ping.................................................................................................................................................................99
show chassis...................................................................................................................................................99
show dst..........................................................................................................................................................99
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................100

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module configuration...........................................................................................................................100


show module configuration all.......................................................................................................................100
show telnet....................................................................................................................................................101
show sntp......................................................................................................................................................101
show usb_userstat........................................................................................................................................101
sntp broadcast...............................................................................................................................................101
sntp broadcast timeout..................................................................................................................................102
sntp enable....................................................................................................................................................102
sntp server....................................................................................................................................................103
sntp retries....................................................................................................................................................103
system jumbo-mtu-limit.................................................................................................................................104
system reset-to-factory..................................................................................................................................104
telnet banner.................................................................................................................................................105
telnet_server.................................................................................................................................................105
telnet timeout.................................................................................................................................................106
tftp server......................................................................................................................................................106
utc.................................................................................................................................................................106

Chapter 5: T1/E1 module configuration commands..........................................................109


clear module..................................................................................................................................................109
configure interface bundle drop.....................................................................................................................109
configure interface bundle link e1/t1..............................................................................................................110
configure module e1 alarms..........................................................................................................................111
configure module e1 alarms hierarchy..........................................................................................................112
configure module e1 circuitId.........................................................................................................................112
configure module e1 clock_source................................................................................................................113
configure module e1 contactInfo...................................................................................................................113
configure module e1 description....................................................................................................................114
configure module e1 enable..........................................................................................................................114
configure module e1 framing.........................................................................................................................115
configure module e1 linecode........................................................................................................................115
configure module e1 linemode......................................................................................................................115
configure module e1 name............................................................................................................................116
configure module e1 yellow_alarm................................................................................................................116
configure module t1 alarms thresholds user..................................................................................................117
configure module t1 alarms hierarchy...........................................................................................................118
configure module t1 circuitId..........................................................................................................................119
configure module t1 clock_source.................................................................................................................119
configure module t1 contactInfo....................................................................................................................120
configure module t1 description....................................................................................................................120
configure module t1 enable...........................................................................................................................120
configure module t1 framing..........................................................................................................................121
configure module t1 linecode........................................................................................................................121
configure module t1 linemode csu................................................................................................................122
configure module t1 linemode dsx................................................................................................................122
configure module t1 loopback_framing.........................................................................................................123
configure module t1 name.............................................................................................................................123
configure module t1 yellow_alarm.................................................................................................................124
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................124
show module ansistats..................................................................................................................................125
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................125

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module ietfstats....................................................................................................................................126


show module itutstats....................................................................................................................................126
show module thresholds...............................................................................................................................126
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................127

Chapter 6: DS3 module configuration commands.............................................................129


clear module t3_userstats.............................................................................................................................129
configure interface bundle link t3..................................................................................................................129
configure module t3 alarms thresholds user.................................................................................................129
configure module t3 cable_length.................................................................................................................131
configure module t3 clock_source.................................................................................................................131
configure module t3 framing..........................................................................................................................132
configure module t3 name.............................................................................................................................132
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................133
show module ansistats..................................................................................................................................133
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................134
show module ietfstats....................................................................................................................................134
show module thresholds...............................................................................................................................134
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................134

Chapter 7: CT3 module configuration commands.............................................................137


clear module ct3_userstats...........................................................................................................................137
configure interface bundle link ct3.................................................................................................................137
configure module ct3 alarms thresholds user...............................................................................................138
configure module ct3 alarms hierarchy.........................................................................................................139
configure module ct3 cable_length...............................................................................................................140
configure module ct3 clock_source...............................................................................................................140
configure module ct3 enable.........................................................................................................................141
configure module ct3 framing........................................................................................................................141
configure module ct3 t1.................................................................................................................................142
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................143
show module ansistats..................................................................................................................................144
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................144
show module ietfstats....................................................................................................................................144
show module thresholds...............................................................................................................................145
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................145

Chapter 8: Serial module configuration commands..........................................................147


clear module serial_userstats.......................................................................................................................147
configure interface bundle link serial.............................................................................................................147
configure module serial.................................................................................................................................147
configure module serial clock_rate................................................................................................................148
configure module serial clock_source...........................................................................................................148
configure module serial crc...........................................................................................................................149
configure module serial data_mode..............................................................................................................149
configure module serial mode.......................................................................................................................150
configure module serial name.......................................................................................................................150
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................151
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................151
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................152

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 9: HSSI module configuration commands............................................................153


clear module hssi_userstats..........................................................................................................................153
configure interface bundle link hssi...............................................................................................................153
configure module hssi clock_rate..................................................................................................................153
configure module hssi clock_source.............................................................................................................154
configure module hssi crc.............................................................................................................................154
configure module hssi data_mode................................................................................................................155
configure module hssi mode.........................................................................................................................155
configure module hssi name.........................................................................................................................156
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................156
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................157
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................157

Chapter 10: ISDN configuration commands.......................................................................159


clear isdn bri-statistics...................................................................................................................................159
clear isdn pri-statistics...................................................................................................................................159
configure dialer answer-mode.......................................................................................................................159
configure dialer idle-timeout..........................................................................................................................160
configure interface bundle isdn activate........................................................................................................160
configure interface bundle isdn answer.........................................................................................................161
configure interface bundle isdn call-back......................................................................................................161
configure interface bundle isdn callednum....................................................................................................161
configure interface bundle isdn caller............................................................................................................162
configure interface bundle isdn callingnum...................................................................................................162
configure interface bundle isdn connect-delay..............................................................................................163
configure interface bundle isdn disconnect-cause........................................................................................163
configure interface bundle isdn idle-timeout..................................................................................................164
configure interface bundle isdn map.............................................................................................................165
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers.................................................................................................166
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers k..............................................................................................166
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n200........................................................................................167
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n201........................................................................................167
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t200.........................................................................................168
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t203.........................................................................................168
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers.................................................................................................168
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t303.........................................................................................169
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t304.........................................................................................169
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t305.........................................................................................169
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t308.........................................................................................170
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t310.........................................................................................170
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t313.........................................................................................171
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t316.........................................................................................171
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t319.........................................................................................171
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t322.........................................................................................172
configure interface bundle isdn spid1............................................................................................................172
configure interface bundle isdn spid2............................................................................................................173
configure interface bundle isdn switch-type..................................................................................................173
configure interface bundle isdn tei-mode......................................................................................................174
configure interface bundle isdn tei-value.......................................................................................................174
configure interface bundle link bri.................................................................................................................175
configure interface bundle link dialer.............................................................................................................175

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle link prie1|prit1......................................................................................................176


show isdn bri-statistics..................................................................................................................................176
show isdn global............................................................................................................................................176
show isdn interface.......................................................................................................................................177
show isdn interfaces......................................................................................................................................177
show isdn pri-statistics..................................................................................................................................177

Chapter 11: WAN bundle commands...................................................................................179


clear interface bundle....................................................................................................................................179
configure interface bundle contact................................................................................................................179
configure interface bundle description..........................................................................................................179
configure interface bundle shutdown............................................................................................................180
show interface bundle...................................................................................................................................180

Chapter 12: HDLC configuration commands......................................................................181


configure interface bundle encapsulation hdlc..............................................................................................181
configure interface bundle hdlc.....................................................................................................................181

Chapter 13: PPP/MLPPP configuration commands...........................................................183


configure interface bundle encapsulation ppp|mlppp....................................................................................183
configure interface bundle mlppp..................................................................................................................183
configure interface bundle ppp authentication..............................................................................................184
configure interface bundle ppp authentication_database..............................................................................184
configure interface bundle ppp echo-interval................................................................................................185
configure interface bundle ppp interleave.....................................................................................................185
configure interface bundle ppp ip-rtp-reserve...............................................................................................186
configure interface bundle ppp lfi-fragment-delay.........................................................................................186
configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic.............................................................................................187
configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap peer-name....................................................................................188
configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap sent-username.............................................................................188
configure interface bundle ppp peer-addr.....................................................................................................189
configure interface bundle ppp retry-interval.................................................................................................189
configure interface bundle ppp src-addr........................................................................................................190
configure interface bundle rtp........................................................................................................................190
configure interface bundle rtp connections...................................................................................................191
configure interface bundle rtp negotiation ipcp.............................................................................................191
configure interface bundle rtp timeout...........................................................................................................191

Chapter 14: Frame Relay configuration commands..........................................................193


clear fr invarp................................................................................................................................................193
clear fr lmistats..............................................................................................................................................193
clear fr vcstats...............................................................................................................................................193
clear interface avcs.......................................................................................................................................194
configure fr invarp.........................................................................................................................................194
configure fr mfr_e2e_enhanced....................................................................................................................195
configure interface avc..................................................................................................................................195
configure interface avc class.........................................................................................................................196
configure interface avc cvc............................................................................................................................196
configure interface avc diff_delay..................................................................................................................197
configure interface avc enable avc................................................................................................................197
configure interface avc enable cvc................................................................................................................198
configure interface avc enable mfr_e2e_enhanced......................................................................................198

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface avc fragment_size..........................................................................................................199


configure interface avc ip address................................................................................................................199
configure interface avc ip directed broadcast................................................................................................200
configure interface avc map..........................................................................................................................200
configure interface avc seg_threshold..........................................................................................................200
configure interface avc sequence.................................................................................................................201
configure interface bundle encapulation frelay|mfr.......................................................................................201
configure interface bundle fr enable interface...............................................................................................202
configure interface bundle fr enable pvc.......................................................................................................202
configure interface bundle fr enable fragment_rfc1490.................................................................................202
configure interface bundle fr frame_size.......................................................................................................203
configure interface bundle fr interleave enable.............................................................................................203
configure interface bundle fr interleave hiprio...............................................................................................204
configure interface bundle fr intf_type...........................................................................................................204
configure interface bundle fr lmi....................................................................................................................205
configure interface bundle fr lmi dce.............................................................................................................205
configure interface bundle fr lmi dte..............................................................................................................206
configure interface bundle fr lmi fast_recovery.............................................................................................206
configure interface bundle fr lmi keepalive....................................................................................................207
configure interface bundle fr mfr ack_msg....................................................................................................207
configure interface bundle fr mfr class..........................................................................................................208
configure interface bundle fr mfr diff_delay...................................................................................................208
configure interface bundle fr mfr fragment_size............................................................................................209
configure interface bundle fr mfr hello_timer.................................................................................................209
configure interface bundle fr mfr seg_threshold............................................................................................210
configure interface bundle fr pvc...................................................................................................................210
configure interface bundle fr pvc crypto.........................................................................................................211
configure interface bundle fr pvc desc...........................................................................................................211
configure interface bundle fr pvc enable........................................................................................................211
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf12...........................................................................................................212
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 config................................................................................................212
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 enable...............................................................................................213
configure interface bundle fr pvc ip address.................................................................................................213
configure interface bundle fr pvc ipv6 address..............................................................................................214
configure interface bundle fr pvc map...........................................................................................................214
configure interface bundle fr pvc policing......................................................................................................215
configure interface bundle fr pvc shaping.....................................................................................................216
configure interface bundle fr pvc switch........................................................................................................216
show fr avcs..................................................................................................................................................217
show fr cvcs..................................................................................................................................................217
show fr invarp................................................................................................................................................217
show fr invarp_int..........................................................................................................................................218
show fr lmistats.............................................................................................................................................218
show fr pvcs..................................................................................................................................................218
show fr vcstats..............................................................................................................................................219
show interface avcs.......................................................................................................................................219

Chapter 15: Static LSP commands......................................................................................221


mpls static-ftn................................................................................................................................................221
mpls static-ilm...............................................................................................................................................221
show mpls static-ftn.......................................................................................................................................222

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show mpls static-ilm......................................................................................................................................223


show mpls stats-ftn.......................................................................................................................................223
show mpls stats-ilm.......................................................................................................................................223

Chapter 16: LDP commands.................................................................................................225


clear ldp adjacency.......................................................................................................................................225
clear ldp statistics..........................................................................................................................................225
configure interface ldp advertisement-mode.................................................................................................226
configure interface ldp hello-interval.............................................................................................................226
configure interface ldp hold-time...................................................................................................................227
configure interface ldp keepalive-interval......................................................................................................227
configure interface ldp keepalive-timeout......................................................................................................228
configure interface ldp label-retention-mode.................................................................................................229
configure interface ldp multicast-hellos.........................................................................................................229
configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval.......................................................................................230
configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hold-time............................................................................................230
configure router ldp.......................................................................................................................................231
configure router ldp advertise-labels.............................................................................................................231
configure router ldp advertisement-mode.....................................................................................................232
configure router ldp control-mode.................................................................................................................232
configure router ldp explicit-null....................................................................................................................233
configure router ldp hello-interval..................................................................................................................233
configure router ldp hold-time.......................................................................................................................234
configure router ldp keepalive-interval..........................................................................................................234
configure router ldp keepalive-timeout..........................................................................................................235
configure router ldp label-retention-mode.....................................................................................................235
configure router ldp loop-detection................................................................................................................236
configure router ldp loop-detection-count......................................................................................................236
configure router ldp multicast-hellos.............................................................................................................237
configure router ldp propagate-release.........................................................................................................237
configure router ldp request-retry..................................................................................................................238
configure router ldp request-retry-timeout.....................................................................................................238
configure router ldp targeted-peer.................................................................................................................239
configure router ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval...........................................................................................239
configure router ldp targeted-peer-hold-time.................................................................................................240
configure router ldp transport-address..........................................................................................................240
show ldp adjacency.......................................................................................................................................241
show ldp advertise-labels..............................................................................................................................241
show ldp fec..................................................................................................................................................241
show ldp interface.........................................................................................................................................241
show ldp lsp..................................................................................................................................................242
show ldp lsp fec.............................................................................................................................................242
show ldp lsp host...........................................................................................................................................243
show ldp lsp prefix.........................................................................................................................................243
show ldp session...........................................................................................................................................244
show ldp statistics.........................................................................................................................................244
show ldp statistics advertise-labels...............................................................................................................244

Chapter 17: RSVP-TE commands........................................................................................247


clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp...............................................................................................................................247
clear rsvp session.........................................................................................................................................247
clear rsvp statistics........................................................................................................................................248

10

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface rsvp ack-wait-timeout......................................................................................................248


configure interface rsvp hello-interval........................................................................................................... 249
configure interface rsvp hello-receipt............................................................................................................ 249
configure interface rsvp hello-timeout........................................................................................................... 250
configure interface rsvp keep-multiplier........................................................................................................ 250
configure interface rsvp message-ack.......................................................................................................... 251
configure interface rsvp refresh-reduction.....................................................................................................251
configure interface rsvp refresh-time.............................................................................................................251
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp........................................................................................................................252
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp ext-tunnel-id................................................................................................... 253
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp from................................................................................................................253
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp map-route.......................................................................................................254
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary affinity.............................................................................. 254
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary bandwidth........................................................................255
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf..................................................................................255
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf-retry-limit..................................................................256
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf-retry-timer................................................................ 256
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary exclude-any.....................................................................257
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute bandwidth...................................................................... 257
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute exclude-any................................................................... 258
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hold-priority....................................................................259
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hop-limit.........................................................................259
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute include-any.................................................................... 260
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute node-protection..............................................................260
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute protection one-to-one.................................................... 261
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute setup-priority..................................................................261
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary filter..................................................................................262
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hold-priority......................................................................262
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hop-limit...........................................................................263
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary include-any......................................................................263
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary label-record......................................................................264
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-affinity.........................................................................265
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-cspf.............................................................................265
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-record-route................................................................266
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary record-route.....................................................................266
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-limit..........................................................................267
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-timer........................................................................267
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary reuse-route-record...........................................................268
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary setup-priority....................................................................268
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic................................................................................269
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic-eng-path................................................................ 270
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp to....................................................................................................................270
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp traffic-eng-lsp-restart......................................................................................271
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp update-type....................................................................................................271
configure mpls traffic-eng-path......................................................................................................................271
configure mpls traffic-eng-path hop-address.................................................................................................272
configure mpls tunnel-mode..........................................................................................................................273
configure router rsvp..................................................................................................................................... 273
configure router rsvp ack-wait-timeout..........................................................................................................274
configure router rsvp cspf..............................................................................................................................274
configure router rsvp detour-identification.....................................................................................................274

Command Line Reference

October 2010

11

configure router rsvp explicit-null..................................................................................................................275


configure router rsvp from.............................................................................................................................276
configure router rsvp hello-interval................................................................................................................276
configure router rsvp hello-receipt.................................................................................................................277
configure router rsvp hello-timeout................................................................................................................277
configure router rsvp keep-multiplier.............................................................................................................278
configure router rsvp loop-detection..............................................................................................................278
configure router rsvp message-ack...............................................................................................................278
configure router rsvp neighbor......................................................................................................................279
configure router rsvp no-cspf........................................................................................................................279
configure router rsvp no-loop-detection........................................................................................................280
configure router rsvp no-php.........................................................................................................................280
configure router rsvp php..............................................................................................................................280
configure router rsvp refresh-reduction.........................................................................................................281
configure router rsvp refresh-time.................................................................................................................281
configure RSVP-TE filter...............................................................................................................................282
configure retry limit........................................................................................................................................282
show mpls admin-groups..............................................................................................................................283
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session.................................................................................................................283
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session lsp-name..................................................................................................283
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count........................................................................................................284
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress......................................................................................................284
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress......................................................................................................285
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress.....................................................................................................285
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress.....................................................................................................286
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit.......................................................................................................286
show mpls traffic-eng-path............................................................................................................................287
show mpls tunnel-mode................................................................................................................................287
show rsvp interface.......................................................................................................................................287
show rsvp neighbor.......................................................................................................................................288
show rsvp nexthop-cache.............................................................................................................................288
show rsvp statistics.......................................................................................................................................288
show rsvp summary-refresh..........................................................................................................................289
show rsvp version.........................................................................................................................................289

Chapter 18: Common MPLS commands.............................................................................291


clear mpls statistics.......................................................................................................................................291
show mpls interface......................................................................................................................................291
show mpls stats-interface..............................................................................................................................291
show mpls stats-lsp.......................................................................................................................................292
show mpls table-forwarding..........................................................................................................................292
show mpls table-ilm.......................................................................................................................................292

Chapter 19: MPLS pseudowire commands.........................................................................293


configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit......................................................................................................293
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation ppp........................................................................293
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation...............................................................................293
configure interface ethernet mpls l2-circuit...................................................................................................294
configure interface ethernet switchport mode l2vpn......................................................................................294
configure interface mpls admin-group...........................................................................................................294
configure interface mpls ip............................................................................................................................295
configure interface mpls protocol-ldp............................................................................................................295

12

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface mpls protocol-rsvp..........................................................................................................295


configure mpls l2-circuit................................................................................................................................296
configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn..................................................................................................................296
configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm.................................................................................................................297
show ldp mpls-l2-circuit.................................................................................................................................297
show mpls l2-circuit.......................................................................................................................................298
show mpls l2-circuit-group............................................................................................................................298
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn........................................................................................................................298
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm.......................................................................................................................299
show mpls stats-vc........................................................................................................................................299
show mpls table-vc........................................................................................................................................299

Chapter 20: Ethernet interface commands.........................................................................301


interface ethernet..........................................................................................................................................301
interface ethernet description........................................................................................................................301
interface ethernet ip tcp-mss.........................................................................................................................302
interface ethernet mtu...................................................................................................................................302
interface ethernet REM.................................................................................................................................303
interface ethernet REM_...............................................................................................................................303
interface ethernet speed...............................................................................................................................304
interface ethernet traffic-class-table..............................................................................................................304
interface ethernet user-priority......................................................................................................................305
system jumbo-mtu-limit.................................................................................................................................305

Chapter 21: Interface mode commands..............................................................................307


configure interface vlan ip helper-address service........................................................................................307
configure interface vlan ip helper-address protocol......................................................................................307
configure interface vlan ip helper-address port.............................................................................................308
switchport......................................................................................................................................................308
no switchport.................................................................................................................................................309
switchport mode hybrid.................................................................................................................................309
switchport mode trunk...................................................................................................................................309
switchport hybrid allowed..............................................................................................................................310
switchport hybrid remove..............................................................................................................................310
switchport trunk allowed................................................................................................................................311
switchport trunk remove................................................................................................................................311
switchport pvid...............................................................................................................................................311
show bridge port............................................................................................................................................312
show interface ethernet.................................................................................................................................312
show interface ethernets...............................................................................................................................312

Chapter 22: MAC address table commands.......................................................................313


mac address..................................................................................................................................................313
mac aging-time..............................................................................................................................................313
show bridge config........................................................................................................................................314
show bridge detail.........................................................................................................................................314
show bridge mac...........................................................................................................................................314
show bridge mac address.............................................................................................................................315
show bridge mac dynamic.............................................................................................................................315
show bridge mac static..................................................................................................................................316
show bridge mac multicast............................................................................................................................316
show bridge mac unicast...............................................................................................................................317

Command Line Reference

October 2010

13

Chapter 23: PoE commands.................................................................................................319


poe detect3af................................................................................................................................................319
poe portmode................................................................................................................................................319
poe portpower...............................................................................................................................................320
poe portpowerlimit.........................................................................................................................................321
poe portpriority..............................................................................................................................................322
show poe portconfig......................................................................................................................................323
show poe portspower....................................................................................................................................323
show poe portstatus......................................................................................................................................324
show poe totalpower.....................................................................................................................................324

Chapter 24: VLAN commands..............................................................................................325


vlan database................................................................................................................................................325
vlan................................................................................................................................................................325
show bridge vlan...........................................................................................................................................326
interface vlan.................................................................................................................................................326
shutdown.......................................................................................................................................................326
vlan classification..........................................................................................................................................326
rule ipv4.........................................................................................................................................................327
rule protocol..................................................................................................................................................327
vlan classification ipv4...................................................................................................................................328
vlan classification protocol rule.....................................................................................................................329
switchport mode access vlan-stacking..........................................................................................................329
show bridge port............................................................................................................................................330

Chapter 25: MSTP commands..............................................................................................331


bridge............................................................................................................................................................331
bridge forward-delay.....................................................................................................................................331
bridge hello-time............................................................................................................................................332
bridge max-age.............................................................................................................................................332
bridge priority................................................................................................................................................333
mstp..............................................................................................................................................................333
mstp instance................................................................................................................................................333
mstp instance priority....................................................................................................................................334
mstp max-hops..............................................................................................................................................334
mstp region...................................................................................................................................................335
mstp revision.................................................................................................................................................335
spanning-tree................................................................................................................................................336
spanning-tree force-version..........................................................................................................................336
spanning-tree link-type..................................................................................................................................337
instance path-cost.........................................................................................................................................337
instance priority.............................................................................................................................................338
spanning-tree portfast...................................................................................................................................338
spanning-tree portfast bpdu-filter..................................................................................................................339
spanning-tree portfast bpdu-guard................................................................................................................339
spanning-tree path-cost................................................................................................................................339
spanning-tree priority....................................................................................................................................340
show spanning-tree.......................................................................................................................................340
clear spanning-tree mstp...............................................................................................................................341
clear spanning-tree statistics.........................................................................................................................342

14

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 26: LACP commands..............................................................................................343


lacp................................................................................................................................................................343
lacp channel-group mode..............................................................................................................................343
lacp priority....................................................................................................................................................344
interface lag...................................................................................................................................................344
lacp timeout...................................................................................................................................................345
show lacp channel-group..............................................................................................................................345
show lacp dynamic........................................................................................................................................346
show lacp member-port.................................................................................................................................346

Chapter 27: IGMP snooping commands.............................................................................347


ip igmp snooping...........................................................................................................................................347
snooping enable............................................................................................................................................347
snooping disable...........................................................................................................................................347
fast-leave enable...........................................................................................................................................348
fast-leave disable..........................................................................................................................................348
last-member-query-interval...........................................................................................................................348
max-response-time.......................................................................................................................................349
ip igmp snooping mrouter..............................................................................................................................349
proxy enable..................................................................................................................................................350
proxy disable.................................................................................................................................................350
querier enable...............................................................................................................................................350
querier disable...............................................................................................................................................351
query-interval................................................................................................................................................351
ip igmp snooping version..............................................................................................................................352
clear ip igmp snooping groups......................................................................................................................352
clear ip igmp snooping mrouter.....................................................................................................................353
clear ip igmp snooping statistics...................................................................................................................353
configure interface ip igmp snooping mrouter interface................................................................................353
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping.....................................................................................................354
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping querier.........................................................................................354
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping report-suppression......................................................................355
show ip igmp snooping configuration............................................................................................................355
show ip igmp snooping detail........................................................................................................................356
show ip igmp snooping groups......................................................................................................................356
show ip igmp snooping mrouter....................................................................................................................356
show ip igmp snooping statistics...................................................................................................................357

Chapter 28: GVRP commands..............................................................................................359


clear gvrp......................................................................................................................................................359
dynamic-vlan-creation...................................................................................................................................359
gvrp enable...................................................................................................................................................360
registration-state...........................................................................................................................................360
show gvrp......................................................................................................................................................361
timer join........................................................................................................................................................362

Chapter 29: Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands..................................365


configure oam cfm enable.............................................................................................................................365
configure oam cfm ethtype............................................................................................................................365
configure oam cfm linktrace..........................................................................................................................366
configure oam cfm md...................................................................................................................................366
configure oam cfm md name.........................................................................................................................366

Command Line Reference

October 2010

15

configure oam cfm md level..........................................................................................................................367


configure oam cfm md ma.............................................................................................................................368
configure oam cfm md ma cc........................................................................................................................368
configure oam cfm md ma mep.....................................................................................................................369
configure oam cfm md ma name...................................................................................................................370
configure oam cfm md ma remove-ad-rmeps...............................................................................................370
configure oam cfm md ma rmep...................................................................................................................370
configure oam cfm md ma vlan.....................................................................................................................371
configure oam cfm md mip............................................................................................................................371
configure oam cfm md mip interface.............................................................................................................372
configure oam cfm md mip state...................................................................................................................372
configure oam cfm md mip vlan....................................................................................................................373
test oam cfm..................................................................................................................................................373
test oam cfm lbmmep....................................................................................................................................374
test oam cfm lbmmip.....................................................................................................................................375
test oam cfm ltmmep.....................................................................................................................................376
test oam cfm ltmmip......................................................................................................................................376
show cfm cc-configs......................................................................................................................................377
show cfm cc-configs ma md..........................................................................................................................377
show cfm errors.............................................................................................................................................378
show cfm global-config..................................................................................................................................378
show cfm linktrace-cache..............................................................................................................................378
show cfm ma.................................................................................................................................................379
show cfm mas...............................................................................................................................................380
show cfm md.................................................................................................................................................380
show cfm mds...............................................................................................................................................380
show cfm mep...............................................................................................................................................381
show cfm meps.............................................................................................................................................381
show cfm mip................................................................................................................................................382
show cfm mips..............................................................................................................................................382
show cfm rmep..............................................................................................................................................383
show cfm stats..............................................................................................................................................383
clear cfm errors.............................................................................................................................................384
clear cfm linktrace-cache..............................................................................................................................384
clear cfm stats...............................................................................................................................................385
debug oam cfm dump-data...........................................................................................................................386
debug oam cfm debug-feature debug-level..................................................................................................386

Chapter 30: Port mirroring commands................................................................................389


mirror source.................................................................................................................................................389
show mirror...................................................................................................................................................389

Chapter 31: Bridge configuration commands....................................................................391


configure bridge priority.................................................................................................................................391
configure maximum aging time.....................................................................................................................391
configure forward time delay.........................................................................................................................392
configure static MAC address.......................................................................................................................392

Chapter 32: SNMP commands.............................................................................................393


clear snmp-stats............................................................................................................................................393
configure snmp-server chassis-id.................................................................................................................393
configure snmp-server community................................................................................................................393

16

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure snmp-server contact......................................................................................................................394


configure snmp-server enable traps bgp.......................................................................................................394
configure snmp-server enable traps bundle..................................................................................................395
configure snmp-server enable traps cfm.......................................................................................................395
configure snmp-server enable traps config...................................................................................................396
configure snmp-server enable traps dvmrp...................................................................................................396
configure snmp-server enable traps enable-all.............................................................................................397
configure snmp-server enable traps environment.........................................................................................397
configure snmp-server enable traps frame_relay..........................................................................................397
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf error.............................................................................................398
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf lsa................................................................................................399
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf retransmit.....................................................................................399
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf state-change................................................................................399
configure snmp-server enable traps pim.......................................................................................................400
configure snmp-server enable traps pimv6...................................................................................................401
configure snmp-server enable traps snmp....................................................................................................401
configure snmp-server enable traps sntp......................................................................................................402
configure snmp-server enable traps ssm......................................................................................................402
configure snmp-server enable traps system.................................................................................................402
configure snmp-server enable traps vrrp......................................................................................................403
configure snmp-server location.....................................................................................................................403
configure snmp-server snmp-enable.............................................................................................................404
configure snmp-server snmp-source.............................................................................................................404
configure snmp-server source-address.........................................................................................................404
configure snmp-server trap-host...................................................................................................................405
configure snmp-server trap-source...............................................................................................................405
configure snmp-server trap-version..............................................................................................................406
configure system snmp-ifindex-persistent.....................................................................................................406
show snmp communities...............................................................................................................................407
show snmp configuration..............................................................................................................................407
show snmp snmp-source..............................................................................................................................407
show snmp status.........................................................................................................................................407
show snmp trap-host.....................................................................................................................................408
show snmp trap-source.................................................................................................................................408
show snmp trap-version................................................................................................................................408
show snmp traps...........................................................................................................................................409

Chapter 33: RMON commands.............................................................................................411


configure rmon alarm.....................................................................................................................................411
configure rmon enable..................................................................................................................................412
configure rmon event....................................................................................................................................412
configure rmon history...................................................................................................................................412
configure rmon statistics...............................................................................................................................413
show rmon alarm...........................................................................................................................................413
show rmon alarms.........................................................................................................................................414
show rmon ethernet_history..........................................................................................................................414
show rmon events.........................................................................................................................................414
show rmon history_control............................................................................................................................415
show rmon logs.............................................................................................................................................415
show rmon statistics......................................................................................................................................415

Command Line Reference

October 2010

17

Chapter 34: DHCPv4 commands..........................................................................................417


clear ip dhcps bindings..................................................................................................................................417
clear ip dhcps statistics.................................................................................................................................417
configure hostname.......................................................................................................................................417
configure interface ethernet dhcp-client........................................................................................................418
configure interface dhcp-relay.......................................................................................................................418
configure ip dhcps enable.............................................................................................................................419
configure ip dhcps interface..........................................................................................................................419
configure ip dhcps pool.................................................................................................................................419
configure ip dhcps pool altvlan......................................................................................................................420
configure ip dhcps pool callserver.................................................................................................................420
configure ip dhcps pool clientid.....................................................................................................................421
configure ip dhcps pool commit.....................................................................................................................421
configure ip dhcps pool default_router..........................................................................................................421
configure ip dhcps pool dnsserver................................................................................................................422
configure ip dhcps pool domain....................................................................................................................422
configure ip dhcps pool exclude-range.........................................................................................................423
configure ip dhcps pool host.........................................................................................................................423
configure ip dhcps pool hwaddr....................................................................................................................423
configure ip dhcps pool lease........................................................................................................................424
configure ip dhcps pool netbios_name_server..............................................................................................424
configure ip dhcps pool network....................................................................................................................424
configure ip dhcps pool tftpserver.................................................................................................................425
configure ip dhcps pool wireless...................................................................................................................425
configure ip dhcps relay................................................................................................................................426
configure ip dhcps remote_database............................................................................................................426
configure ip domain_name............................................................................................................................427
configure ip name_server..............................................................................................................................427
configure ip pname_server............................................................................................................................427
show dhcp-relay............................................................................................................................................428
show ip dhcps address_pools.......................................................................................................................428
show ip dhcps bindings.................................................................................................................................428
show ip dhcps config.....................................................................................................................................429
show ip dhcps interfaces...............................................................................................................................429
show ip dhcps statistics.................................................................................................................................429
show ip dns...................................................................................................................................................429

Chapter 35: DHCPv6 commands..........................................................................................431


configure interface ipv6 dhcp client...............................................................................................................431
configure interface ipv6 dhcp relay...............................................................................................................432
configure interface ipv6 dhcp server.............................................................................................................432
configure ipv6 dhcp pool...............................................................................................................................433
configure ipv6 dhcp pool dns-server.............................................................................................................433
configure ipv6 dhcp pool domain-name........................................................................................................434
configure ipv6 dhcp pool ntp-server..............................................................................................................434
configure ipv6 dhcp pool prefix-delegation....................................................................................................434
show ipv6 dhcp binding.................................................................................................................................435
show ipv6 dhcp DUIDs..................................................................................................................................435
show ipv6 dhcp interface...............................................................................................................................436
show ipv6 dhcp pool......................................................................................................................................436

18

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 36: Network access commands.............................................................................437


clear telnet_session......................................................................................................................................437
clear telnet_sessions.....................................................................................................................................437
configure ftp_server......................................................................................................................................437
configure ftp_user.........................................................................................................................................438
configure telnet_banner................................................................................................................................438
configure telnet_server..................................................................................................................................439
configure telnet_timeout................................................................................................................................439
configure tftp_server.....................................................................................................................................439
telnet.............................................................................................................................................................440
show ftp.........................................................................................................................................................440
show telnet....................................................................................................................................................440
show tftp_server_info....................................................................................................................................440

Chapter 37: IPv4 routing commands...................................................................................443


clear ip prefix-list...........................................................................................................................................443
configure access-list......................................................................................................................................443
configure interface ip address.......................................................................................................................444
configure interface ip proxy_arp....................................................................................................................444
configure interface ip redirects......................................................................................................................444
configure interface ip unreachables..............................................................................................................445
configure ip load-balancing...........................................................................................................................445
configure ip nat access-group.......................................................................................................................445
configure ip nat access-list............................................................................................................................446
configure ip nat address................................................................................................................................446
configure ip nat debug...................................................................................................................................447
configure ip nat default_addr.........................................................................................................................447
configure ip nat enable..................................................................................................................................447
configure ip nat interface...............................................................................................................................448
configure ip nat ip..........................................................................................................................................448
configure ip nat max_entries.........................................................................................................................449
configure ip nat max_ports............................................................................................................................449
configure ip nat pass_thru.............................................................................................................................450
configure ip nat pass-thru-multicast..............................................................................................................450
configure ip nat pool range............................................................................................................................451
configure ip nat port......................................................................................................................................451
configure ip nat reverse.................................................................................................................................452
configure ip nat reverseACL..........................................................................................................................452
configure ip nat timeout.................................................................................................................................453
configure ip nat trans_addr...........................................................................................................................453
configure ip nat trans_mode..........................................................................................................................454
configure ip nat unregistered.........................................................................................................................454
configure ip prefix-list....................................................................................................................................455
configure ip proxy-dns add-cache.................................................................................................................455
configure ip proxy-dns enable.......................................................................................................................456
configure ip route..........................................................................................................................................456
configure route-map......................................................................................................................................457
configure route-map match as-path..............................................................................................................457
configure route-map match community.........................................................................................................457
configure route-map match interface............................................................................................................458
configure route-map match ip address..........................................................................................................458

Command Line Reference

October 2010

19

configure route-map match ip address prefix-list..........................................................................................459


configure route-map match ip next-hop........................................................................................................459
configure route-map match metric................................................................................................................460
configure route-map match origin.................................................................................................................460
configure route-map match route-type..........................................................................................................461
configure route-map match source-protocol.................................................................................................461
configure route-map match tag.....................................................................................................................462
configure route-map set aggregator..............................................................................................................462
configure route-map set as-path...................................................................................................................462
configure route-map set atomic-aggregate...................................................................................................463
configure route-map set comm-list................................................................................................................463
configure route-map set community..............................................................................................................464
configure route-map set dampening.............................................................................................................464
configure route-map set ip next-hop.............................................................................................................465
configure route-map set local-preference.....................................................................................................466
configure route-map set metric.....................................................................................................................466
configure route-map set metric-type.............................................................................................................466
configure route-map set origin......................................................................................................................467
configure route-map set originator-id............................................................................................................467
configure route-map set tag..........................................................................................................................468
configure route-map set weight.....................................................................................................................468
show ip interfaces.........................................................................................................................................469
show ip prefix-list...........................................................................................................................................469
show ip protocols..........................................................................................................................................470
show ip route.................................................................................................................................................470
show route-map............................................................................................................................................471

Chapter 38: IPv6 routing commands...................................................................................473


clear ipv6 mroute...........................................................................................................................................473
clear ipv6 neighbors......................................................................................................................................473
clear ipv6 prefix-list.......................................................................................................................................474
configure interface ipv6 address...................................................................................................................474
configure interface ipv6 enable.....................................................................................................................475
configure interface ipv6 nd............................................................................................................................475
configure interface ipv6 redirects..................................................................................................................476
configure ipv6 access-list..............................................................................................................................476
configure ipv6 general-prefix.........................................................................................................................477
configure ipv6 hop-limit.................................................................................................................................477
configure ipv6 icmp rate-limit........................................................................................................................477
configure ipv6 load-balancing.......................................................................................................................478
configure ipv6 mroute....................................................................................................................................478
configure ipv6 multicast-routing....................................................................................................................479
configure ipv6 multicast-lookup-mrib-only.....................................................................................................480
configure ipv6 neighbor.................................................................................................................................480
configure ipv6 prefix-list................................................................................................................................481
configure ipv6 route.......................................................................................................................................481
configure ipv6 unicast-routing.......................................................................................................................482
configure route-map match ipv6 address......................................................................................................482
configure route-map match ipv6 address prefix-list......................................................................................483
configure route-map set ipv6 next-hop..........................................................................................................483
show ipv6 access-list....................................................................................................................................484

20

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ipv6 general-prefix...............................................................................................................................484


show ipv6 interfaces......................................................................................................................................484
show ipv6 mroute..........................................................................................................................................485
show ipv6 mtu...............................................................................................................................................485
show ipv6 mvif...............................................................................................................................................485
show ipv6 neighbors.....................................................................................................................................486
show ipv6 prefix-list.......................................................................................................................................486
show ipv6 route.............................................................................................................................................486
show ipv6 routers..........................................................................................................................................487

Chapter 39: RIP commands..................................................................................................489


clear ip rip route............................................................................................................................................489
configure interface bundle ip rip default-originate-only.................................................................................490
configure interface bundle ip rip triggered.....................................................................................................490
configure interface ethernet ip rip default-originate-only...............................................................................491
configure interface ip rip................................................................................................................................491
configure interface ip rip authentication........................................................................................................492
configure interface ip rip receive...................................................................................................................492
configure interface ip rip receive-packet.......................................................................................................493
configure interface ip rip send version..........................................................................................................493
configure interface ip rip send-packet...........................................................................................................494
configure interface ip rip split-horizon...........................................................................................................494
configure interface tunnel ip rip default-originate-only..................................................................................494
configure interface tunnel ip rip triggered......................................................................................................495
configure interface vlan ip rip default-originate-only......................................................................................495
configure router rip........................................................................................................................................496
configure router rip default-information.........................................................................................................496
configure router rip default-metric.................................................................................................................496
configure router rip distance..........................................................................................................................497
configure router rip distribute-list...................................................................................................................497
configure router rip multi-nexthop.................................................................................................................498
configure router rip neighbor.........................................................................................................................498
configure router rip network..........................................................................................................................499
configure router rip offset-list.........................................................................................................................499
configure router rip passive-interface............................................................................................................500
configure router rip redistribute.....................................................................................................................500
configure router rip timers.............................................................................................................................501
configure router rip version...........................................................................................................................501
show ip protocols rip.....................................................................................................................................502
show ip rip.....................................................................................................................................................502
show ip rip database.....................................................................................................................................502
show ip rip interface......................................................................................................................................503

Chapter 40: OSPF commands..............................................................................................505


clear ip ospf...................................................................................................................................................505
configure interface ip ospf.............................................................................................................................505
configure interface ip ospf authentication......................................................................................................505
configure interface ip ospf authentication-key...............................................................................................506
configure interface ip ospf cost.....................................................................................................................506
configure interface ip ospf database-filter.....................................................................................................507
configure interface ip ospf dead-interval.......................................................................................................507
configure interface ip ospf disable all............................................................................................................507

Command Line Reference

October 2010

21

configure interface ip ospf hello-interval........................................................................................................508


configure interface ip ospf message-digest-key............................................................................................508
configure interface ip ospf mtu......................................................................................................................508
configure interface ip ospf mtu-ignore...........................................................................................................509
configure interface ip ospf network...............................................................................................................509
configure interface ip ospf priority.................................................................................................................509
configure interface ip ospf retransmit-interval...............................................................................................510
configure interface ip ospf te-metric..............................................................................................................510
configure interface ip ospf transmit-delay.....................................................................................................510
configure router ospf......................................................................................................................................511
configure router ospf area authentication......................................................................................................511
configure router ospf area default-cost.........................................................................................................512
configure router ospf area filter-list................................................................................................................512
configure router ospf area nssa....................................................................................................................513
configure router ospf area nssa default-information-originate.......................................................................513
configure router ospf area nssa no-redistribution..........................................................................................514
configure router ospf area nssa no-summary...............................................................................................514
configure router ospf area nssa translator-role.............................................................................................514
configure router ospf area range...................................................................................................................515
configure router ospf area stub.....................................................................................................................516
configure router ospf area virtual-link............................................................................................................516
configure router ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth....................................................................................517
configure router ospf capability.....................................................................................................................518
configure router ospf compatible...................................................................................................................518
configure router ospf cspf retry-interval.........................................................................................................518
configure router ospf cspf tie-break...............................................................................................................519
configure router ospf default-information originate........................................................................................519
configure router ospf default-metric..............................................................................................................519
configure router ospf distance.......................................................................................................................520
configure router ospf log-adjacency-changes...............................................................................................520
configure router ospf max-concurrent-dd......................................................................................................521
configure router ospf network........................................................................................................................521
configure router ospf ospf abr-type...............................................................................................................522
configure router ospf passive-interface.........................................................................................................522
configure router ospf redistribute..................................................................................................................523
configure router ospf summary-address.......................................................................................................523
configure router ospf timers spf.....................................................................................................................524
show ip ospf border-routers..........................................................................................................................524
show ip ospf database..................................................................................................................................524
show ip ospf interface...................................................................................................................................525
show ip ospf neighbor...................................................................................................................................525
show ip ospf route.........................................................................................................................................526
show ip ospf te-database..............................................................................................................................526
show ip ospf virtual-links...............................................................................................................................526
show ip protocols ospf...................................................................................................................................526

Chapter 41: BGP commands................................................................................................529


clear bgp ipv4................................................................................................................................................529
clear bgp ipv4 dampening.............................................................................................................................529
clear bgp ipv4 external..................................................................................................................................530
clear bgp ipv4 flap-statistics..........................................................................................................................530

22

Command Line Reference

October 2010

clear bgp ipv4 peer-group.............................................................................................................................531


clear bgp ipv4 unicast...................................................................................................................................531
clear bgp ipv4 multicast.................................................................................................................................532
clear bgp ipv4 unicast...................................................................................................................................532
clear bgp ipv4 multicast.................................................................................................................................533
clear bgp ipv4 unicast external......................................................................................................................533
clear bgp ipv4 multicast external...................................................................................................................534
clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group.................................................................................................................534
clear bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group..............................................................................................................535
clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening.................................................................................................................536
clear bgp ipv4 multicast dampening..............................................................................................................536
clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics..............................................................................................................537
clear bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics...........................................................................................................537
clear bgp all...................................................................................................................................................538
clear bgp all external.....................................................................................................................................538
clear bgp all peer-group................................................................................................................................539
clear bgp all dampening................................................................................................................................539
clear bgp all flap-statistics.............................................................................................................................540
configure bgp aggregate-nexthop-check.......................................................................................................540
configure bgp rfc1771-path-select.................................................................................................................540
configure bgp rfc1771-strict...........................................................................................................................540
configure ip as-path.......................................................................................................................................541
configure ip community-list............................................................................................................................541
configure router bgp......................................................................................................................................542
configure router bgp address-family ipv4 multicast.......................................................................................542
configure router bgp aggregate-address.......................................................................................................542
configure router bgp bgp always-compare-med............................................................................................543
configure router bgp bgp bestpath................................................................................................................543
configure router bgp bgp client-to-client reflection........................................................................................543
configure router bgp bgp cluster-id...............................................................................................................544
configure router bgp bgp confederation identifier..........................................................................................544
configure router bgp bgp confederation peers..............................................................................................545
configure router bgp bgp dampening............................................................................................................545
configure router bgp bgp default ipv4-unicast...............................................................................................546
configure router bgp bgp default local-preference........................................................................................546
configure router bgp bgp deterministic-med..................................................................................................546
configure router bgp bgp enforce-first-as......................................................................................................547
configure router bgp bgp fast-external-failover.............................................................................................547
configure router bgp bgp log-neighbor-changes...........................................................................................548
configure router bgp bgp router-id.................................................................................................................548
configure router bgp bgp scan-time..............................................................................................................548
configure router bgp distance........................................................................................................................549
configure router bgp ebgp-ecmp...................................................................................................................549
configure router bgp neighbor activate..........................................................................................................549
configure router bgp neighbor advertisement-interval...................................................................................550
configure router bgp neighbor allowas-in......................................................................................................550
configure router bgp neighbor as-origination-interval....................................................................................551
configure router bgp neighbor attribute-unchanged......................................................................................551
configure router bgp neighbor capability.......................................................................................................552
configure router bgp neighbor default-originate............................................................................................552
configure router bgp neighbor description.....................................................................................................553

Command Line Reference

October 2010

23

configure router bgp neighbor distribute-list..................................................................................................553


configure router bgp neighbor dont-capability-negotiate...............................................................................554
configure router bgp neighbor ebgp-multihop...............................................................................................554
configure router bgp neighbor filter-list..........................................................................................................554
configure router bgp neighbor interface........................................................................................................555
configure router bgp neighbor maximum-prefix............................................................................................555
configure router bgp neighbor next-hop-self.................................................................................................556
configure router bgp neighbor override-capability.........................................................................................556
configure router bgp neighbor passive..........................................................................................................556
configure router bgp neighbor password.......................................................................................................557
configure router bgp neighbor peer-group....................................................................................................557
configure router bgp neighbor prefix-list........................................................................................................557
configure router bgp neighbor remote-as......................................................................................................558
configure router bgp neighbor remove-private-AS........................................................................................558
configure router bgp neighbor route-map......................................................................................................559
configure router bgp neighbor route-reflector-client......................................................................................559
configure router bgp neighbor route-server-client.........................................................................................559
configure router bgp neighbor send-community............................................................................................560
configure router bgp neighbor shutdown.......................................................................................................560
configure router bgp neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.........................................................................560
configure router bgp neighbor strict-capability-match...................................................................................561
configure router bgp neighbor timers............................................................................................................561
configure router bgp neighbor unsuppress-map...........................................................................................562
configure router bgp neighbor update-source...............................................................................................562
configure router bgp neighbor weight............................................................................................................563
configure router bgp network........................................................................................................................563
configure router bgp redistribute...................................................................................................................563
configure router bgp synchronization............................................................................................................564
configure router bgp timers...........................................................................................................................564
show bgp ipv4 attribute-info..........................................................................................................................565
show bgp ipv4 cidr-only.................................................................................................................................565
show bgp ipv4 community.............................................................................................................................565
show bgp ipv4 community-info......................................................................................................................566
show bgp ipv4 community-list.......................................................................................................................566
show bgp ipv4 dampening............................................................................................................................567
show bgp ipv4 filter-list..................................................................................................................................567
show bgp ipv4 inconsistent-as......................................................................................................................568
show bgp ipv4 neighbors..............................................................................................................................568
show bgp ipv4 paths.....................................................................................................................................568
show bgp ipv4 prefix-list................................................................................................................................569
show bgp ipv4 quote-regexp.........................................................................................................................569
show bgp ipv4 regexp...................................................................................................................................569
show bgp ipv4 route-map..............................................................................................................................570
show bgp ipv4 scan.......................................................................................................................................570
show bgp ipv4 summary...............................................................................................................................570
show ip as-path-access-list...........................................................................................................................571
show ip community-list..................................................................................................................................571
show ip protocols bgp...................................................................................................................................571
show debug bgp............................................................................................................................................572
show bgp ipv4 unicast attribute-info..............................................................................................................572
show bgp ipv4 unicast cidr-only....................................................................................................................572

24

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show bgp ipv4 unicast community................................................................................................................572


show bgp ipv4 unicast community-info.........................................................................................................573
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list...........................................................................................................573
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening................................................................................................................574
show bgp ipv4 unicast filter-list.....................................................................................................................574
show bgp ipv4 unicast inconsistent-as..........................................................................................................575
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbors..................................................................................................................575
show bgp ipv4 unicast paths.........................................................................................................................576
show bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group................................................................................................................576
show bgp ipv4 unicast prefix-list...................................................................................................................576
show bgp ipv4 unicast quote-regexp.............................................................................................................577
show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp.......................................................................................................................577
show bgp ipv4 unicast route-map.................................................................................................................577
show bgp ipv4 unicast summary...................................................................................................................578
show bgp ipv4 unicast scan..........................................................................................................................578
show bgp ipv4 multicast attribute-info...........................................................................................................578
show bgp ipv4 multicast cidr-only.................................................................................................................579
show bgp ipv4 multicast community..............................................................................................................579
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-info.......................................................................................................579
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-list........................................................................................................580
show bgp ipv4 multicast dampening.............................................................................................................580
show bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list...................................................................................................................581
show bgp ipv4 multicast inconsistent-as.......................................................................................................581
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors...............................................................................................................582
show bgp ipv4 multicast paths......................................................................................................................582
show bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group.............................................................................................................582
show bgp ipv4 multicast prefix-list.................................................................................................................583
show bgp ipv4 multicast quote-regexp..........................................................................................................583
show bgp ipv4 multicast regexp....................................................................................................................584
show bgp ipv4 multicast route-map...............................................................................................................584
show bgp ipv4 multicast summary................................................................................................................584
show bgp ipv4 multicast scan.......................................................................................................................585
debug bgp.....................................................................................................................................................585
show bgp all attribute-info.............................................................................................................................586
show bgp all community................................................................................................................................586
show bgp all community-info.........................................................................................................................586
show bgp all community-list..........................................................................................................................587
show bgp all dampening...............................................................................................................................587
show bgp all filter-list.....................................................................................................................................588
show bgp all inconsistent-as.........................................................................................................................588
show bgp all neighbors.................................................................................................................................588
show bgp all paths........................................................................................................................................589
show bgp all peer-group................................................................................................................................589
show bgp all prefix-list...................................................................................................................................590
show bgp all quote-regexp............................................................................................................................590
show bgp all regexp......................................................................................................................................590
show bgp all route-map.................................................................................................................................591
show bgp all summary..................................................................................................................................591
show bgp all scan..........................................................................................................................................592

Command Line Reference

October 2010

25

Chapter 42: VRRP commands..............................................................................................593


clear vrrp.......................................................................................................................................................593
configure interface ethernet vrrp...................................................................................................................593
configure interface ethernet vrrp advertisement_interval..............................................................................594
configure interface ethernet vrrp authentication............................................................................................594
configure interface ethernet vrrp description.................................................................................................594
configure interface ethernet vrrp enable.......................................................................................................595
configure interface ethernet vrrp ipaddr........................................................................................................595
configure interface ethernet vrrp learn_adv_internal.....................................................................................596
configure interface ethernet vrrp preempt.....................................................................................................596
configure interface ethernet vrrp priority.......................................................................................................596
configure interface ethernet vrrp track..........................................................................................................597
configure vrrp-virtualip allow-ping.................................................................................................................597
show vrrp.......................................................................................................................................................597
show vrrp virtualip-setting.............................................................................................................................598

Chapter 43: IPv4 multicast routing commands..................................................................599


clear ip mroute..............................................................................................................................................599
configure ip mroute.......................................................................................................................................599
configure interface ip multicast ttl-threshold..................................................................................................600
configure ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only.........................................................................................................601
configure ip multicast-routing........................................................................................................................601
show ip mroute..............................................................................................................................................602
show ip mvif..................................................................................................................................................602

Chapter 44: DVMRP commands...........................................................................................603


clear ip dvmrp prune.....................................................................................................................................603
clear ip dvmrp route......................................................................................................................................603
configure ip dvmrp holddown disable............................................................................................................604
configure ip dvmrp log-neighbor-changes.....................................................................................................604
configure ip dvmrp mfc-timeout.....................................................................................................................605
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-probe-interval..................................................................................................605
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-timeout.............................................................................................................606
configure ip dvmrp route-expiration-timeout..................................................................................................606
configure ip dvmrp switch-timeout.................................................................................................................607
configure ip dvmrp triggered-update-interval................................................................................................608
configure ip dvmrp unconfirmed-route-timeout.............................................................................................608
configure interface ip dvmrp default-listen....................................................................................................609
configure interface ip dvmrp default-supply..................................................................................................609
configure interface ip dvmrp enable..............................................................................................................610
configure interface ip dvmrp metric...............................................................................................................610
configure interface ip dvmrp output-report-delay..........................................................................................610
configure interface ip dvmrp prune-lifetime...................................................................................................611
configure interface ip dvmrp reject non-pruners............................................................................................611
show ip dvmrp interface................................................................................................................................612
show ip dvmrp neighbor................................................................................................................................612
show ip dvmrp prune.....................................................................................................................................613
show ip dvmrp route......................................................................................................................................613
show ip dvmrp statistics................................................................................................................................614

Chapter 45: IPv4 PIM commands.........................................................................................615


clear ip pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all.........................................................................................................615

26

Command Line Reference

October 2010

clear ip pim sparse-mode statistics...............................................................................................................615


configure interface ip pim bsr-border............................................................................................................616
configure interface ip pim dr-priority..............................................................................................................616
configure interface ip pim exclude-genid.......................................................................................................616
configure interface ip pim hello-interval.........................................................................................................617
configure interface ip pim neighbor-filter.......................................................................................................617
configure interface ip pim sparse-mode........................................................................................................617
configure ip pim accept-register....................................................................................................................618
configure ip pim anycast-rp...........................................................................................................................618
configure ip pim bsr-candidate......................................................................................................................619
configure ip pim cisco-register-checksum.....................................................................................................620
configure ip pim ignore-rp-set-priority...........................................................................................................620
configure ip pim log-neighbor-changes.........................................................................................................620
configure ip pim multipath.............................................................................................................................621
configure ip pim register-source....................................................................................................................621
configure ip pim rp-address...........................................................................................................................622
configure ip pim rp-candidate........................................................................................................................622
configure ip pim spt-threshold-infinity............................................................................................................623
configure ip pim ssm.....................................................................................................................................623
show ip pim sparse-mode bsr-router.............................................................................................................624
show ip pim sparse-mode database.............................................................................................................624
show ip pim sparse-mode interface..............................................................................................................624
show ip pim sparse-mode neighbor..............................................................................................................625
show ip pim sparse-mode rp mapping..........................................................................................................625
show ip pim sparse-mode rp-hash................................................................................................................626
show ip pim sparse-mode rpf........................................................................................................................626

Chapter 46: IGMP commands...............................................................................................627


clear ip igmp group........................................................................................................................................627
clear ip igmp interface...................................................................................................................................627
clear ip igmp statistics...................................................................................................................................628
configure ip igmp limit...................................................................................................................................628
configure ip igmp ssm-map enable...............................................................................................................629
configure ip igmp ssm-map static..................................................................................................................629
configure interface ip igmp access-group.....................................................................................................630
configure interface ip igmp immediate-leave.................................................................................................630
configure interface ip igmp last-member-query-count...................................................................................631
configure interface ip igmp last-member-query-interval................................................................................631
configure interface ip igmp limit.....................................................................................................................632
configure interface ip igmp querier-timeout...................................................................................................632
configure interface ip igmp query-interval.....................................................................................................633
configure interface ip igmp query-max-response-time..................................................................................633
configure interface ip igmp robustness-variable............................................................................................634
configure interface ip igmp static-group........................................................................................................634
configure interface ip igmp version...............................................................................................................635
show ip igmp groups.....................................................................................................................................635
show ip igmp interface..................................................................................................................................636
show ip igmp statistics..................................................................................................................................636

Chapter 47: RIPng commands.............................................................................................637


clear ipv6 rip route.........................................................................................................................................637
configure interface ipv6 rip split-horizon........................................................................................................638

Command Line Reference

October 2010

27

configure interface ipv6 router rip..................................................................................................................638


configure router ipv6 rip................................................................................................................................638
configure router ipv6 rip aggregate-address.................................................................................................639
configure router ipv6 rip default-information..................................................................................................639
configure router ipv6 rip default-metric..........................................................................................................639
configure router ipv6 rip distance..................................................................................................................640
configure router ipv6 rip distribute-list...........................................................................................................640
configure router ipv6 rip neighbor.................................................................................................................641
configure router ipv6 rip offset-list.................................................................................................................641
configure router ipv6 rip passive-interface....................................................................................................642
configure router ipv6 rip redistribute..............................................................................................................642
configure router ipv6 rip route-map...............................................................................................................643
configure router ipv6 rip timers......................................................................................................................643
show ipv6 protocols rip..................................................................................................................................644
show ipv6 rip.................................................................................................................................................644
show ipv6 rip database.................................................................................................................................644
show ipv6 rip interface..................................................................................................................................645

Chapter 48: OSPFv3 commands..........................................................................................647


clear ipv6 ospf...............................................................................................................................................647
configure interface ipv6 router ospf...............................................................................................................647
configure interface ipv6 ospf cost..................................................................................................................648
configure interface ipv6 ospf dead-interval...................................................................................................648
configure interface ipv6 ospf hello-interval....................................................................................................649
configure interface ipv6 ospf mtu..................................................................................................................649
configure interface ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore.......................................................................................................649
configure router ospf neighbor......................................................................................................................650
configure interface ipv6 ospf network............................................................................................................650
configure interface ipv6 ospf priority.............................................................................................................651
configure interface ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval...........................................................................................651
configure interface ipv6 ospf transmit-delay..................................................................................................652
configure router ipv6 ospf..............................................................................................................................652
configure router ipv6 ospf abr-type...............................................................................................................653
configure router ipv6 ospf area default-cost..................................................................................................653
configure router ipv6 ospf area range...........................................................................................................654
configure router ipv6 ospf area stub..............................................................................................................655
configure router ipv6 ospf area virtual-link....................................................................................................655
configure router ipv6 ospf auto-cost..............................................................................................................656
configure router ipv6 ospf default-metric.......................................................................................................657
configure router ipv6 ospf distance...............................................................................................................657
configure router ipv6 ospf log-adjacency-changes........................................................................................658
configure router ipv6 ospf max-concurrent-dd..............................................................................................658
configure router ipv6 ospf passive-interface.................................................................................................658
configure router ipv6 ospf redistribute...........................................................................................................659
configure router ipv6 ospf timers spf.............................................................................................................659
configure terminal interface ip ospf demand-circuit.......................................................................................660
show ipv6 ospf border-routers.......................................................................................................................660
show ipv6 ospf database...............................................................................................................................661
show ipv6 ospf interface................................................................................................................................661
show ipv6 ospf neighbor...............................................................................................................................661
show ipv6 ospf route.....................................................................................................................................662

28

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ipv6 ospf virtual-links...........................................................................................................................662

Chapter 49: BGP4+ commands............................................................................................663


clear bgp ipv6................................................................................................................................................663
clear bgp ipv6 dampening.............................................................................................................................663
clear bgp ipv6 external..................................................................................................................................664
clear bgp ipv6 flap-statistics..........................................................................................................................664
clear bgp ipv6 peer-group.............................................................................................................................665
clear bgp ipv6 unicast...................................................................................................................................665
clear bgp ipv6 multicast.................................................................................................................................666
clear bgp ipv6 unicast...................................................................................................................................666
clear bgp ipv6 multicast.................................................................................................................................667
clear bgp ipv6 unicast external......................................................................................................................667
clear bgp ipv6 multicast external...................................................................................................................668
clear bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group.................................................................................................................668
clear bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group..............................................................................................................669
clear bgp ipv6 unicast dampening.................................................................................................................669
clear bgp ipv6 multicast dampening..............................................................................................................670
clear bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics..............................................................................................................670
clear bgp ipv6 multicast flap-statistics...........................................................................................................671
configure router bgp......................................................................................................................................671
configure router bgp address-family ipv6......................................................................................................672
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 aggregate-address.......................................................................672
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 bgp dampening............................................................................672
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 bgp scan-time..............................................................................673
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 distance........................................................................................673
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 ebgp-ecmp...................................................................................674
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor activate..........................................................................674
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor allowas-in......................................................................675
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor attribute-unchanged......................................................675
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor capability orf prefix-list..................................................676
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor default-originate............................................................676
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor distribute-list..................................................................677
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor filter-list..........................................................................677
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor maximum-prefix............................................................678
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor next-hop-self.................................................................678
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor prefix-list........................................................................679
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor remove-private-AS........................................................679
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor route-map......................................................................680
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor route-reflector-client......................................................680
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor route-server-client.........................................................681
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor send-community............................................................681
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.........................................682
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor unsuppress-map...........................................................682
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 network........................................................................................682
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 redistribute...................................................................................683
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 synchronization............................................................................683
show bgp ipv6 attribute-info..........................................................................................................................684
show bgp ipv6 community.............................................................................................................................684
show bgp ipv6 community-info......................................................................................................................685
show bgp ipv6 community-list.......................................................................................................................685

Command Line Reference

October 2010

29

show bgp ipv6 dampening............................................................................................................................685


show bgp ipv6 filter-list..................................................................................................................................686
show bgp ipv6 inconsistent-as......................................................................................................................686
show bgp ipv6 neighbors..............................................................................................................................687
show bgp ipv6 paths.....................................................................................................................................687
show bgp ipv6 prefix-list................................................................................................................................687
show bgp ipv6 quote-regexp.........................................................................................................................688
show bgp ipv6 regexp...................................................................................................................................688
show bgp ipv6 route-map..............................................................................................................................689
show bgp ipv6 scan.......................................................................................................................................689
show bgp ipv6 summary...............................................................................................................................689
show bgp ipv6 unicast attribute-info..............................................................................................................690
show bgp ipv6 unicast cidr-only....................................................................................................................690
show bgp ipv6 unicast community................................................................................................................690
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-info.........................................................................................................691
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-list...........................................................................................................691
show bgp ipv6 unicast dampening................................................................................................................691
show bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list.....................................................................................................................692
show bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as..........................................................................................................692
show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors..................................................................................................................693
show bgp ipv6 unicast paths.........................................................................................................................693
show bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group................................................................................................................693
show bgp ipv6 unicast prefix-list...................................................................................................................694
show bgp ipv6 unicast quote-regexp.............................................................................................................694
show bgp ipv6 unicast regexp.......................................................................................................................695
show bgp ipv6 unicast route-map.................................................................................................................695
show bgp ipv6 unicast summary...................................................................................................................695
show bgp ipv6 unicast scan..........................................................................................................................696
show bgp ipv6 multicast attribute-info...........................................................................................................696
show bgp ipv6 multicast cidr-only.................................................................................................................696
show bgp ipv6 multicast community..............................................................................................................697
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-info.......................................................................................................697
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-list........................................................................................................697
show bgp ipv6 multicast dampening.............................................................................................................698
show bgp ipv6 multicast filter-list...................................................................................................................698
show bgp ipv6 multicast inconsistent-as.......................................................................................................699
show bgp ipv6 multicast neighbors...............................................................................................................699
show bgp ipv6 multicast paths......................................................................................................................700
show bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group.............................................................................................................700
show bgp ipv6 multicast prefix-list.................................................................................................................700
show bgp ipv6 multicast quote-regexp..........................................................................................................701
show bgp ipv6 multicast regexp....................................................................................................................701
show bgp ipv6 multicast route-map...............................................................................................................702
show bgp ipv6 multicast summary................................................................................................................702
show bgp ipv6 multicast scan.......................................................................................................................702

Chapter 50: IPv6 PIM commands.........................................................................................703


clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all.....................................................................................................703
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics...........................................................................................................703
configure interface ipv6 pim bsr-border.........................................................................................................704
configure interface ipv6 pim dr-priority..........................................................................................................704

30

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface ipv6 pim exclude-genid...................................................................................................704


configure interface ipv6 pim hello-interval.....................................................................................................705
configure interface ipv6 pim neighbor-filter...................................................................................................705
configure interface ipv6 pim sparse-mode....................................................................................................706
configure ipv6 pim accept-register................................................................................................................706
configure ipv6 pim anycast-rp.......................................................................................................................707
configure ipv6 pim bsr-candidate..................................................................................................................707
configure ipv6 pim log-neighbor-changes.....................................................................................................708
configure ipv6 pim multipath.........................................................................................................................708
configure ipv6 pim register-source................................................................................................................709
configure ipv6 pim rp-address.......................................................................................................................709
configure ipv6 pim rp-candidate....................................................................................................................710
configure ipv6 pim rp embedded...................................................................................................................710
configure ipv6 pim spt-threshold-infinity........................................................................................................711
configure ipv6 pim ssm..................................................................................................................................711
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode bsr-router.........................................................................................................712
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode database..........................................................................................................712
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode interface...........................................................................................................712
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode neighbor..........................................................................................................713
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rp mapping......................................................................................................713
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rp-hash............................................................................................................714
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rpf....................................................................................................................714
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics...........................................................................................................715

Chapter 51: MLD commands................................................................................................717


clear ipv6 mld groups....................................................................................................................................717
clear ipv6 mld interface.................................................................................................................................717
clear ipv6 mld statistics.................................................................................................................................718
configure ipv6 mld limit..................................................................................................................................718
configure ipv6 mld ssm-map enable.............................................................................................................719
configure ipv6 mld ssm-map static................................................................................................................719
configure interface ipv6 mld querier-timeout.................................................................................................720
configure interface ipv6 mld access-group....................................................................................................720
configure interface ipv6 mld immediate-leave...............................................................................................720
configure interface ipv6 mld last-member-query-count.................................................................................721
configure interface ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval..............................................................................721
configure interface ipv6 mld limit...................................................................................................................722
configure interface ipv6 mld query-interval...................................................................................................722
configure interface ipv6 mld query-max-response-time................................................................................723
configure interface ipv6 mld robustness-variable..........................................................................................723
configure interface ipv6 mld static-group......................................................................................................724
configure interface ipv6 mld version..............................................................................................................724
configure ipv6 multicast-routing....................................................................................................................725
show ipv6 mld groups...................................................................................................................................725
show ipv6 mld interface.................................................................................................................................725
show ipv6 mld statistics.................................................................................................................................726

Chapter 52: Chassis QoS commands..................................................................................727


clear qos chassis...........................................................................................................................................727
clear qos chassis red....................................................................................................................................727
configure interface qos chassis dscp-exp-cos-map......................................................................................728
configure interface qos chassis enable.........................................................................................................728

Command Line Reference

October 2010

31

configure interface qos enable-auto-qos.......................................................................................................729


configure interface qos chassis enable-red...................................................................................................730
configure interface qos chassis exp-dscp-cos-map......................................................................................730
configure interface qos chassis ewf..............................................................................................................731
configure interface qos chassis red...............................................................................................................731
configure interface qos chassis service-policy..............................................................................................733
configure interface qos chassis shaping.......................................................................................................733
configure interface qos disable-qos..............................................................................................................734
configure qos disable-qos.............................................................................................................................734
configure qos chassis clone-policy-map.......................................................................................................735
configure qos chassis dscp-exp-cos-map.....................................................................................................735
configure qos chassis exp-dscp-cos-map.....................................................................................................735
configure qos chassis historical-stats ftp-parameters...................................................................................736
configure qos chassis historical-stats sample-interval..................................................................................736
configure qos chassis historical-stats upload................................................................................................737
configure qos chassis policy-map.................................................................................................................737
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map................................................................................................738
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map cbq.........................................................................................738
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map enable-red..............................................................................739
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map ewf.........................................................................................740
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map excess-queue-buffers............................................................740
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map mark.......................................................................................741
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map match.....................................................................................741
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map pbr-redirect............................................................................743
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map police color-aware..................................................................744
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map police srtcm............................................................................744
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map police trtcm............................................................................745
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map red..........................................................................................746
configure qos enable-auto-qos......................................................................................................................748
show qos chassis..........................................................................................................................................748
show qos chassis dscp-exp-cos-map...........................................................................................................749
show qos chassis exp-dscp-cos-map...........................................................................................................749
show qos chassis historical-stats..................................................................................................................749
show qos chassis historical-stats configuration............................................................................................750
show qos chassis policy map........................................................................................................................750
show qos chassis red....................................................................................................................................751
show qos chassis service-policy...................................................................................................................751
show qos chassis system..............................................................................................................................752

Chapter 53: Ethernet module QoS commands...................................................................753


clear qos module policy-map........................................................................................................................753
configure interface ethernet qos module congestion-profile.........................................................................753
configure interface ethernet qos module default-queue................................................................................754
configure interface ethernet qos module egress-buffer-limit.........................................................................754
configure interface ethernet qos module ingress-buffer-limit........................................................................755
configure interface ethernet qos module mark-dscp.....................................................................................755
configure interface ethernet qos module mark-user-priority..........................................................................756
configure interface ethernet qos module queue priority-queue.....................................................................756
configure interface ethernet qos module queue wrr-queue...........................................................................757
configure interface ethernet qos module queue queue-limit.........................................................................757
configure interface ethernet qos module queue shape.................................................................................758

32

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface ethernet qos module random-detect...............................................................................758


configure interface ethernet qos module service-policy................................................................................759
configure interface ethernet qos module shape............................................................................................759
configure interface ethernet qos module xoff-limit.........................................................................................760
configure interface ethernet qos module xon-limit........................................................................................760
configure qos module accounting disable.....................................................................................................760
configure qos module clone-policy-map........................................................................................................761
configure qos module congestion-profile drop-curve....................................................................................761
configure qos module congestion-profile exponential-weighting-constant....................................................762
configure qos module enable-rate-sampling.................................................................................................763
configure qos module policing-cos-map ip....................................................................................................763
configure qos module policing-cos-map non-ip.............................................................................................764
configure qos module policy-map.................................................................................................................765
configure qos module policy-map class-map................................................................................................765
configure qos module policy-map class-map accounting enable..................................................................766
configure qos module policy-map class-map assign-drop-precedence........................................................766
configure qos module policy-map class-map assign-queue.........................................................................767
configure qos module policy-map class-map mark-dscp..............................................................................767
configure qos module policy-map class-map mark-user-priority...................................................................768
configure qos module policy-map class-map match ipv4..............................................................................768
configure qos module policy-map class-map match ipv6..............................................................................769
configure qos module policy-map class-map match non-ip..........................................................................770
configure qos module policy-map class-map pbr-redirect.............................................................................771
configure qos module policy-map class-map police color-aware..................................................................771
configure qos module policy-map class-map police disable.........................................................................772
configure qos module policy-map class-map police drop-violate..................................................................772
configure qos module policy-map class-map police remark-cos...................................................................773
configure qos module policy-map class-map police srtcm............................................................................773
configure qos module policy-map class-map police trtcm.............................................................................774
configure qos module policy-map class-map rate-monitoring.......................................................................775
configure qos module queue-cos-map..........................................................................................................775
configure qos module rate-monitoring...........................................................................................................776
configure qos module user-priority-cos-map.................................................................................................777
show qos module congestion-profile.............................................................................................................777
show qos module ethernet............................................................................................................................778
show qos module policing-cos-map ip..........................................................................................................778
show qos module policing-cos-map non-ip...................................................................................................779
show qos module policy-map........................................................................................................................779
show qos module service-policy...................................................................................................................780
show qos module system..............................................................................................................................780
show qos system...........................................................................................................................................781

Chapter 54: SLA commands.................................................................................................783


clear sla profile..............................................................................................................................................783
configure sla profile.......................................................................................................................................783
configure sla profile action............................................................................................................................784
configure sla profile description.....................................................................................................................784
configure sla profile icmp-echo.....................................................................................................................785
configure sla profile icmp-v6-echo................................................................................................................785
configure sla profile threshold-type...............................................................................................................786
configure sla profile threshold-value.............................................................................................................786

Command Line Reference

October 2010

33

configure sla profile udp-echo.......................................................................................................................787


configure sla profile udp-jitter........................................................................................................................787
configure sla profile udp-v6-echo..................................................................................................................788
configure sla profile udp-v6-jitter...................................................................................................................789
configure sla schedule..................................................................................................................................790
show sla profile.............................................................................................................................................790

Chapter 55: Firewall commands..........................................................................................793


clear firewall connection................................................................................................................................793
clear firewall statistics...................................................................................................................................793
configure firewall global algs.........................................................................................................................793
configure firewall global algs dns enable......................................................................................................795
configure firewall global algs dns pool..........................................................................................................795
configure firewall global algs sip-p2p-media.................................................................................................796
configure firewall global bypass-trusted........................................................................................................796
configure firewall connection-reservation......................................................................................................796
configure firewall global dos-protect..............................................................................................................797
configure firewall global hairpinning-self-Ip...................................................................................................799
configure firewall global object address........................................................................................................799
configure firewall interface............................................................................................................................800
configure firewall internet policy self nat-ip...................................................................................................801
configure firewall global ip-reassembly enable.............................................................................................801
configure firewall global ip-reassembly fragment-count................................................................................802
configure firewall global ip-reassembly fragment-size..................................................................................802
configure firewall global ip-reassembly packet-size......................................................................................803
configure firewall global ip-reassembly timeout............................................................................................803
configure firewall global logging attacks........................................................................................................803
configure firewall global logging policy..........................................................................................................804
configure firewall global logging vpn.............................................................................................................804
configure firewall global max-connection-limit...............................................................................................805
configure firewall global nat-failover..............................................................................................................805
configure firewall object.................................................................................................................................806
configure firewall policy.................................................................................................................................807
configure firewall policy apply-object.............................................................................................................808
configure firewall policy bandwidth................................................................................................................809
configure firewall policy connection-rate.......................................................................................................809
configure firewall policy enable.....................................................................................................................810
configure firewall policy max-connection-limit...............................................................................................810
configure firewall policy policing....................................................................................................................811
configure firewall global port-trigger..............................................................................................................811
configure firewall global proxy-nat.................................................................................................................812
configure firewall reset-invalid-acks..............................................................................................................813
configure firewall stealth-mode.....................................................................................................................813
configure firewall global timeout general.......................................................................................................814
configure firewall global timeout service.......................................................................................................814
configure firewall global url-key-filter.............................................................................................................815
configure system security firewall-disable.....................................................................................................815
show firewall..................................................................................................................................................815
show firewall dns-alg translate-pool..............................................................................................................816

Chapter 56: Packet filter commands...................................................................................817


clear ip packet-filter counters........................................................................................................................817

34

Command Line Reference

October 2010

clear ip packet-filter statistics........................................................................................................................817


clear ipv6 packet-filter counters....................................................................................................................817
clear ipv6 packet-filter statistics....................................................................................................................818
configure ip packet-filter................................................................................................................................818
configure ip packet-filter delete.....................................................................................................................818
configure ipv6 packet-filter............................................................................................................................819
configure ip packet-filter add|insert...............................................................................................................819
configure ipv6 packet-filter delete.................................................................................................................821
configure mac packet-filter............................................................................................................................822
configure mac packet-filter add|insert...........................................................................................................822
configure mac packet-filter delete.................................................................................................................823
configure packet-filter-group.........................................................................................................................823
configure packet-filter-group management...................................................................................................824
show ip packet-filter......................................................................................................................................824
show ipv6 packet-filter...................................................................................................................................825
show mac packet-filter..................................................................................................................................825
show packet-filter-rules management...........................................................................................................825
show ip packet-filter-stats management........................................................................................................825
show ipv6 packet-filter-stats management....................................................................................................826

Chapter 57: IPsec VPN commands......................................................................................827


clear crypto ca certificates.............................................................................................................................827
clear crypto ca crl..........................................................................................................................................827
clear crypto ca key........................................................................................................................................827
clear crypto ike sa.........................................................................................................................................828
clear crypto ipsec sa.....................................................................................................................................828
clear crypto statistics.....................................................................................................................................828
configure crypto bypass-trusted-self.............................................................................................................828
configure crypto ca authenticate...................................................................................................................829
configure crypto ca crl request......................................................................................................................829
configure crypto ca enroll..............................................................................................................................830
configure crypto ca import responder-certificate...........................................................................................830
configure crypto ca import router-certificate..................................................................................................831
configure crypto ca trustpoint crl...................................................................................................................831
configure crypto ca trustpoint email..............................................................................................................832
configure crypto ca trustpoint enrollment......................................................................................................832
configure crypto ca trustpoint fqdn................................................................................................................833
configure crypto ca trustpoint ip-address......................................................................................................833
configure crypto ca trustpoint keypair...........................................................................................................833
configure crypto ca trustpoint ocsp...............................................................................................................834
configure crypto ca trustpoint password........................................................................................................834
configure crypto ca trustpoint subject-name.................................................................................................834
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy........................................................................................................835
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration address-pool...................................................835
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-enable.................................................836
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-text......................................................836
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-domain-name........................................837
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-may-store-password..............................837
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-screen-saver.........................................838
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration dns-server.......................................................838
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration failover-list.......................................................839

Command Line Reference

October 2010

35

configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive enable.............................................839


configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive interval............................................840
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive retransmitions.................................840
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration nat-keepalive..................................................841
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration private-side-address.......................................842
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel mode............................................842
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel network.........................................843
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration wins-server.....................................................844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy local-address.................................................................................844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy mode..............................................................................................844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal.........................................................................................845
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal authentication-method....................................................845
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal dh-group..........................................................................846
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal encryption-algorithm.......................................................847
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal hash-algorithm................................................................847
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy remote-id........................................................................................848
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy....................................................................................................848
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy enable........................................................................................849
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy match.........................................................................................849
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal encryption-algorithm....................................................850
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal lifetime.........................................................................851
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal hash-algorithm............................................................852
configure crypto dynamic ike policy..............................................................................................................852
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client authentication radius..........................................853
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client configuration address-pool................................853
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client configuration dns-server....................................854
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client configuration wins-server...................................854
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group key.............................................................855
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group local-address.............................................855
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group local-id.......................................................855
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group mode.........................................................856
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group ocsp...........................................................857
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group pfs..............................................................857
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal....................................................857
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal authentication-method................858
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal dh-group.....................................858
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal encryption-algorithm...................859
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal hash-algorithm............................860
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal lifetime........................................860
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group remote-id...................................................861
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group................................................................861
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group enable....................................................861
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group match.....................................................862
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group pfs-group...............................................863
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal.................................................863
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal encryption-algorithm...............864
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal hash-algorithm........................864
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal lifetime....................................865
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal mode.......................................865
configure crypto failover................................................................................................................................866
configure crypto ike policy.............................................................................................................................867

36

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure crypto ike policy exchange-type....................................................................................................867


configure crypto ike policy initial-contact.......................................................................................................868
configure crypto ike policy key......................................................................................................................868
configure crypto ike policy local-address......................................................................................................869
configure crypto ike policy local-id................................................................................................................869
configure crypto ike policy mode...................................................................................................................870
configure crypto ike policy ocsp....................................................................................................................870
configure crypto ike policy pfs.......................................................................................................................871
configure crypto ike policy proposal..............................................................................................................871
configure crypto ike policy proposal authentication-method.........................................................................871
configure crypto ike policy proposal dh-group...............................................................................................872
configure crypto ike policy proposal encryption-algorithm............................................................................873
configure crypto ike policy proposal hash-algorithm.....................................................................................873
configure crypto ike policy proposal lifetime..................................................................................................874
configure crypto ike policy remote-id.............................................................................................................874
configure crypto ipsec policy.........................................................................................................................875
configure crypto ipsec policy anti-replay.......................................................................................................876
configure crypto ipsec policy bypass match address....................................................................................876
configure crypto ipsec policy enable.............................................................................................................877
configure crypto ipsec policy match..............................................................................................................877
configure crypto ipsec policy match object....................................................................................................878
configure crypto ipsec policy nailed-up.........................................................................................................879
configure crypto ipsec policy pfs-group.........................................................................................................880
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal..........................................................................................................880
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal encryption-algorithm.........................................................................881
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal hash-algorithm.................................................................................881
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal lifetime..............................................................................................882
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal mode................................................................................................882
configure crypto keepalive enable.................................................................................................................883
configure crypto keepalive mode..................................................................................................................883
configure crypto keepalive retry-interval.......................................................................................................884
configure crypto keepalive transmit-interval..................................................................................................884
configure crypto keypair................................................................................................................................884
configure crypto ike policy keyusage............................................................................................................885
configure crypto pmtu df-bit...........................................................................................................................885
configure crypto pmtu threshold-mtu mtu-size..............................................................................................886
configure crypto pmtu unsecured-icmp-processing......................................................................................886
configure interface l2tp-server.......................................................................................................................886
configure interface l2tp-server ip address.....................................................................................................887
configure interface l2tp-server ipsec-protection............................................................................................887
configure interface l2tp-server remote-config................................................................................................888
configure interface l2tp-server remote-config address-pool|DNS|nbns.........................................................888
configure interface l2tp-server remote-user..................................................................................................889
configure interface l2tp-server shutdown......................................................................................................889
show crypto ca certificates............................................................................................................................889
show crypto ca crl.........................................................................................................................................890
show crypto ca trustpoint..............................................................................................................................890
show crypto clients contivity..........................................................................................................................890
show crypto contivity-iras ike policy..............................................................................................................890
show crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy..........................................................................................................891
show crypto dynamic clients.........................................................................................................................892

Command Line Reference

October 2010

37

show crypto dynamic ike policy.....................................................................................................................892


show crypto dynamic ipsec policy.................................................................................................................892
show crypto ike policy...................................................................................................................................892
show crypto ike sa.........................................................................................................................................893
show crypto interfaces..................................................................................................................................893
show crypto ipsec policy...............................................................................................................................893
show crypto ipsec sa.....................................................................................................................................894
show crypto keepalive...................................................................................................................................894
show crypto pmtu..........................................................................................................................................894
show crypto statistics....................................................................................................................................894
show interface l2tp-server.............................................................................................................................895

Chapter 58: GRE and IPIP tunneling commands................................................................897


clear interface tunnel.....................................................................................................................................897
configure interface tunnel..............................................................................................................................897
configure interface tunnel crypto...................................................................................................................897
configure interface tunnel gvrp......................................................................................................................898
configure interface tunnel ip|ipv6...................................................................................................................898
configure interface tunnel ip tcp-mss............................................................................................................899
configure interface tunnel keepalive..............................................................................................................899
configure interface tunnel shutdown.............................................................................................................900
configure interface tunnel tunnel checksum..................................................................................................900
configure interface tunnel tunnel destination.................................................................................................900
configure interface tunnel tunnel key............................................................................................................901
configure interface tunnel tunnel mode.........................................................................................................901
configure interface tunnel tunnel path_mtu_discovery..................................................................................902
configure interface tunnel tunnel protection..................................................................................................902
configure interface tunnel tunnel sequence..................................................................................................902
configure interface tunnel tunnel source.......................................................................................................903
configure interface tunnel tunnel tos.............................................................................................................903
configure interface tunnel tunnel ttl...............................................................................................................904
show interface tunnel....................................................................................................................................904

Chapter 59: AAA commands................................................................................................905


clear dot1x statistics......................................................................................................................................905
configure aaa accounting..............................................................................................................................905
configure aaa accounting update..................................................................................................................906
configure aaa authentication login................................................................................................................906
configure aaa authentication protocols.........................................................................................................907
configure aaa authorization commands........................................................................................................907
configure aaa enable.....................................................................................................................................908
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server acct_port...............................................................908
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server auth_port...............................................................909
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server ipaddress..............................................................909
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server retries....................................................................910
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server shared_key...........................................................910
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server time_out.................................................................911
configure aaa radius src_address.................................................................................................................911
configure aaa source-address.......................................................................................................................912
configure aaa tacacs primary_server|secondary_server...............................................................................912
configure aaa tacacs retries..........................................................................................................................912
configure aaa tacacs server_port..................................................................................................................913

38

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure aaa tacacs shared_key.................................................................................................................913


configure aaa tacacs time_out......................................................................................................................914
configure dot1x..............................................................................................................................................914
configure interface ethernet dot1x dot1x-enable...........................................................................................914
configure interface ethernet dot1x max-req..................................................................................................915
configure interface ethernet dot1x port-control.............................................................................................915
configure interface ethernet dot1x quiet-period.............................................................................................915
configure interface ethernet dot1x reauthentication......................................................................................916
configure interface ethernet dot1x reauth-period..........................................................................................916
configure interface ethernet dot1x server-timeout.........................................................................................916
configure interface ethernet dot1x supplicant-timeout..................................................................................917
configure interface aaa authentication..........................................................................................................917
configure interface aaa authorization............................................................................................................917
configure interface aaa accounting...............................................................................................................917
show aaa accounting....................................................................................................................................918
show aaa authentication...............................................................................................................................918
show aaa authorization.................................................................................................................................918
show aaa interface........................................................................................................................................919
show aaa radius............................................................................................................................................919
show aaa status............................................................................................................................................919
show aaa tacacs...........................................................................................................................................919
show dot1x....................................................................................................................................................920

Chapter 60: PPPoE client commands..................................................................................921


configure interface virtual-access ip..............................................................................................................921
configure interface virtual-access ppp authentication...................................................................................921
configure interface virtual-access ppp keepalive..........................................................................................922
configure interface virtual-access pppoe ac-name........................................................................................922
configure interface virtual-access pppoe ethernet........................................................................................923
configure interface virtual-access protocol pppoe.........................................................................................923
configure interface virtual-access shutdown.................................................................................................923
show interface virtual-access........................................................................................................................924

Chapter 61: SSH2 commands..............................................................................................925


clear ip ssh session.......................................................................................................................................925
configure ssh_keygen change......................................................................................................................925
configure ssh_keygen convert......................................................................................................................926
configure ssh_keygen digest.........................................................................................................................926
configure ssh_keygen encrypt......................................................................................................................927
configure ssh_keygen generate....................................................................................................................927
configure ssh_server authRetries.................................................................................................................928
configure ssh_server authentication.............................................................................................................928
configure ssh_server cipher..........................................................................................................................929
configure ssh_server compression...............................................................................................................929
configure ssh_server enable.........................................................................................................................930
configure ssh_server hostfile........................................................................................................................930
configure ssh_server logevents....................................................................................................................930
configure ssh_server mac.............................................................................................................................931
configure ssh_server port..............................................................................................................................931
configure ssh_server restore.........................................................................................................................932
configure ssh_server sftpd............................................................................................................................932
configure ssh_server timeout........................................................................................................................932

Command Line Reference

October 2010

39

show ip ssh config.........................................................................................................................................933


show ip ssh session......................................................................................................................................933

Chapter 62: SIP Media Gateway commands.......................................................................935


DSP channel licensing command.................................................................................................................935
configure system licenses pvim_users..........................................................................................................935
SIP UA configuration commands..................................................................................................................936
clear sip-ua statistics.....................................................................................................................................936
configure sip-ua outbound-proxy...................................................................................................................936
configure sip-ua set pstn-cause sip-status....................................................................................................937
configure sip-ua set sip-status pstn-cause....................................................................................................937
configure sip-ua register dynamic.................................................................................................................938
configure sip-ua sip-server............................................................................................................................938
configure sip-ua sip-server keepalive target.................................................................................................939
configure sip-ua transport.............................................................................................................................940
show sip-ua calls...........................................................................................................................................941
show sip-ua map pstn-sip.............................................................................................................................941
show sip-ua map sip-pstn.............................................................................................................................941
show sip-ua statistics....................................................................................................................................942
show sip-ua status........................................................................................................................................942
show sip-ua timers........................................................................................................................................942
Global VoIP configuration commands...........................................................................................................943
configure terminal system logging syslog module voip-cdr...........................................................................943
configure voice call call-limit..........................................................................................................................945
configure voice class custom-cptone............................................................................................................945
configure voice class dualtone......................................................................................................................946
configure voice dsp agc-enable....................................................................................................................946
configure voice dsp dtmf-level.......................................................................................................................947
configure voice dsp dtmf-twist.......................................................................................................................947
configure voice dsp no-rtcp-timeout..............................................................................................................948
configure voice service voip codec...............................................................................................................948
configure voice service voip emergency-number..........................................................................................950
configure voice service voip pass-through-call-prefix...................................................................................950
configure voice service voip rtp port-validation.............................................................................................951
configure voice service voip sip bind.............................................................................................................952
configure voice service voip sip rel1xx..........................................................................................................953
show voice service voip................................................................................................................................953
ISDN configuration commands for voice.......................................................................................................953
link pri_t1 | pri_e1 | bri voice..........................................................................................................................953
E1 R2 configuration commands....................................................................................................................954
configure module e1 cas-custom..........................................................................................................954
configure module e1 cas-group timeslots.............................................................................................957
T1 CAS configuration command...................................................................................................................959
configure module t1 cas-group......................................................................................................................959
FXO port configuration commands...............................................................................................................960
configure voice-port ani mapping..................................................................................................................960
configure voice-port connection plar.............................................................................................................961
configure voice-port ring-number..................................................................................................................962
configure voice-port signal cama..................................................................................................................962
FXS port configuration commands................................................................................................................964
configure voice-port signal did......................................................................................................................964

40

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure voice-port timeouts initial...............................................................................................................964


Common POTS and VoIP dial peer configuration commands......................................................................965
clear statistics dial-peer voice.......................................................................................................................965
configure dial-peer voice...............................................................................................................................966
configure dial-peer voice description.............................................................................................................966
configure dial-peer voice destination-pattern................................................................................................967
configure dial-peer voice shutdown...............................................................................................................968
show dial-peer voice.....................................................................................................................................969
POTS dial peer configuration commands.....................................................................................................969
configure dial-peer voice pots clid.................................................................................................................969
configure dial-peer voice pots digit-strip........................................................................................................970
configure dial-peer voice pots forward-digits.................................................................................................970
configure dial-peer voice pots port................................................................................................................972
configure dial-peer voice pots prefix.............................................................................................................972
VoIP dial peer configuration commands........................................................................................................973
configure dial-peer voice voip dtmf-relay rtp-nte...........................................................................................973
configure dial-peer voice voip rtp payload-type.............................................................................................974
configure dial-peer voice voip session target................................................................................................974
configure voice service voip dtmf-relay rtp-nte..............................................................................................975
configure voice service voip rtp payload-type...............................................................................................975
FXS port registration and authentication commands....................................................................................976
configure dial-peer voice pots authentication................................................................................................976
configure dial-peer voice pots register e164.................................................................................................977
configure sip-ua authentication.....................................................................................................................977
configure sip-ua registrar..............................................................................................................................978
show sip-ua register status...........................................................................................................................979
Caller ID configuration commands for FXS and FXO ports..........................................................................979
configure voice-port caller-id alerting ring.....................................................................................................979
configure voice-port caller-id block................................................................................................................980
configure voice-port caller-id enable.............................................................................................................980
configure voice-port station name.................................................................................................................981
configure voice-port station number..............................................................................................................982
DSP configuration commands.......................................................................................................................983
clear voice dsp statistics...............................................................................................................................983
configure voice-port comfort-noise................................................................................................................983
configure voice-port compand-type...............................................................................................................983
configure voice-port echo-cancel coverage..................................................................................................984
configure voice-port echo-cancel enable......................................................................................................984
configure voice-port input gain......................................................................................................................985
configure voice-port output attenuation.........................................................................................................985
show voice dsp statistics...............................................................................................................................986
show voice dsp status...................................................................................................................................986
Number translation commands.....................................................................................................................986
configure dial-peer voice translation-profile..................................................................................................986
configure voice translation-profile.................................................................................................................987
configure voice translation-profile translate...................................................................................................988
configure voice translation-rule.....................................................................................................................988
configure voice translation-rule rule..............................................................................................................989
Trunk group configuration commands...........................................................................................................990
configure trunk group....................................................................................................................................990
configure dial-peer voice pots trunkgroup.....................................................................................................990

Command Line Reference

October 2010

41

configure voice-port trunk-group...................................................................................................................991


show trunk group...........................................................................................................................................991
Fax/Modem configuration commands...........................................................................................................992
configure dial-peer voice voip fax protocol....................................................................................................992
configure dial-peer voice voip fax rate..........................................................................................................993
configure dial-peer voice voip modem passthrough......................................................................................993
configure voice service voip fax protocol......................................................................................................994
configure voice service voip fax rate.............................................................................................................995
configure voice service voip modem passthrough........................................................................................996
show call active t38.......................................................................................................................................996
Common voice port configuration commands...............................................................................................997
configure voice-port.......................................................................................................................................997
configure voice-port description....................................................................................................................997
configure voice-port shutdown......................................................................................................................998
show call active voice....................................................................................................................................998
show voice port.............................................................................................................................................999
Common FXS/FXO port configuration commands........................................................................................999
configure voice-port battery-reversal.............................................................................................................999
configure voice-port cptone.........................................................................................................................1000
configure voice-port signal..........................................................................................................................1001
configure voice-port supervisory-disconnect...............................................................................................1001
Common FXS and T1 CAS command........................................................................................................1002
configure voice-port timeouts interdigit.......................................................................................................1002
Common T1 CAS and ISDN commands.....................................................................................................1003
configure network-clock-select....................................................................................................................1003
show network-clock.....................................................................................................................................1003
Mediation Server module configuration commands....................................................................................1004
configure interface servmod description.....................................................................................................1004
configure interface servmod ip address......................................................................................................1004
configure interface servmod no shutdown..................................................................................................1005
show interface servmod..............................................................................................................................1005
Debugging commands................................................................................................................................1005
debug voip dial-peer....................................................................................................................................1005
debug voice cc............................................................................................................................................1006
debug voice dspapi.....................................................................................................................................1006
debug ccsip all............................................................................................................................................1007
debug ccsip messages................................................................................................................................1007
debug ccsip media......................................................................................................................................1008
debug ccsip api...........................................................................................................................................1008
debug ccsip errors.......................................................................................................................................1009
debug cas....................................................................................................................................................1009
debug isdn q921..........................................................................................................................................1009
debug isdn q931..........................................................................................................................................1010
debug fax....................................................................................................................................................1010
debug pots...................................................................................................................................................1011

Chapter 63: SSM commands..............................................................................................1013


clear ssm database.....................................................................................................................................1013
clear ssm sip-server statistics.....................................................................................................................1013
configure terminal system license ssm_users.............................................................................................1013
configure terminal system logging syslog module voip-ssm-cdr.................................................................1014

42

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure terminal voice service voip ssm bind ip.......................................................................................1015


configure terminal voice service voip ssm bind transport............................................................................1015
configure terminal voice service voip ssm cac exclude-pool.......................................................................1016
configure terminal voice service voip ssm cac max-calls............................................................................1017
configure terminal voice service voip ssm congestion-thresholds memory................................................1017
configure terminal voice service voip ssm default-gateway........................................................................1019
configure terminal voice service voip ssm dialplan load.............................................................................1019
configure terminal voice service voip ssm dialplan store............................................................................1020
configure terminal voice service voip ssm domain......................................................................................1020
configure terminal voice service voip ssm enable.......................................................................................1021
configure terminal voice service voip ssm keepalive-server.......................................................................1021
configure terminal voice service voip ssm protocol-header........................................................................1022
configure terminal voice service voip ssm provisioning..............................................................................1023
configure terminal voice service voip ssm registrar....................................................................................1024
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sessiontimer.............................................................................1024
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sip-server dns-timeout..............................................................1025
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sip-server reject-services-in-survivable-mode..........................1026
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sip-server timer.........................................................................1026
show ssm cac status...................................................................................................................................1027
show ssm configuration...............................................................................................................................1027
show ssm congestion-thresholds................................................................................................................1028
show ssm dial-plan......................................................................................................................................1028
show ssm licensed-users............................................................................................................................1028
show ssm protocol-header..........................................................................................................................1028
show ssm registered-users.........................................................................................................................1029
show ssm registrar......................................................................................................................................1029
show ssm session-timer..............................................................................................................................1029
show ssm sip-server configuration..............................................................................................................1030
show ssm sip-server statistics.....................................................................................................................1030
show ssm sip-server status.........................................................................................................................1030
show ssm subscriber...................................................................................................................................1031

Chapter 64: Troubleshooting commands..........................................................................1033


debug..........................................................................................................................................................1033
debug bgp...................................................................................................................................................1033
debug bgp all...............................................................................................................................................1033
debug bgp dampening................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp events........................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp filters..........................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp fsm............................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp keepalives.................................................................................................................................1035
debug bgp nsm...........................................................................................................................................1035
debug bgp updates.....................................................................................................................................1035
debug clear_clisession................................................................................................................................1036
debug_eng..................................................................................................................................................1036
debug fr.......................................................................................................................................................1036
debug fr pvc-info.........................................................................................................................................1037
debug fr bundle-info....................................................................................................................................1037
debug fr packet...........................................................................................................................................1037
debug fr packet lmi......................................................................................................................................1038
debug fr packet inverse-arp........................................................................................................................1038

Command Line Reference

October 2010

43

debug fr packet mfr.....................................................................................................................................1038


debug fr mfr.................................................................................................................................................1039
debug fr mfr states......................................................................................................................................1039
debug fr mfr state-machine.........................................................................................................................1040
debug fr bundle-buffers...............................................................................................................................1040
debug fr frf20...............................................................................................................................................1040
debug hdlc...................................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp.................................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp all.............................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp decode.....................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp encode.....................................................................................................................................1042
debug igmp events......................................................................................................................................1042
debug igmp fsm...........................................................................................................................................1042
debug igmp tib.............................................................................................................................................1042
debug pim...................................................................................................................................................1043
debug pim sparse-mode.............................................................................................................................1043
debug pim sparse-mode all.........................................................................................................................1043
debug pim sparse-mode events..................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode mfc.......................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode mib.......................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode nexthop................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode database..............................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode packet..................................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode state.....................................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode timer....................................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode timer assert..........................................................................................................1046
debug pim sparse-mode timer bsr..............................................................................................................1046
debug pim sparse-mode timer hello............................................................................................................1046
debug pim sparse-mode timer joinprune.....................................................................................................1047
debug pim sparse-mode timer register.......................................................................................................1047
debug dvmrp...............................................................................................................................................1047
debug dvmrp all...........................................................................................................................................1047
debug dvmrp events....................................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events igmp...........................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events kernel.........................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events neighbor.....................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events packet........................................................................................................................1049
debug dvmrp events prune.........................................................................................................................1049
debug dvmrp events route..........................................................................................................................1049
debug dvmrp mfc........................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp mib........................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp nsm.......................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp packet....................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp packet graft...........................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet graft-ack.....................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet in................................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet out..............................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet probe.........................................................................................................................1052
debug dvmrp packet prune.........................................................................................................................1052
debug dvmrp packet report.........................................................................................................................1052
debug dvmrp timer......................................................................................................................................1053

44

Command Line Reference

October 2010

debug dvmrp timer probe............................................................................................................................1053


debug dvmrp timer prune............................................................................................................................1053
debug dvmrp timer route.............................................................................................................................1053
debug mld...................................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld all...............................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld decode.......................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld encode.......................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld events........................................................................................................................................1055
debug mld fsm.............................................................................................................................................1055
debug mld tib...............................................................................................................................................1055
debug ip......................................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip arp................................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip vrrp...............................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip vrrp all...........................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip vrrp error.......................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip vrrp state......................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip vrrp events....................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip vrrp packet....................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip tunnel............................................................................................................................................1058
debug ip tunnel all.......................................................................................................................................1058
debug ip tunnel error...................................................................................................................................1058
debug ip tunnel encap.................................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel decap.................................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel packet................................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel keepalive...........................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel state...................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps............................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps all.......................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps error...................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps state...................................................................................................................................1061
debug ip dhcps events................................................................................................................................1061
debug ip dhcps packet................................................................................................................................1061
debug ip ssh................................................................................................................................................1062
debug ip statistics........................................................................................................................................1062
debug ip statistics ipshow...........................................................................................................................1062
debug ip statistics icmpshow.......................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics rtshow............................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics tcpshow.........................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics udpshow........................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics ipmuxshow.....................................................................................................................1064
debug ip statistics ipmuxclear.....................................................................................................................1064
debug ip statistics ipclear............................................................................................................................1064
debug ip statistics icmpclear.......................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast.......................................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast all...................................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast fib-msg..........................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast mrt.................................................................................................................................1066
debug ip multicast register..........................................................................................................................1066
debug ip multicast stats...............................................................................................................................1066
debug ip multicast vif...................................................................................................................................1066
debug ipv6...................................................................................................................................................1067

Command Line Reference

October 2010

45

debug ipv6 dhcp..........................................................................................................................................1067


debug ipv6 dhcp detail................................................................................................................................1067
debug ipv6 dhcp error.................................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 dhcp warnings..........................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 dhcp info...................................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 dhcp more.................................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 nd..............................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 nd error.....................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 nd trace.....................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 dad............................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 dad error...................................................................................................................................1070
debug ipv6 dad trace...................................................................................................................................1070
debug ipv6 rtadv..........................................................................................................................................1070
debug ipv6 rtadv error.................................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 rtadv trace.................................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 statistics....................................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 statistics ipshow........................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 statistics icmpshow...................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics tcpshow......................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics udpshow....................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics ipmuxshow.................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics ipmuxclear.................................................................................................................1073
debug ipv6 tunnel........................................................................................................................................1073
debug ipv6 tunnel all...................................................................................................................................1073
debug ipv6 tunnel error...............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel encap.............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel decap.............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel packet............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel keepalive........................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 tunnel state...............................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 rip..............................................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 rip all.........................................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 rip events..................................................................................................................................1076
debug ipv6 rip nsm......................................................................................................................................1076
debug ipv6 rip packet..................................................................................................................................1076
debug ipv6 rip packet detail........................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 rip packet recv..........................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 rip packet send.........................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 ospf...........................................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 ospf packet...............................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf ifsm...................................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf nfsm..................................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf lsa.....................................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf route..................................................................................................................................1079
debug ipv6 ospf nsm...................................................................................................................................1079
debug ipv6 ospf events...............................................................................................................................1079
debug ipv6 ospf all......................................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim............................................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode......................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode all.................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode events..........................................................................................................1081

46

Command Line Reference

October 2010

debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode mfc...............................................................................................................1081


debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode mib...............................................................................................................1081
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode nexthop........................................................................................................1081
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode database......................................................................................................1082
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode packet..........................................................................................................1082
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode state.............................................................................................................1082
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer.............................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer assert..................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer bsr.......................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer hello....................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer joinprune.............................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer register................................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 packet-filter...............................................................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 multicast...................................................................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 multicast all...............................................................................................................................1085
debug ipv6 multicast fib-msg.......................................................................................................................1085
debug ipv6 multicast mrt.............................................................................................................................1085
debug ipv6 multicast register......................................................................................................................1086
debug ipv6 multicast stats...........................................................................................................................1086
debug ipv6 multicast mif..............................................................................................................................1086
debug ppp...................................................................................................................................................1086
debug ppp mlpinfo.......................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp pppstates...................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp debug_link.................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp negotiation.................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp lcp..............................................................................................................................................1088
debug ppp ipcp............................................................................................................................................1088
debug ppp bcp............................................................................................................................................1088
debug ppp ipv6cp........................................................................................................................................1089
debug spanning-tree all...............................................................................................................................1089
debug spanning-tree cli...............................................................................................................................1089
debug spanning-tree event.........................................................................................................................1090
debug spanning-tree packet........................................................................................................................1090
debug spanning-tree timer..........................................................................................................................1091
debug ssm traces error...............................................................................................................................1091
debug ssm traces message........................................................................................................................1091
debug ssm traces module...........................................................................................................................1092
debug system..............................................................................................................................................1092
debug system show_crash..........................................................................................................................1093
debug system overwrite_crash_dump........................................................................................................1093
debug system clear_crash_dump...............................................................................................................1093
debug system display_overwrite_crash_dump...........................................................................................1093
debug system print_stats............................................................................................................................1094
debug system clear_stats...........................................................................................................................1094
debug rtp.....................................................................................................................................................1094
debug rtp tables..........................................................................................................................................1095
debug rtp txtable.........................................................................................................................................1095
debug rtp rxtable.........................................................................................................................................1095
debug rtp statistics......................................................................................................................................1095
debug dhcp-client........................................................................................................................................1096
debug dhcp_relay........................................................................................................................................1096

Command Line Reference

October 2010

47

debug dhcp_relay enable_debug................................................................................................................1096


debug dhcp_relay display_dhcp_table........................................................................................................1096
debug dhcp_relay display_hash_statistics..................................................................................................1097
debug qos...................................................................................................................................................1097
debug qos chassis......................................................................................................................................1097
debug qos chassis show-buf-mgmt-info......................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-class....................................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-intf-qos-info.........................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-red-info................................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-sch-list.................................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis show-sch-info...............................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis clear-sch-info................................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis hist-stats-upload-info....................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis clear-upload-counters...................................................................................................1100
debug qos chassis show-buf-overruns........................................................................................................1100
debug qos chassis clear-buf-overruns.........................................................................................................1100
debug virtual-access....................................................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe.........................................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe events.............................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe all....................................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe packet.............................................................................................................1102
debug virtual-access pppoe data.................................................................................................................1102
debug virtual-access ppp.............................................................................................................................1102
debug virtual-access l2tp-server..................................................................................................................1102
debug crypto................................................................................................................................................1103
debug crypto ike..........................................................................................................................................1103
debug crypto ca...........................................................................................................................................1103
debug crypto ipsec......................................................................................................................................1104
debug crypto ipsec mode spd......................................................................................................................1104
debug crypto all...........................................................................................................................................1105
debug crypto failover...................................................................................................................................1105
debug firewall..............................................................................................................................................1105
debug firewall alg.........................................................................................................................................1105
debug firewall attack....................................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall connections..........................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall ip-reassembly.......................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall packet...................................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall all..........................................................................................................................................1107
debug disable-firewall..................................................................................................................................1107
debug all......................................................................................................................................................1108
debug cspf...................................................................................................................................................1108
debug cspf events.......................................................................................................................................1108
debug cspf hexdump...................................................................................................................................1109
debug cspf lsp.............................................................................................................................................1109
debug pcap..................................................................................................................................................1109
debug pcap capture.....................................................................................................................................1110
debug pcap capture direction......................................................................................................................1110
debug pcap capture snaplen.......................................................................................................................1110
debug pcap capture count...........................................................................................................................1111
debug pcap capture filter.............................................................................................................................1111
debug pcap capture wrap............................................................................................................................1111

48

Command Line Reference

October 2010

debug pcap capture size..............................................................................................................................1112


debug pcap capture drop-nonip...................................................................................................................1112
debug pcap capture attach..........................................................................................................................1112
debug pcap capture commit........................................................................................................................1113
debug pcap capture show-config.................................................................................................................1113
debug pcap capture stats............................................................................................................................1113
debug pcap capture dump...........................................................................................................................1114
debug pcap capture clear-stats...................................................................................................................1114
debug pcap access-list................................................................................................................................1114
debug pcap max-sessions...........................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap enable......................................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap cleanup....................................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap upload......................................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap save.........................................................................................................................................1116
debug pcap show-config..............................................................................................................................1116
debug pcap stats.........................................................................................................................................1117
debug pcap dump........................................................................................................................................1117
debug pcap clear-stats................................................................................................................................1117
debug rip......................................................................................................................................................1117
debug rip all.................................................................................................................................................1118
debug rip events..........................................................................................................................................1118
debug rip nsm..............................................................................................................................................1118
debug rip packet..........................................................................................................................................1118
debug rsvp...................................................................................................................................................1119
debug rsvp all..............................................................................................................................................1119
debug rsvp cspf...........................................................................................................................................1119
debug rsvp events.......................................................................................................................................1120
debug rsvp fsm............................................................................................................................................1120
debug rsvp fsm egress................................................................................................................................1120
debug rsvp fsm ingress...............................................................................................................................1121
debug rsvp fsm transit.................................................................................................................................1121
debug rsvp nsm...........................................................................................................................................1121
debug rsvp hexdump...................................................................................................................................1122
debug rsvp packet.......................................................................................................................................1122
debug ldp.....................................................................................................................................................1122
debug ldp advertise-labels...........................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp all................................................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp events.........................................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp dsm.............................................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp fsm..............................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp nsm.............................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp hexdump.....................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp packet.........................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp packet address...........................................................................................................................1125
debug ldp packet hello.................................................................................................................................1125
debug ldp packet initialization......................................................................................................................1125
debug ldp packet keepalive.........................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp packet label.................................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp packet notification.......................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp tsm..............................................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp usm.............................................................................................................................................1127

Command Line Reference

October 2010

49

debug ldp vc................................................................................................................................................1127


debug ldp vc dsm........................................................................................................................................1127
debug ldp vc usm........................................................................................................................................1127
debug dot1x.................................................................................................................................................1128
debug dot1x all............................................................................................................................................1128
debug dot1x event.......................................................................................................................................1128
debug dot1x packet.....................................................................................................................................1129
debug dot1x timer........................................................................................................................................1129
debug lacp...................................................................................................................................................1129
debug lacp all..............................................................................................................................................1129
debug lacp event.........................................................................................................................................1130
debug lacp packet.......................................................................................................................................1130
debug lacp timer..........................................................................................................................................1130
debug igmp-snooping..................................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping all.............................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping event........................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping packet......................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping timer.........................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp...................................................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp all..............................................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp cli..............................................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp event.........................................................................................................................................1133
debug gvrp packet.......................................................................................................................................1133
debug gvrp timer..........................................................................................................................................1133
debug ospf...................................................................................................................................................1134
debug ospf events.......................................................................................................................................1134
debug ospf ifsm...........................................................................................................................................1134
debug ospf lsa.............................................................................................................................................1135
debug ospf nfsm..........................................................................................................................................1135
debug ospf nsm...........................................................................................................................................1136
debug ospf packet.......................................................................................................................................1136
debug ospf route..........................................................................................................................................1137
debug ospf all..............................................................................................................................................1137
debug isdn...................................................................................................................................................1138
debug isdn all..............................................................................................................................................1138
debug isdn cc..............................................................................................................................................1138
debug isdn q921..........................................................................................................................................1139
debug isdn q921-timers...............................................................................................................................1139
debug isdn q931..........................................................................................................................................1140
debug isdn q931-timers...............................................................................................................................1140
debug isdn physical-layer............................................................................................................................1140
debug isdn data-path...................................................................................................................................1141
debug isdn test-isdn-call..............................................................................................................................1141
debug isdn test-isdn-drop............................................................................................................................1142
debug isdn isdn-status.................................................................................................................................1142
debug isdn q931Statistics............................................................................................................................1142
debug isdn q921Statistics............................................................................................................................1143
debug packet-dump.....................................................................................................................................1143
debug tacacs...............................................................................................................................................1144

50

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 1: New in this release


The following section details what is new in Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 Command Line Reference
(NN47263-507) for Release 10.3.

Features
See the following sections for information about feature changes:

IPSec nailed up tunnel


IPSec nailed up branch office connections are formed when a policy is configured and does
not require the presence of data to trigger the establishment of a tunnel. When IPSec nailed
up tunnel is enabled on a head office Secure Router and the router receives leading data
designated for a branch office, the data is forwarded to the branch office without delay, because
the tunnel is already established.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy nailed-up on page 879.

IPSec VPN bypass policy


The IPSec VPN bypass policy allows system administrators more flexibility when configuring
a head office to branch office network connected by a VPN tunnel.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy bypass match address on page 876.

Jumbo frame support


Secure Router 2330/4134 supports jumbo frames for interfaces configured with PPP
encapsulation.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

51

New in this release

For more information , see:


configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic on page 187

Key usage extension checking


Key usage extension checking enhances X.509 digital certificate peer authentication by
ensuring that a peer digital certificate includes a specified key usage constraint, before an SA
establishment with the peer is authorized.
For more information, see configure crypto ike policy keyusage on page 885.

Multiple networks in a single IPSec policy


You can avoid configuring multiple IPSec policies for multiple source and destination networks
by associating the source and destination network addresses with one common IP address
object variable.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy match object on page 878.

Packet filters for management services


With packet filters for management services, you can simplify the blocking of management
services by creating and applying a packet-filter rule list globally on the router, independent of
the router interfaces.
For more information, see the following:
configure packet-filter-group management on page 824
show packet-filter-rules management on page 825
show ip packet-filter-stats management on page 825
show ipv6 packet-filter-stats management on page 826

Periodic DPD
Periodic DPD provides the Secure Router with detection for dead network peers earlier than
on demand DPD. You can use periodic DPD for applications where consistent network
availability is a high priority, to detect connectivity failures, and reroute data to secondary paths.
For more information, see configure crypto keepalive mode on page 883.

52

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Features

Prioritizing IPSec policies


With Release 10.3, variables for existing CLI commands are modified so administrators can
prioritize IPSec policies by specifying the order in which policies are applied.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy on page 875.

RIP scalability enhancements


Secure Router 2330/4134 uses hub and spoke routing topology to connect branch offices
(spoke) to head a office (hub). This topology requires the establishment of a VPN tunnel (IPsec
protected IP in IP tunnel) between the hub and spoke, and support for dynamic routing
protocols over the VPN tunnels.
For more information, see the following:
configure interface bundle ip rip default-originate-only on page 490
configure interface ethernet ip rip default-originate-only on page 491
configure interface tunnel ip rip default-originate-only on page 494
configure interface vlan ip rip default-originate-only on page 495

RSA certificate key size enhancement


The maximum key size for RSA certificates is increased to 4096 bits. The Secure Router now
supports RSA keys with 512, 1024, 2048, 3072, and 4096 bits. The factory default is 1024 bits.
For more information, see configure crypto keypair on page 884.

SNMP interface index persistency


SNMP interface index persistency helps the Secure Router maintain a consistent SNMP
interface index over system reboots.
For more information, see:
configure system snmp-ifindex-persistent on page 406
show snmp configuration on page 407

Command Line Reference

October 2010

53

New in this release

Triggered RIP
Triggered Routing Information Protocol (RIP) improves RIP efficiency by providing
modifications for RIP to transmit information on point-to-point interfaces, only when an update
to the routing database occurs.
For more information, see
configure interface bundle ip rip triggered on page 490
configure interface tunnel ip rip triggered on page 495

Tunnel failover using round robin DNS


With Release 10.3, previously existing IKE policy and IPSec policy CLI command variables
are modified to support naming network peers with a Domain Name Server (DNS) name along
with a specific IP address. With this application, DNS round robin replies can provide a form
of failover and load balancing for IPsec VPN tunnels..
For more information , see the following:
configure crypto ipsec policy on page 875
configure crypto ike policy on page 867

Tunnel failover using static weighted tunnels


Static weighted tunnels can specify primary and secondary branch office tunnels, which
provides an IPSec VPN tunnel failover capability for branch offices.
For more information see configure crypto failover on page 866.

Debug commands
The following new debug commands are available with Release 10.3:
debug crypto ipsec mode spd on page 1104
debug crypto failover on page 1105
debug dhcp-client on page 1096
debug tacacs on page 1144

54

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Other changes

Other changes
This document is updated with commands that were new for previous releases:

Release 10.2 commands


clear commands
clear cfg_file on page 77
clear event_log on page 78
clear ip igmp statistics on page 628
clear ip pim sparse-mode statistics on page 615
clear ipv6 mld statistics on page 718
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics on page 703

configure aaa and configure dst commands


configure aaa source-address on page 912
configure dst enable on page 81
configure dst set on page 81

configure crypto commands


configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy on page 835
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration address-pool on page 835
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-enable on page
836
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-text on page 836
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-domain-name on
page 837
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-may-storepassword on page 837

Command Line Reference

October 2010

55

New in this release

configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-screen-saver on


page 838
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration dns-server on page 838
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration failover-list on page 839
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive enable on
page 839
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive interval on
page 840
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive retransmitions on
page 840
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration nat-keepalive on page 841
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration private-side-address on
page 842
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel mode on
page 842
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel network on
page 843
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration wins-server on page 844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy local-address on page 844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy mode on page 844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal on page 845
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal authentication-method on page 845
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal dh-group on page 846
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal encryption-algorithm on page 847
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal hash-algorithm on page 847
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy remote-id on page 848
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy on page 848
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy enable on page 849
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy match on page 849
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal encryption-algorithm on page 850
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal hash-algorithm on page 852
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal lifetime on page 851
configure crypto ike policy initial-contact on page 868

56

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Other changes

configure dialer commands


configure dialer on page 79
configure dialer answer-mode on page 159
configure dialer async modem on page 79
configure dialer async uart on page 80
configure dialer idle-timeout on page 160

configure firewall and configure module commands


configure firewall global algs on page 793
configure firewall internet policy self nat-ip on page 801
configure module e1 cas-custom on page 954
configure module e1 cas-group timeslots on page 957

configure interface commands


configure interface bundle isdn map on page 165
configure interface bundle link dialer on page 175
configure interface ethernet dhcp-client on page 418
configure interface ip dvmrp default-listen on page 609
configure interface ip dvmrp default-supply on page 609
configure interface ip dvmrp prune-lifetime on page 611
configure interface ip igmp limit on page 632
configure interface ip igmp snooping mrouter interface on page 353
configure interface ip igmp static-group on page 634
configure interface ipv6 mld limit on page 722
configure interface ipv6 mld static-group on page 724
configure interface mpls admin-group on page 294
configure interface mpls ip on page 295
configure interface mpls protocol-ldp on page 295
configure interface mpls protocol-rsvp on page 295

Command Line Reference

October 2010

57

New in this release

configure interface tunnel gvrp on page 898


configure interface vlan ip helper-address port on page 308
configure interface vlan ip helper-address protocol on page 307
configure interface vlan ip helper-address service on page 307
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping on page 354
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping querier on page 354
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping report-suppression on page 355

configure ip commands
configure ip igmp limit on page 628
configure ip igmp ssm-map enable on page 629
configure ip igmp ssm-map static on page 629
configure ip mroute on page 599
configure ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only on page 601
configure ip pim anycast-rp on page 618
configure ip pim multipath on page 621
configure ip proxy-dns add-cache on page 455
configure ip proxy-dns enable on page 456

configure ip dvmrp commands


configure ip dvmrp holddown disable on page 604
configure ip dvmrp log-neighbor-changes on page 604
configure ip dvmrp mfc-timeout on page 605
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-probe-interval on page 605
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-timeout on page 606
configure ip dvmrp route-expiration-timeout on page 606
configure ip dvmrp switch-timeout on page 607
configure ip dvmrp triggered-update-interval on page 608
configure ip dvmrp unconfirmed-route-timeout on page 608

58

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Other changes

configure ip nat commands


configure ip nat access-group on page 445
configure ip nat access-list on page 446
configure ip nat address on page 446
configure ip nat debug on page 447
configure ip nat default_addr on page 447
configure ip nat enable on page 447
configure ip nat interface on page 448
configure ip nat ip on page 448
configure ip nat ip on page 448
configure ip nat max_ports on page 449
configure ip nat pass_thru on page 450
configure ip nat pass-thru-multicast on page 450
configure ip nat pool range on page 451
configure ip nat port on page 451
configure ip nat reverse on page 452
configure ip nat reverseACL on page 452
configure ip nat timeout on page 453
configure ip nat trans_addr on page 453
configure ip nat trans_mode on page 454
configure ip nat unregistered on page 454

configure ipv6 commands


configure ipv6 mld limit on page 718
configure ipv6 mld ssm-map enable on page 719
configure ipv6 mld ssm-map static on page 719
configure ipv6 mroute on page 478
configure ipv6 multicast-lookup-mrib-only on page 480
configure ipv6 pim anycast-rp on page 707
configure ipv6 pim log-neighbor-changes on page 708

Command Line Reference

October 2010

59

New in this release

configure ipv6 pim multipath on page 708


configure ipv6 pim rp embedded on page 710

configure reverse_telnet commands


configure reverse_telnet enable on page 83
configure reverse_telnet set_baud_rate on page 82
configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits on page 83
configure reverse_telnet set_flow_control on page 84
configure reverse_telnet set_parity on page 85
configure reverse_telnet set_stop_bits on page 85
configure reverse_telnet telnet_port on page 86
configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout on page 87

configure router commands


configure router bgp address-family ipv4 multicast on page 542
configure router ospf neighbor on page 650
configure router-id on page 87

configure sip-ua commands


configure sip-ua outbound-proxy on page 936
configure sip-ua register dynamic on page 938
configure sip-ua sip-server keepalive target on page 939

configure system commands


configure system logging syslog source-address on page 93
configure system security firewall-disable on page 815
configure system source-address on page 88

60

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Other changes

debug commands
debug clear_clisession on page 1036
debug spanning-tree all on page 1089
debug spanning-tree cli on page 1089
debug spanning-tree event on page 1090
debug spanning-tree packet on page 1090
debug spanning-tree timer on page 1091
debug_eng on page 1036

show commands
show crypto clients contivity on page 890
show crypto contivity-iras ike policy on page 890
show crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy on page 891
show dst on page 99
show ip igmp statistics on page 636
show ip interfaces on page 469
show ip pim sparse-mode rpf on page 626
show ipv6 mld statistics on page 726
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rpf on page 714
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics on page 715
show module configuration xdsl on page 75
show module userstats xdsl on page 76
show sntp on page 101
show usb_userstat on page 101
show vrrp virtualip-setting on page 598

sntp commands
sntp broadcast on page 101
sntp enable on page 102

Command Line Reference

October 2010

61

New in this release

sntp retries on page 103


configure sntp source-address on page 87

configure usb and configure vrrp-virtualip commands


configure usb enable on page 95
configure vrrp-virtualip allow-ping on page 597

configure voice commands


configure voice class custom-cptone on page 945
configure voice class dualtone on page 946
configure voice dsp dtmf-level on page 947

Release 10.2.1 commands


configure interface tunnel ip tcp-mss on page 899
configure voice dsp agc-enable on page 946
configure voice dsp dtmf-twist on page 947
configure voice dsp no-rtcp-timeout on page 948
interface ethernet ip tcp-mss on page 302

62

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 2: Basic CLI commands


This chapter describes the basic CLI commands used in the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.

clear
Use this command to access the clear commands.

Syntax
clear

Example
SR# clear

configure admin_name
Use this command to modify the administrator account user name.
To modify the administrator user name, you must log in with level 1 user privileges using the
administrator account (default user name is admin and password is setup).

Syntax
admin_name <admin-name>
Table 1: Variable definitions
Variable
<admin-name>

Value
Specifies the new administrator user name.

Example
SR/configure# admin_name HQadmin

Command Line Reference

October 2010

63

Basic CLI commands

configure console_timeout
Use this command to configure a timeout in seconds for console sessions. The default value
is 0, which indicates no timeout.

Syntax
console_timeout <0-3600>

Example
SR/configure# console_timeout 900

configure flash
Use this command to copy a saved .cfg file from flash to the router to reinstate a previously
saved configuration. After you enter the command, the system prompts you to enter the full
file name.

Syntax
configure flash

Example
SR# configure flash
filename: SR4134.cfg

configure header
Use this command to add a header with descriptive information to the top of the configuration
file. The maximum length of the header is 80 characters.

Syntax
header "<header>"

Example
SR/configure# header "This file was originally activated on
07/16/07."

64

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface

configure interface
Use this command to enter the interface mode, and configure interface properties.

Syntax
interface <IFNAME>
Table 2: Variable definitions
Variable
<IFNAME>

Value
name of the interface for which the properties
are to be configured.

Example
SR/configure# interface ethernet 0/0

configure network
Use this command to copy a saved .cfg file from the network to the router to reinstate a
previously saved configuration. After you enter the command, the system prompts you to enter
the DNS name or IP address of the host and the path and name of the configuration file.

Syntax
configure network

Example
SR# configure network
host: 1.2.3.4
filename: /networks/SR4134.cfg

configure secure_passwords
Use this command to encrypt the user passwords to ensure that no one can view them in plain
text when they are displayed on screen, or viewed in the configuration file. Use the no form of
the command to display passwords in plain text.

Syntax
[no] secure_passwords

Command Line Reference

October 2010

65

Basic CLI commands

Example
SR/configure# secure_passwords

configure SYS_REM
Use this command to add comments at the beginning of a configuration. The comments appear
after saving the configuration using the save local command.
The maximum length of the comment string is 80 characters.

Syntax
SYS_REM "<comments>"

Example
SR/configure# SYS_REM Configured on November 3, 2007 9:45 by JB.

configure SYS_REM_
Use this command to add comments at the end of a configuration file. The comments appear
after saving the configuration using the save local command.
The maximum length of the comment string is 80 characters.

Syntax
SYS_REM_ "<comments>"

Example
SR/configure# SYS_REM_ "Everything left unchanged except IP packet
filter. JB 11/06/07 12:20."

configure terminal
Use this command to enter the configuration command mode from a console terminal or
management workstation and manually configure the router system parameters.

Syntax
configure terminal

Example
SR#

66

configure terminal

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure user

configure user
Use this command to configure users on the SR2330/4134.
To configure users, you must log in with level 1 user privileges using the administrator account.
You can configure any new user to have a user privilege level from 2 to 4. The administrator
account is the only account that has level 1 privileges.

Syntax
user <user-name> [<user-level>]
After you enter this command, the system prompts you to enter the password.
Table 3: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<user-name>

Specifies the user name.

[<user-level>]

Specifies the privilege level for the user, from


2 to 4.

Example
SR/configure#

user user1 2

exit
Use this command to exits the system CLI or exit from a lower-level command prompt to a
higher-level command prompt in the CLI hierarchy.

Syntax
exit <n>
Table 4: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<n>

Specifies the number of levels to exit. The


range is 1 - 6; the default is 1.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1#

Command Line Reference

exit 2

October 2010

67

Basic CLI commands

password
Use this command to change your own user password. If you are logged in using the
administrator user account, you can also change the passwords of other users.
After you enter the command, the system prompts you for the new password information.

Syntax
password
Table 5: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<old password>

current password in use.

<new password>

new password.

Example
SR#

password

pop
In configuration mode, use this command to reset the command prompt level to the main
configuration mode level ( SR/configure# ).

Syntax
pop
Table 6: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<old password>

current password in use.

<new password>

new password.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/3)#

pop

SR/configure#

68

Command Line Reference

October 2010

reboot

reboot
Use this command to reboot the router using the current boot parameters.

Syntax
reboot

Example
SR#

reboot

save
Use this command to save the current configuration to a .cfg file on the flash. Save your
configuration to flash each time you make configuration changes to allow the system to boot
from the latest configuration upon subsequent reboot.
You can also use this command to save the configuration to a network location using TFTP,
providing a backup of your configuration, or to copy the configuration to another router.

Syntax
save {local [<filename>] | network <IP address> <file path>}
Table 7: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

local [<filename>]

Specifies to save the configuration file to the


local flash. You can also specify an optional
filename. The default filename is system.cfg.

network <IP address> <file path>

Specifies the network IP address, path, and


file name for the saved file.

Example
SR#

save local

show
Use this command to access the show commands.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

69

Basic CLI commands

Syntax
show

Example
SR#

show

show console_timeout
Use this command to display the configured console timeout value.

Syntax
show console_timeout

Example
SR#

show console_timeout

show configuration running


Use this command to display the current running configuration.

Syntax
show configuration running

Example
SR#

show configuration running

show configuration stored


Use this command to display the configuration that is stored in Flash.

Syntax
show configuration stored

Example
SR#

70

show configuration stored

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show system configuration

show system configuration


Use this command to display the system configuration.

Syntax
show system configuration

Example
SR#

show system configuration

show user_accounts
Use this command to display configured users and their associated account levels.

Syntax
show user_accounts

Example
SR#

show user_accounts

show users
Use this command to display users who are actively connected to the router.

Syntax
show users

Example
SR#

show users

show whoami
Use this command to display the account used to log on to the router for the current session.

Syntax
show whoami

Command Line Reference

October 2010

71

Basic CLI commands

Example
SR#

show whoami

telnet
Use this command to open a Telnet session.

Syntax
telnet <hostname> <port_number> <outgoing-interface>

Example
SR#

72

telnet 2.2.2.2 2602

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 3: File management commands

configure terminal interface bundle atm max-vcc


Syntax
max-vcc <1-8>

Example
SR/configure/interface bundle sr-bo/atm#max-vcc 2

configure terminal interface bundle link encapsulation atm


atm
Use the following command to configure ATM on an ADSL module.
Any ADSL bundle interface that is configured with ATM encapsulation can be configured as
an Ethernet Layer 2 switched interface, or as an IP routed interface (supporting static, OSPF, or
RIP routing). The commands used to configure the bundles are the same as those used to
configure Ethernet ports. For detailed information about these commands, see Avaya Secure
Router 2330/4134 ConfigurationLayer 2 Ethernet, NN47263-501 and Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 ConfigurationIPv4 and Routing, NN47263-502 .

Syntax
atm
Table 8: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

pvc <vpi/vci>

Specifies the virtual channel identifier (VCI)


and virtual path identifier (VPI) in the ATM
cell header. The VCI is a 16 bit field that
identifies a virtual channel and the VPI is an
eight bit field that identifies the virtual path.
The default is 0/35.

atm-encapsulation {aal5Snap |
aal5Mux}

Specifies the ATM encapsulation:

Command Line Reference

October 2010

73

File management commands

Variable

Value
aal5Snap: Multiplexes multiple protocols
over the same PVC (LLC multiplexing).
aal5mux: Assigns a single protocol to the
PVC (VC multiplexing).

class-vc <class-vc>

Specifies the VC class type.

protocol {pppoe | pppoa | ipoe Specifies the protocol on the PVC:


| ipoa | bridge}
pppoe: Point to Point Protocol over
Ethernet
pppoa: Point to Point Protocol over ATM
ipoe: IP over Ethernet
ipoa: IP over ATM
bridge: Multi-Protocol Over ATM
Important:
Secure Router 2330/4134 release 10.2
does not support RIPv1 with IPoA or IPoE.
Only RIPv2 with IPoA or IPoE is
supported.

description <description>

Specifies a description for the PVC, delimited


by double quotes ().

enable

Enables the PVC. Use the no version of this


command to disable the PVC.

Example
SR/configure/interface bundle sr-bo/link xdsl 1/0/encapsulation
atm#atm

configure terminal module xdsl


Use this command to configure the ADSL small module.

Syntax
[no] module xdsl <slot/subslot>
Table 9: Variable definitions
Variable

[no] bitswap-coding

74

Command Line Reference

Value
Enables or disables bitswap coding on the
ADSL small module.

October 2010

show module configuration xdsl

Variable

Value

[no] L3-power-state

Enables or disables L3 power state on the


ADSL small module.

modulation-mode

Specifies the modulation mode for the ADSL


small module. Values include:
ansi-dmtANSI T1.413
adslITU G.992.1 ( G.DMT )
adslliteITU G.992.2 (G.Lite )
adsl2ITU G.992.3 ( ADSL2 )
adsl2plusITU G.992.5 (ADSL2+ )
reach-adsl2ITU G.992.3 (Annex L)
adsl2plusmITU G.992.5 (Annex M)
allAll (default)

software_upgrade

Upgrades to the latest available software


version.

[no] sra

Enables or disables Seamless Rate


Adaptation (SRA) on the ADSL small
module.

[no] trellis_coding

Enables or disables trellis coding on the


ADSL small module.

Example
SR/configure#module xdsl 0/1 software_upgrade

show module configuration xdsl


Use this command to display the ADSL small module configuration.

Syntax
show module configuration xdsl <slot/subslot>

Example
SR#show module configuration xdsl 1/0

Command Line Reference

October 2010

75

File management commands

show module userstats xdsl


Use this command to display ADSL small module user statistics.

Syntax
show module userstats xdsl <slot/subslot>

Example
SR#show module userstats xdsl 1/0

76

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 4: Commissioning commands

admin_name
Use this command to change the administrator log-in name (Level 1 access) to a userspecified name.

Syntax
admin_name <WORD>
Table 10: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
Specifies the new name.

Example
SR/configure# admin_name fremont

boot_params
Use this command to configure the boot parameters.

Syntax
boot_params

Example
SR/configure# boot_params

clear cfg_file
Use this command to remove a configuration file from the flash. Use this command with caution
as it can delete all current configurations from the router. If you do not specify a filename, the
command deletes the system.cfg file by default.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

77

Commissioning commands

Syntax
clear cfg_file [<filename>]
You are prompted to enter y to delete, or n to cancel the operation.
Table 11: Variable definitions
Variable
[<filename>]

Value
The name of the file to delete. This is an
optional parameter. if You do not specify a
filename, the router deletes the system
default file (system.cfg).

Example
SR#clear cfg_file oldfile.cfg

clear telnet session


You can disconnect a specific Telnet session, if necessary, or you can disconnect all Telnet
sessions simultaneously.

Syntax
clear telnet_session <value>
clear telnet_sessions
Table 12: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Value
Specifies the Telnet session sequence
number. Enter a value from 1 to 16.

Example
SR# clear telnet_session 6
To quickly disconnect all Telnet sessions, use the command: clear telnet_sessions

clear event_log
Use this command to clear the contents of the event log.

78

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure dialer

Syntax
[no] clear event_log
Table 13: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Leaves the contents of the event log intact.

Example
SR# clear event_log

configure dialer
Use this command to create a dialer for an external modem.

Syntax
[no] dialer <name>
Table 14: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<name>

Specifies the dialer name, maximum 8 characters.

[no]

Deletes the dialer.

Example
SR/configure#dialer modem1

configure dialer async modem


Use this command to configure dialer async modem parameters.

Syntax
[no] async modem [answer <rings>] [at <at_string>] [call-set-timeout
<rings>] [dial-method {tone | pulse}] [enable] [phone-num <number>]
Table 15: Variable definitions
Variable
[answer <rings>]

Command Line Reference

Value
Specifies the number of rings before a call is answered. The
default value is 2.

October 2010

79

Commissioning commands

Variable

Value

at <at_string>

Specifies the AT string used to configure the dialer.

call-set-timeout <rings>

Specifies the number of unanswered rings before a call is


ended. The default value is 6.

dial-method {tone | pulse}

Specifies the dialing method. The default value is tone.

enable

Enables modem command functionality.

[no]

Disables dialer async parameters.

phone-num <number>

Specifies the called party phone number. The maximum is


25 characters.

Example
SR/configure/dialer dial1#

async modem answer 4

configure dialer async uart


Use this command to configure dialer async uart parameters.

Syntax
async uart [parity <parity>] [rate <baudrate>] [stopbits <stopbits>]
Table 16: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

rate <baudrate>

Specifies the Baud rate of the modem. Values include 2400,


9600, 38400, and 56000. The default value is 56000.

parity <parity>

Specifies the parity setting. Values include:


0none
1odd
2even
The default value is 0 (none).

stopbits <stopbits>

Specifies the number of stopbits. Values include 1, 2, or 3.


The default value is 1.

Example
SR/configure/dialer dial1#async uart parity 1

80

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure dst enable

configure dst enable


Use this command to enable or disable daylight savings time.

Syntax
[no] dst enable
Table 17: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables daylight savings time.

Example
SR/configure#

dst enable

configure dst set


The daylight saving time (DST) feature allows you to configure a time offset for daylight saving.
Use this command to to configure DST on the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
dst set <device location> <start hour> <start minute> <start week of
month> <start day of week> <start month> <end hour> <end minute> <end
week of month> <end day of week> <end month> <dst duration hrs> <dst
duration minutes>
Table 18: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<device location>

Specifies the location of the device.

<start hour>

Specifies the start hour (00 - 23), in other


words, the hour at which the DST offset time
begins.

<start minute>

Specifies the start minute (00 - 59)

<start week of month>

Specifies the start week of <start month> (1


- 4)

<start day of week>

Specifies the start day of week (0 - sunday,


6 - saturday)

<start month>

Specifies the start month of year (1 - 12)

Command Line Reference

October 2010

81

Commissioning commands

Variable

Value

<end hour>

Specifies the end hour (00 - 23), in other


words, the hour at which the DST offset time
ends.

<end minute>

Specifies the end minute (00 - 59)

<end week of month>

Specifies the end week of <end month> (1 4)

<end day of week>

Specifies the end day of week (0 - sunday,


6 - saturday)

<end month>

Specifies the end month of year (1 - 12)

<dst duration hrs>

Specifies the number of offset hours to add


to the time at the start of DST (and remove
at the end of DST).

<dst duration minutes>

Specifies the number of offset minutes to add


to the time at the start of DST (and remove
at the end of DST).

Example
SR/configure#dst set office 08 30 1 2 5 23 59 3 0 11 12 30

configure reverse_telnet set_baud_rate


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the AUX port baud rate.

Syntax
[no] set_baud_rate <baud_rate>
Table 19: Variable definitions
Variable
<baud_rate>

82

Command Line Reference

Value
Sets the speed of the AUX port. Range is 50 115200 (default 9600).

October 2010

configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits

Variable
[no]

Value
Deletes the AUX port baud rate
configuration.

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet#

set_baud_rate 60

configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure data bits for the AUX port.

Syntax
[no] set_data_bits <data_bits>
Table 20: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<data_bits>

Specifies the number of data bits for the AUX


port. Values range from 5 to 8. The default
value is 8.

[no]

Deletes the data bits configuration for the


AUX port.

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# set_data_bits 7

configure reverse_telnet enable


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these

Command Line Reference

October 2010

83

Commissioning commands

devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to enable or disable reverse Telnet.

Syntax
[no] enable
Table 21: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables reverse Telnet.

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# enable

configure reverse_telnet set_flow_control


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the flow control for the AUX port.

Syntax
[no] set_flow_control <flow_control>
Table 22: Variable definitions
Variable

84

Value

<flow_control>

Configures flow control on the AUX port.


Range: 0-none, 1-software, 2-hardware
(default: 0).

[no]

Disables flow control configuration on the


AUX port.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure reverse_telnet set_parity

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# set_flow_control 2

configure reverse_telnet set_parity


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the AUX port parity.

Syntax
[no] set_parity <parity>
Table 23: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<parity>

Sets parity of the AUX port. Range: 0-none,


1-odd, 2-even (default: no parity).

[no]

Disables the AUX port parity configuration.

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet#

set_parity 1

configure reverse_telnet set_stop_bits


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the reverse Telnet stop bits.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

85

Commissioning commands

Syntax
[no] set_stop_bits <stop_bits>
Table 24: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<stop_bits>

Configures the number of stop bits on the


AUX port. Range: 1 - 2 (default 1).

[no]

Disables the AUX port stop bits


configuration.

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet#

set_stop_bits 2

configure reverse_telnet telnet_port


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the reverse telnet port.

Syntax
[no] telnet_port <telnet_port>
Table 25: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<telnet_port>

Specifies the Telnet port which reverse


Telnet listens on to establish the remote
console though the AUX port. Range :2000 65535 (default 2001).

[no]

Deletes the Telnet port configuration.

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# telnet_port 2010

86

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout

configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout


Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the reverse Telnet timeout.

Syntax
[no] telnet_timeout <telnet_timeout>
Table 26: Variable definitions
Variable
<telnet_timeout>

Value
Specifies the timeout for the reverse telnet
session in seconds. Range: 0 ( disable
timeout) - 7200 (default 600).

Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# telnet_timeout 120

configure router-id
Use this command to configure the router identifier IP address.

Syntax
router-id <ip_addr>

Example
SR/configure/# router-id 1.1.2.3

configure sntp source-address


Use this command to configure the SNTP server source IP address for all services.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

87

Commissioning commands

Syntax
source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>
Table 27: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[ip-address]

Specifies the source address by IP address.

[interface-name]

Specifies the source address by interface name.

Example
SR/configure/sntp#source-address 1.2.2.1

configure system source-address


Use this command to configure the global source addresses for services.

Syntax
system source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>
Table 28: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[ip-address]

Specifies the source address by IP address.

[interface-name]

Specifies the source address by interface name.

Example
SR/configure#system source-address 10.10.10.1

configure terminal system logging console priority


Use this command to configure console logging priority.
Console logging priority is critical by default.

Syntax
[no] system logging console priority{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn
| notice | info | debug | none}

88

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure terminal system logging syslog module ike

Table 29: Variable definitions


Variable

[no]

Value
Disables console logging priority.

{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the priority of messages to log:


| warn | notice | info |
emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
alert: alert and above

crit: critical and above


err: error and above
warn: warning and above
notice: notification and above
info: informational and above
debug: all messages
none: no messages

Example
SR/configure#system logging console priority warn

configure terminal system logging syslog module ike


Use this command to configure IKE message logging.

Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module ike{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12 |
sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info |
debug | none}
Table 30: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables IKE message logging.

sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |


sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Indicate system use.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

89

Commissioning commands

Variable

local0 | local1 | local2 |


local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Value
Indicate locally defined messages.

{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:


| warn | notice | info |
emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
alert: alert and above

crit: critical and above


err: error and above
warn: warning and above
notice: notification and above
info: informational and above
debug: all messages
none: no messages

Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module ike sys9 warn

configure terminal system logging syslog module radius


Use this command to configure RADIUS message logging priority.

Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module radius{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12
| sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5
| local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info
| debug | none}
Table 31: Variable definitions
Variable

90

Value

[no]

Disables RADIUS message logging priority.

sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |


sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Indicate system use.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure terminal system logging syslog module userdb

Variable

local0 | local1 | local2 |


local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Value
Indicate locally defined messages.

{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:


| warn | notice | info |
emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
alert: alert and above

crit: critical and above


err: error and above
warn: warning and above
notice: notification and above
info: informational and above
debug: all messages
none: no messages

Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module radius sys9 warn

configure terminal system logging syslog module userdb


Use this command to configure user database event message logging.

Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module userdb{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12
| sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5
| local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info
| debug | none}
Table 32: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables user database event message logging.

sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |


sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Indicate system use.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

91

Commissioning commands

Variable

local0 | local1 | local2 |


local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Value
Indicate locally defined messages.

{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:


| warn | notice | info |
emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
alert: alert and above

crit: critical and above


err: error and above
warn: warning and above
notice: notification and above
info: informational and above
debug: all messages
none: no messages

Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module userdb sys9 warn

configure terminal system logging syslog module xauth


Use this command to configure extended authentication message logging for IKE.

Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module xauth{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12
| sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5
| local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info
| debug | none}
Table 33: Variable definitions
Variable

92

Value

[no]

Disables extended authentication message


logging for IKE.

sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |


sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Indicate system use.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure system logging syslog source-address

Variable

Value

local0 | local1 | local2 |


local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7

Indicate locally defined messages.

{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:


| warn | notice | info |
emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
alert: alert and above

crit: critical and above


err: error and above
warn: warning and above
notice: notification and above
info: informational and above
debug: all messages
none: no messages

Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module xauth sys9 warn

configure system logging syslog source-address


Use this command to configure the Syslog server source IP address for all services.

Syntax
source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>
Table 34: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[ip-address]

Specifies the Syslog source IP address.

[interface-name]

Specifies the source address by interface name.

Example
SR/configure/system/logging/syslog#source-address 10.1.1.1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

93

Commissioning commands

configure terminal system logging syslog enable


Use this command to enable syslog.

Syntax
system logging syslog enable

Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog enable

configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddr


Use this command to specify a host IP address and UDP port for syslog.

Syntax
[no] system logging syslog host_ipaddr <ipaddr> udp_portno <port>
Table 35: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables the syslog host IP address and UDP


port.

host_ipaddr <ipaddr>

Specifies the syslog host IP address.

udp_portno <port>

Specifies the syslog UDP port. Values range


from 1 to 65535. The default value is 514.

Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog host_ipaddr 10.10.10.1 udp_portno
455

configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddrv6


Use this command to specify a host IPv6 address and UDP port for syslog.

Syntax
[no] system logging syslog host_ipaddrv6 <ipv6_addr> udp_portno
<port>

94

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure usb enable

Table 36: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[no]

Disables the syslog host IPv6 address and UDP


port.

host_ipaddrv6 <ipv6_addr>

Specifies the syslog host IPv6 address.

udp_portno <port>

Specifies the syslog UDP port. Values range


from 1 to 65535. The default value is 514.

Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog host_ipaddr ::FFFF:0000 udp_portno
455

configure usb enable


Use this command to enable or disable the rear-panel USB port.
The Secure Router 2330 does not support a USB port.

Syntax
[no] usb enable
Table 37: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables the rear-panel USB port.

Example
SR/configure#usb enable

date
Use this command to configure the date on the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
date <month> <day> <year>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

95

Commissioning commands

Table 38: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<day>

The current day in relation to the month.


Enter a value from 1 to 31.

<month>

The current month. Enter a value from 1 to


12.

<year>

The current year. Enter a value from 2000 to


2100.

Example
SR/configure# date 1 7 2005

ftp_server
Use this command to enable or disable the FTP server.

Syntax
[no] ftp_server

Example
SR/configure# ftp_server

ftp_user
Use this command to configure FTP users.

Syntax
ftp_user <username>

Example
SR/configure# ftp_user user01

hostname
Use this command to set or change the router name.

96

Command Line Reference

October 2010

ip address

Syntax
hostname <WORD>
Table 39: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
Specifies the name you want to assign to the
router.

Example
SR/configure# hostname samsung

ip address
Use this command to configure the IP address of the management port.

Syntax
ip address <ipaddr> <netmask>
Table 40: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<ipaddr>

Specifies the IP address that you assign to


the management port.

<netmask>

Specifies the network mask that you assign


to the management port.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/0)# ip address 10.11.12.13
255.255.255.0

ip route
Use this command to configure a static route for specifying a preferred route to a destination.

Syntax
ip route <netaddr/mask> <gateway>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

97

Commissioning commands

Table 41: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<netaddr/mask>

Specifies the IP address and the subnet


mask of the destination network.

<gateway>

Specifies the IP address or interface name of


the gateway.

Example
SR/configure# ip route 11.12.13.14/24 10.11.12.0

jumbo frame
Use 9216 to enable jumbo frames, save config and reboot.

Syntax
<WORD>Enter MTU Limit 1500 or 9216 (default =1500)
Table 42: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
Specifies the name you want to assign to the
router.

Example
SR/configure#system jumbo-mtu-limit>?

no user
Use this command to remove configured user names from the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
no user <username>

Example
SR/configure# no user user05

98

Command Line Reference

October 2010

ping

ping
Ping a device to verify the connection between the Secure Router 2330/4134 and that network
device. If the network device sends a ping reply, a message indicates that the specified IP
address is alive and can communicate with the router. If the router does not receive a reply,
the message indicates that the address is not responding.

Syntax
ping <ipaddr>
Table 43: Variable definitions
Variable
<ipaddr>

Value
Specifies the destination IP address.

Example
SR# ping 10.11.12.13

show chassis
Use the procedure in this section to view summary information about the Secure Router
2330/4134 chassis, including its operational status. After you install interface modules, you
can use the show chassis command to verify that the Secure Router 2330/4134 recognizes
the modules.

Syntax
show chassis

Example
SR# show chassis

show dst
Use this command to display the DST configuration and status.

Syntax
show dst

Command Line Reference

October 2010

99

Commissioning commands

Example
SR#

show dst

show module alarms


Use this command to check the system for alarms.

Syntax
show module alarms {t1|e1|ct3|serial|hssi|t3} <slot/port>

Example
SR# show module alarms serial 2/1

show module configuration


Use this command to quickly check the state and configuration of installed interface modules.

Syntax
show module configuration {t1|e1|ct3|serial|hssi|t3} <slot/port>

Example
SR# show module configuration serial 2/1

show module configuration all


Use this command to check the state and configuration of all installed interface modules.

Syntax
show module configuration all

Example
SR# show module configuration all

100

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show telnet

show telnet
View the Telnet server settings for information about the status of the Telnet server (enabled
or disabled) and the Telnet session timeout value.

Syntax
show telnet

Example
SR# show telnet

show sntp
Use this command to display the SNTP configuration.

Syntax
show sntp

Example
SR# show sntp

show usb_userstat
Use this command to display the status of the USB port.

Syntax
show usb_userstat

Example
SR#show usb_userstat

sntp broadcast
Use this command to enable or disable SNTP client broadcast.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

101

Commissioning commands

Syntax
sntp broadcast
Table 44: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables SNTP client broadcast.

Example
SR/configure# sntp broadcast

sntp broadcast timeout


Use this command to set the timeout value for the response from the server.

Syntax
[no] sntp broadcast timeout <value>
Table 45: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables SNTP broadcast timeout.

<value>

Specifies the timeout value in seconds. The


default timeout value is 1024 seconds.

Example
SR/configure# sntp broadcast timeout 500

sntp enable
Use this command to enable or disable SNTP client.

Syntax
sntp enable
Table 46: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

102

Command Line Reference

Value
Disables SNTP client.

October 2010

sntp server

Example
SR/configure# sntp enable

sntp server
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) synchronizes the internal clocks of various network
devices across large, diverse networks to universal standard time.
Use this command to configure the location of the SNTP server.

Syntax
sntp server {ipaddr|hostname}
Table 47: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

{ipaddr|hostname}

The IP address or host name of the


broadcast server. The default value is any
broadcast server.

Example
SR/configure# sntp server 11.12.13.14

sntp retries
Use this command to the number of retries for each SNTP client to connect to an SNTP server.

Syntax
[no] sntp retries <count>
Table 48: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<count>

Specifies the number of retries the SNTP client to connect to


an SNTP server. Values range from 1 to 5. The default value
is 3.

[no]

Disables SNTP client retries.

Example
SR/configure#sntp retries 4

Command Line Reference

October 2010

103

Commissioning commands

system jumbo-mtu-limit
The Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 supports jumbo frames. Use this command to configure
the Secure Router 2330/4134 system settings to support jumbo frames.
Important:
The Secure Router 4134 management Ethernet interface (FE 0/0) on the rear panel does
not support jumbo frames. Therefore, the management port Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) can be configured with a value in the range of 64 to 1500 bytes.

Syntax
system jumbo-mtu-limit <value>
Table 49: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Value
Valid values for the jumbo MTU limit are 1500
and 9216 bytes. The default value is 1500
bytes.

Example
SR/configure# system jumbo-mtu-limit 9216

system reset-to-factory
Resetting the router returns it to a factory-default configuration. Use this command to reset the
Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
system reset-to-factory {system|users}
Table 50: Variable definitions
Variable
{system|users}

104

Command Line Reference

Value
Enter system to remove all information
stored in memory, which includes user
information, event logs, crash logs,
command logs, and boot parameters. Enter
users to remove all users and information
related to users.

October 2010

telnet banner

Example
SR/configure# system reset-to-factory system

telnet banner
Use this command to configure a message to be showed after a telnet login.

Syntax
telnet_banner banner <string> [banner1] [banner2]
Table 51: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<string>

The banner text that you want to appear in


Telnet sessions. Enter the banner text in
quotation marks. The banner text can be up
to 255 characters in length. Use \n to begin
a new line within the banner.

[banner1]

An optional parameter that you use to extend


the banner text. If you require the banner text
be more than 255 characters in length, use
banner1 <string> to continue the
banner text.

[banner2]

An optional parameter that you use to extend


the banner text.

Example
SR/configure# telnet_banner banner Welcome to Telnet

telnet_server
Use this command to enable or disable the telnet service.

Syntax
[no] telnet_server

Example
SR/configure# telnet_server

Command Line Reference

October 2010

105

Commissioning commands

telnet timeout
You can configure the timeout value for Telnet sessions. A Telnet session disconnects if it
remains inactive for the configured session duration. Use this command to enable or disable
the telnet server.

Syntax
telnet_timeout <value>
Table 52: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Value
Enter the time in seconds (from 0 to 3600)
after which inactive Telnet sessions
automatically disconnect. The default value
is 900 seconds. If you enter a value of 0
seconds, inactive Telnet sessions do not
automatically disconnect.

Example
SR/configure# telnet_timeout 300

tftp server
Use this command to enable the TFTP service.

Syntax
[no] tftp_server

Example
SR/configure# tftp_server

utc
Use this command to set the current time for the Secure Router 2330/4134 in relation to
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

Syntax
utc <+|-> <hour offset> <minute offset>

106

Command Line Reference

October 2010

utc

Table 53: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<+|->

The time zone offset. Enter + to indicate that


your time zone is ahead of UTC. Enter - to
indicate that your time zone is behind UTC.

<hour offset>

The number of hours that your local time is


offset from UTC. Enter a value from 0 to 23.

<minute offset>

The number of minutes that your local time


is offset from UTC. Enter a value from 0 to 59.

Example
SR/configure# utc - 4 0

Command Line Reference

October 2010

107

Commissioning commands

108

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 5: T1/E1 module configuration


commands

clear module
Use this command to clear user statistics for a WAN module interface.

Syntax
clear module {e1_userstats|t1_userstats} <slot/port>

Example
SR#

clear module e1_userstats 2/1

configure interface bundle drop


Use this command to allow the router system to drop an errored T1 or E1 link from the bundle. A
bundle is dropped if excessive errors of a user-specified type occur for a user-defined time
interval.
This parameter does not apply for single-T1 or E1 link and N x DS0 (fractional T1 or E1)
bundles.

Syntax
drop error_type {es | ses | uas | eev | bpv | css | oof | crc } <dropvalue>
Table 54: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

error_type

Error condition that will cause droppage of a


T1 or E1 link from the bundle.

es

Errored Seconds

ses

Severely Errored Seconds

uas

Unavailable Seconds

eev

Excessive Error Violations Seconds

Command Line Reference

October 2010

109

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Variable

Value

bpv

Bipolar Violations

css

Controlled Slip Seconds

oof

Out of Frame Seconds

crc

CRC-6 Errors

<drop-value>

Drop time in consecutive seconds (1-10 for


es, ses, uas) or drop counts.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# drop error_type ses 10

configure interface bundle link e1/t1


Use this command to link a bundle to the T1/E1 interface to group DS0s into one configurable
interface, and to configure the encapsulation.

Syntax
link [t1 | e1] <slot/port>[:<DS0>] [speed {56 | 64}] [invert_data
{inverted_data}]
Table 55: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<slot/port>

Specifies the slot and port of the T1 or E1


interface to configure.

[:<DS0>]

Optional DS0 channels to be assigned to a


fractional T1 bundle (1 - 24).

[speed {56 | 64}]

Transmission speed of all DS0 channels in


the bundle (56 or 64 kbps). If this parameter
is not entered, all DS0 channels operate at
64 kbps.

[invert_data {inverted_data}]

Whether or not to invert the data on all DS0


channels (optional entry). If inverted_data is
not entered, the data is not inverted on any
DS0 channels.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01# link e1 3/1

110

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module e1 alarms

configure module e1 alarms


When thresholds are exceeded, the system generates alarms that indicate the possible
deterioration of an E1 link. Use this command to define one alarm threshold for each available
parameter.

Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ ses | es | uas | css | oof | crc
| bpv ] < sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < fallingthreshold > sample_type [absolute | delta]
Table 56: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

1-10

Alarm threshold number.

absolute

The errored second or event count is


compared directly to the specified threshold
values, and the appropriate alarm type
(rising or falling) is reported.

ses | es | uas | css | oof | crc | bpv

bpv: Threshold for bipolar violation crc:


Threshold for cyclic redundancy check css:
Threshold for controlled slip second es:
Threshold for errored seconds oof:
Threshold for out of frame ses: Threshold for
severely errored seconds uas: Threshold for
unavailable seconds

delta

The errored second or event count is


compared to the difference between the
rising and falling thresholds, and a rising
alarm is reported if the actual error count
exceeds that difference. This is the default
setting if you do not specify a sampling type.

falling-threshold

Minimum number of errored seconds or


events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.

rising-threshold

Number of errored seconds or events which,


if exceeded during any sampling interval,

Command Line Reference

October 2010

111

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Variable

Value
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647

sampling-interval

Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is


1 - 65535.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)/alarms/thresholds#

user 1 ses 300 50 30

In this example, the monitored parameter is the number of Severely Errored Seconds that
occur. The sampling interval is set to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is
50 SES and the falling alarm threshold is 30 SES. Delta sampling is used (by default), in which a
rising alarm is reported if the SES count increases by 20 (50 - 30 = 20) during any sampling
interval. Similarly, a falling alarm is reported if the SES count decreases by 20 during any
interval.

configure module e1 alarms hierarchy


Use this command to enable or disable the hierarchy for displaying Receive Loss of Signal
(RLOS) and Receive Loss of Frame (RLOF) on an E1 link.

Syntax
[no] alarms hierarchy
Table 57: Variable definitions
Variable
no

Value
Disables hierarchy.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)# alarms hierarchy

configure module e1 circuitId


Use this command to specify an optional circuit ID for the E1 interface.

Syntax
cicuitId <circuit-id>

112

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module e1 clock_source

Table 58: Variable definitions


Variable
<circuit-id>

Value
optional circuit ID for the E1 channel.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

circuit_Id Main01

configure module e1 clock_source


Use this command to configure the clock source to set the network timing source for an E1 link.

Syntax
clock_source {internal | line}
Table 59: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

internal

Sets the clock source to the internal clock of


the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134
(default).

line

Sets the clock source to be recovered from


the incoming E1 signal (loop timing).

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

clock_source line

configure module e1 contactInfo


Use this command to specify contact information for a person who can provide details
regarding the E1 link.

Syntax
contactInfo <contact-info>
Table 60: Variable definitions
Variable
<contact-info>

Command Line Reference

Value
person to contact for information regarding
the E1 link.

October 2010

113

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

contactInfo James Smythe

configure module e1 description


Use this command to enter a description for the E1 interface.

Syntax
description <port-description>
Table 61: Variable definitions
Variable
port-description

Value
Describes the E1 interface.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

description Connected to branch fas2/0

configure module e1 enable


Use this command to enable the E1 interface to allow the link to transmit and receive data.

Syntax
[no] enable
Table 62: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Takes the E1 link out of service. This action
sends an all-ones Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) to the far end and places the link out of
service.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)# enable

114

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module e1 framing

configure module e1 framing


Use this command to set the framing mode for the E1 link.

Syntax
framing {crc|non_crc|disable}
Table 63: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

crc

Specifies CRC framing format for E1


(default).

non_crc

Specifies non-CRC framing format for E1.

disable

Disables the E1 framer.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

framing noncrc

configure module e1 linecode


Use this command to set the type of line coding for the E1 link.

Syntax
linecode {hdb3|ami}
Table 64: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ami

AMI linecode for E1.

hdb3

HDB3 linecode for E1 (default).

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

linecode ami

configure module e1 linemode


Use this command to configure the line mode for the E1 interface.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

115

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Syntax
linemode {long_haul | short_haul}
Table 65: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

long_haul

Long haul type for linemode configuration.


Operations up to 6 dB. (default).

short_haul

Short haul type for linemode configuration.


Operations up to 43 dB.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

linemode short_haul

configure module e1 name


Use this command to assign a name to the E1 link.

Syntax
name <name>
Table 66: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>

Value
Assigns a name to the E1 link (max 16
bytes).

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#

name test1

configure module e1 yellow_alarm


Use this command to configure the yellow alarm operation on the E1 link.

Syntax
yellow_alarm {generate | detect | gen_det | disable}

116

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module t1 alarms thresholds user

Table 67: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

detect

Detect incoming yellow alarms from the


network.

disable

Disable yellow alarm generator.

gen_det

Generate and detect yellow alarms (default


state).

generate

Generate and send yellow alarms to the


network.

Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)/alarms/thresholds#
gen_det

yellow_alarm

configure module t1 alarms thresholds user


Use this command to set the T1 user statistic alarm thresholds.
When user-configurable thresholds are exceeded, the SR2330/4134 generates alarms that
indicate the possible deterioration of a T1 link. Refer to the following parameters to determine
the specific T1 data type that needs to be configured. You can define one alarm threshold for
each parameter.

Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ ses | es | uas | eev | css | oof
| crc | bpv ] < sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < fallingthreshold > sample_type [ absolute | delta ]
Table 68: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

1-10

Alarm threshold number.

absolute | delta

absolute: The errored second or event count


is compared directly to the specified
threshold values, and the appropriate alarm
type (rising or falling) is reported. delta: The
errored second or event count is compared
to the difference between the rising and
falling thresholds, and a rising alarm is
reported if the actual error count exceeds
that difference. This is the default setting if
you do not specify a sampling type.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

117

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Variable

Value

ses | es | uas | eev | css | oof | crc | bpv

Specifies the threshold type: bpv: Threshold


for bipolar violation crc: Threshold for cyclic
redundancy check css: Threshold for
controlled slip second eev: Threshold for esf
error events es: Threshold for errored
seconds oof: Threshold for out of frame ses:
Threshold for severely errored seconds uas:
Threshold for unavailable seconds

falling-threshold

Minimum number of errored seconds or


events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.

rising-threshold

Number of errored seconds or events which,


if exceeded during any sampling interval,
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647

sampling-interval

Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is


1 - 65535.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)/alarms/thresholds#

user 1 ses 300 50 30

In this example, the monitored parameter is the number of Severely Errored Seconds that
occur. The sampling interval is set to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is
50 SES and the falling alarm threshold is 30 SES. Delta sampling is used (by default), in which a
rising alarm is reported if the SES count increases by 20 (50 - 30 = 20) during any sampling
interval. Similarly, a falling alarm is reported if the SES count decreases by 20 during any
interval.

configure module t1 alarms hierarchy


Use this command to enable or disable the hierarchy for displaying Receive Loss of Signal
(RLOS) and Receive Loss of Frame (RLOF) on a T1 link.

Syntax
[no] alarms hierarchy

118

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module t1 circuitId

Table 69: Variable definitions


Variable
no

Value
Disables hierarchy.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# alarms hierarchy

configure module t1 circuitId


Use this command to specify an optional circuit name for a T1 channel.

Syntax
cicuitId [cktId] <circuit-id>
Table 70: Variable definitions
Variable
<circuit-id>

Value
Optional circuit ID for the T1 channel.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#

circuit_Id Main01

configure module t1 clock_source


Use this command to specify a network timing source for a T1 link.

Syntax
clock_source {backplane|internal|line}
Table 71: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

backplane

Sets the clock source to the backplane of the


SR2330/4134.

internal

Sets the clock source to the internal clock of


the SR2330/4134 (default).

line

Sets the clock source to be recovered from


the incoming T1 signal (loop timing).

Command Line Reference

October 2010

119

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#

clock_source line

configure module t1 contactInfo


Use this command to specify a person to contact for information regarding the T1 link.

Syntax
contactInfo <contact-info>
Table 72: Variable definitions
Variable
<contact-info>

Value
Person to contact for information regarding
the T1 link.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#

contactInfo James Smythe

configure module t1 description


Use this command to enter a description for the T1 interface.

Syntax
description <port-description>
Table 73: Variable definitions
Variable
<port-description>

Value
Describes the T1 interface.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
fas2/0

description Connected to Chicago's

configure module t1 enable


Use this command to places a T1 link in service and allow the link to transmit and receive data.

120

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module t1 framing

Syntax
[no] enable
Table 74: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Takes the T1 link out of service. This action
sends an all-ones Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) to the far end and places the link out of
service.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# enable

configure module t1 framing


Use this command to configure T1 framing.

Syntax
framing {esf| d4}
Table 75: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

esf

Specifies extended super frame framing


format for T1 (default).

d4

Specifies super frame framing format for T1.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#

framing esf

configure module t1 linecode


Use this command to set the type of line coding for a T1 link.

Syntax
linecode {b8zs|ami}

Command Line Reference

October 2010

121

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Table 76: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

ami

AMI linecode for T1

b8zs

B8Zs linecode for T1 (default)

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#

linecode b8zs

configure module t1 linemode csu


Use this command to set the amount of T1 line build out (LBO) for the Channel Service Unit
(CSU) interface.

Syntax
linemode csu [lbo] {db_zero | db7_5 | db15 | db22_5}
Table 77: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

db7_5

Configure LBO for zero db (default)

db15

Configure LBO for 7.5 db

db22_5

Configure LBO for 15 db

db_zero

Configure LBO for 22.5 db

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# linemode csu db15

configure module t1 linemode dsx


Use this command to set the amount of T1 signal equalization based on the cabling distance
to the DSX cross-connec.

Syntax
linemode dsx [cable-length] <length>

122

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module t1 loopback_framing

Table 78: Variable definitions


Variable

Value
1: specifies cable length of 0-110 2: specifies
cable length of 110-220 3: specifies cable
length of 220-330 4: specifies cable length of
330-440 5: specifies cable length of 440-550
6: specifies cable length of 550-660

<length>

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# linemode dsx 2

configure module t1 loopback_framing


Use this command to set the loopback framing mode for in-band loopcode to overwriting or
insertion.

Syntax
loopback_framing {overwrite | insert}
Table 79: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

overwrite

Overwriting of framing for in-band loopcode


for T1 (default).

insert

Insertion of framing for in-band loopcode for


T1.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# loopback_framing insert

configure module t1 name


Use this command to specify a name for the T1 link.

Syntax
name <name>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

123

T1/E1 module configuration commands

Table 80: Variable definitions


Variable
name

Value
Assigns a name to the T1 link (max 15 bytes).

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#

name test1

configure module t1 yellow_alarm


Use this command to set the yellow alarm operation on a T1 link.

Syntax
yellow_alarm {generate | detect | gen_det | disable}
Table 81: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

detect

Detect incoming yellow alarms from the


network.

disable

Disable yellow alarm generator.

gen_det

Generate and detect yellow alarms (default


state).

generate

Generate and send yellow alarms to the


network.

Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#

yellow_alarm gen_det

show module alarms


Use this command to display the alarms detected on an E1 or T1 module.
This command also shows individual user threshold alarms for all user statistics currently
configured with alarm thresholds. To view the current user alarm threshold settings, use the
show module thresholds command.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.

124

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module ansistats

Syntax
show module alarms {e1|t1} <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 82: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.

Example
SR#

show module alarms t1 2/1

show module ansistats


Use this command to display ANSI statistics for a T1 interface.
The command shows the current 15-minute interval statistics, the elapsed time in the current
sampling interval, and the total counts for the past 8 hours. These statistics can be cleared
only by the carrier by FDL requests from the remote end.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96).

Syntax
show module ansistats t1 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module ansistats t1 2/1

show module configuration


Use this command to display the configuration for a specified E1 or T1 WAN module.

Syntax
show module configuration {e1|t1} <slot/port>

Example
SR#

show module configuration t1 2/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

125

T1/E1 module configuration commands

show module ietfstats


Use this command to display IETF performance statistics for T1 or E1 module interfaces. You
can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you
wish to view (from 1 to 96).

Syntax
show module ietfstats {e1|t1} <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module ietfstats t1 2/1

show module itutstats


Use this command to display ITUT performance statistics for an E1 interface. You can view
statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you wish to view
(from 1 to 96).

Syntax
show module itutstats e1 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module itutstats e1 2/1

show module thresholds


Use this command to show the alarm threshold settings for a module interface. Alarm
thresholds are configured on a per-module basis.

Syntax
show module thresholds {e1|t1} <slot/port>

Example
SR#

126

show module thresholds t1 2/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module userstats

show module userstats


Use this command to display performance statistics for a WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.

Syntax
show module userstats {e1|t1} <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module userstats t1 2/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

127

T1/E1 module configuration commands

128

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 6: DS3 module configuration


commands

clear module t3_userstats


Use this command to clear user statistics for a DS3 WAN module interface.

Syntax
clear module t3_userstats <slot/port>

Example
SR#

clear module t3_userstats 6/1

configure interface bundle link t3


Use this command to link a bundle to a DS3 interface to configure the encapsulation for the
interface.

Syntax
link t3 <slot/port>
Table 83: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>

Value
Specifies the slot and port of the DS3
interface to configure.

Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#

link t3 7/1

configure module t3 alarms thresholds user


Use this command to set the T1 user statistic alarm thresholds.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

129

DS3 module configuration commands

When user-configurable thresholds are exceeded, the SR4134 generates alarms that indicate
the possible deterioration of a T1 link. Refer to the following parameters to determine the
specific T1 data type that needs to be configured. You can define one alarm threshold for each
parameter.

Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| |
exz | cofa ] < sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < fallingthreshold > sample_type [absolute | delta] [t1 <1-28>]
Table 84: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

1-10

Alarm threshold number.

absolute

The errored second or event count is


compared directly to the specified threshold
values, and the appropriate alarm type
(rising or falling) is reported.

lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| |exz | cofa

cofa: Threshold for COFA cpbe: Threshold


for CPBE exz: Threshold for EXZ fbe:
Threshold for FBE febe: Threshold for FEBE
lcv: Threshold for LCV pbe: Threshold for
PBE

falling-threshold

Minimum number of errored seconds or


events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.

rising-threshold

Number of errored seconds or events which,


if exceeded during any sampling interval,
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647

sampling-interval

Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is


1 - 65535.

sampling-interval

Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is


1 - 65535.

Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)/alarms/thresholds#
absolute

user 1 lcv 300 50 25

In this example, the monitored parameter is the LCVs that occur. The sampling interval is set
to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is 50 LCVs and the falling alarm
threshold is 25 LCVs. Absolute sampling is used, in which a rising alarm is reported if the LCV

130

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module t3 cable_length

count exceeds 50 during any sampling interval. A falling alarm is also reported if the LCV count
subsequently falls back below 25 during that interval.

configure module t3 cable_length


Use this command to set the DS3 link transmit signal build-out to condition the outgoing signal
according to the cabling distance to the external DS3 device.

Syntax
cable_length <1-2>
Table 85: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

0-225 feet (default)

226 - 450 feet

Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#

cable_length 2

configure module t3 clock_source


Use this command to specify the network timing source for a DS3 WAN link.

Syntax
clock_source {internal|line}
Table 86: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

internal

Specifies the local clock (default).

line

Specifies the network clock.

Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#

Command Line Reference

clock_source line

October 2010

131

DS3 module configuration commands

configure module t3 framing


Use this command to configure framing for the DS3 link.
Important:
The Clear Channel DS3 interface module does not currently support the use of the M13
framing format. Only the default framing format of C-BIT can be used on Clear Channel DS3
interface modules.

Syntax
framing {c_bit}
Table 87: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

c_bit

specifies the framing format for T3 (default).

m13

Specifies the M13 framing format for T3.

Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#

framing c_bit

configure module t3 name


Use this command to assign a name to the DS3 link.

Syntax
name <name>
Table 88: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>

Value
Specifies a name to be assigned to the T3
link (max 15 bytes).

Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#

132

Command Line Reference

name test1

October 2010

show module alarms

show module alarms


Use this command to display the alarms detected on a DS3 module.
This command also shows individual user threshold alarms for all user statistics currently
configured with alarm thresholds. To view the current user alarm threshold settings, use the
show module thresholds command.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.

Syntax
show module alarms t3 <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 89: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.

Example
SR#

show module alarms t3 6/1

show module ansistats


Use this command to display ANSI statistics for a DS3 interface.
The command shows the current 15-minute interval statistics, the elapsed time in the current
sampling interval, and the total counts for the past 8 hours. These statistics can be cleared
only by the carrier by FDL requests from the remote end.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96).

Syntax
show module ansistats t3 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module ansistats t3 6/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

133

DS3 module configuration commands

show module configuration


Use this command to display the configuration for a specified DS3 WAN module interface.

Syntax
show module configuration t3 <slot/port>

Example
SR#

show module configuration t3 6/1

show module ietfstats


Use this command to display IETF performance statistics for DS3 module interfaces. You can
view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you wish
to view (from 1 to 96).

Syntax
show module ietfstats t3 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module ietfstats t3 6/1

show module thresholds


Use this command to show the alarm threshold settings for a DS3 module interface. Alarm
thresholds are configured on a per-module basis.

Syntax
show module thresholds t3 <slot/port>

Example
SR#

show module thresholds t3 6/1

show module userstats


Use this command to display performance statistics for a DS3 WAN module interface.

134

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module userstats

You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.

Syntax
show module userstats t3 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module userstats t3 6/1 interval_range 5

Command Line Reference

October 2010

135

DS3 module configuration commands

136

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 7: CT3 module configuration


commands

clear module ct3_userstats


Use this command to clear user statistics for a CT3 WAN module interface.

Syntax
clear module ct3_userstats <slot/port>

Example
SR#

clear module ct3_userstats 6/1

configure interface bundle link ct3


Use this command to link a bundle to a DS3 interface to configure the encapsulation for the
interface.

Syntax
link ct3 <slot/port/t1no>[:<DS0>] [speed {56 | 64}] [invert_data
{inverted_data}]
Table 90: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<slot/port/t1no>

Specifies the slot and port of the CT3


interface, as well as the T1 channels to
configure from the CT3 link.

[:<DS0>]

Optional DS0 channels to be assigned to a


fractional T1 bundle (1 - 24).

[speed {56 | 64}]

Transmission speed of all DS0 channels in


the bundle (56 or 64 kbps). If this parameter
is not entered, all DS0 channels will operate
at 64 kbps.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

137

CT3 module configuration commands

Variable
[invert_data {inverted_data}]

Value
Whether or not to invert the data on all DS0
channels (optional entry). If inverted_data is
not entered, the data will not be inverted on
any DS0 channels.

Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#

link ct3 7/1/5-7

configure module ct3 alarms thresholds user


Use this command to set the alarm thresholds for the CT3 and CT3 T1 user statistics gathered
by the SR4134.
Each router gathers seven types of user statistics for a CT3 WAN link, and you can set a
separate alarm threshold for each type of statistic. Each router also gathers 10 types of user
statistics for every T1 channel of a CT3 link.
To show the current user statistic alarm threshold settings, use the show module
thresholds ct3 command.
To view the user statistic alarms in progress, use the show module alarms ct3
command.
To view the actual user statistics, use the show module userstats ct3 command.

Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| cofa
| ses | es | bes | uas | eev | lofc | css | oof | crc | bpv ] <
sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < falling-threshold >
sample_type [absolute | delta] [t1 <1-28>]
Table 91: Variable definitions
Variable

138

Value

1-10

Alarm threshold number.

absolute

The errored second or event count is


compared directly to the specified threshold
values, and the appropriate alarm type
(rising or falling) is reported.

lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| |exz | cofa

cofa: Threshold for COFA cpbe: Threshold


for CPBE exz: Threshold for EXZ fbe:
Threshold for FBE febe: Threshold for FEBE
lcv: Threshold for LCV pbe: Threshold for
PBE

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module ct3 alarms hierarchy

Variable

Value

falling-threshold

Minimum number of errored seconds or


events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.

rising-threshold

Number of errored seconds or events which,


if exceeded during any sampling interval,
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647

sampling-interval

Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is


1 - 65535.

sampling-interval

Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is


1 - 65535.

Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)/alarms/thresholds#
25 absolute

user 1 lcv 300 50

In this example, the monitored parameter is the LCVs that occur. The sampling interval is set
to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is 50 LCVs and the falling alarm
threshold is 25 LCVs. Absolute sampling is used, in which a rising alarm is reported if the LCV
count exceeds 50 during any sampling interval. A falling alarm is also reported if the LCV count
subsequently falls back below 25 during that interval.

configure module ct3 alarms hierarchy


Use this command to enable or disable the hierarchy for displaying Receive Loss of Signal
(RLOS) and Receive Loss of Frame (RLOF) on a CT3 T1 link.
To verify that the alarms has been enabled or disabled, use the show module
configuration command. The display indicates whether RLOS and RLOF are On or
Off .

Syntax
[no] alarms hierarchy <t1no>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

139

CT3 module configuration commands

Table 92: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

no

Disables hierarchy.

<t1no>

Specifies the T1 link.

Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)# alarms hierarchy 3

configure module ct3 cable_length


Use this command to set the CT3 link transmit signal build-out to condition the outgoing signal
according to the cabling distance to the external CT3 device.

Syntax
cable_length [1|2]
Table 93: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

0-225 feet (default)

226 - 450 feet

Example
SR/configure/module/ct3(7/1)#

cable_length 2

configure module ct3 clock_source


Use this command to specify the network timing source for a CT3 WAN link.

Syntax
clock_source [internal|line]
Table 94: Variable definitions
Variable
internal

140

Command Line Reference

Value
Specifies the local clock generated by the
router (default).

October 2010

configure module ct3 enable

Variable
line

Value
Specifies the clock signal recovered from the
incoming CT3 signal. Use this setting if the
system is loop-timed from the far-end CT3
system.

Example
SR/configure/module/ct3(7/1)#

clock_source line

configure module ct3 enable


Use this command to place a CT3 T1 link in service and allow the link to transmit and receive
data. By default, the T1 links are enabled.

Syntax
[no] enable <1-28>
Table 95: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Takes the T1 link out of service. This action


sends an all-ones Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) to the far end and places the link out of
service.

<1-28>

Specifies an individual T1 or a range of T1s.

Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)# enable 7

configure module ct3 framing


Use this command to configure either C-bit or M13 framing for the CT3 link.
Contact your carrier to determine the appropriate setting.

Syntax
framing [c_bit|m13]

Command Line Reference

October 2010

141

CT3 module configuration commands

Table 96: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

c_bit

Specifies C-bit framing format for CT3


(default).

m13

Specifies M13 framing format for CT3

Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)#

framing c_bit

configure module ct3 t1


Use this command to configure the properties for the T1 connections in the CT3 interface:

Syntax
t1 <t1-no> [framing {esf | d4}] [yellowalarm {generate | detect |
gen_det | disable}] [clock_source {backplane | internal | line}]
[name <name>] [description <t1-description>] [cicuitId <circuit-id>]
[contactInfo <contact-info>]
Table 97: Variable definitions
Variable

142

Value

<t1-no>

T1 number or range of T1s (1-28).

[framing {esf | d4}]

esf: Extended Super Frame framing format


for T1 (default) d4: Super Frame framing
format for T1

[yellowalarm {generate | detect | gen_det |


disable}]

generate: Generate and send yellow alarms


to the network. detect: Detect incoming
yellow alarms from the network. gen_det:
Generate and detect yellow alarms. disable:
Disable yellow alarm generator (default
state).

[clock_source {backplane | internal | line}]

backplane: Sets the clock source to the


backplane of the SR4134. internal: Sets the
clock source to the internal clock of the
SR4134. line: Sets the clock source to be
recovered from the incoming T1 signal (loop
timing).

[name <name>]

Assigns a name to the T1 link (max 15 bytes).

[description <t1-description>]

Describes the T1 interface.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module alarms

Variable

Value

[cicuitId <circuit-id>]

Optional circuit ID for the T1 channel.

[contactInfo <contact-info>]

Person to contact for information regarding


the T1 link.

Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)# t1 4 esf line gen_det circuitId
Main01 contactInfo JamesSmythe description SJ-Fremont
In this example, T1 channel 4 is set up for ESF framing, B8ZS line coding, external clocking,
and yellow alarm generation and detection.

show module alarms


Use this command to display the alarms detected on a CT3 module.
This command also shows individual user threshold alarms for all user statistics currently
configured with alarm thresholds. To view the current user alarm threshold settings, use the
show module thresholds command.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.

Syntax
show module alarms ct3 <slot/port>[:t1-no]
Table 98: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.
[:t1-no]

Specifies a T1 channel for viewing T1 alarms on CT3


modules. The range is 1 - 28. You can view only one channel
at a time.

Example
SR#

show module alarms ct3 6/1:10

Command Line Reference

October 2010

143

CT3 module configuration commands

show module ansistats


Use this command to display ANSI statistics for a CT3 interface.
The command shows the current 15-minute interval statistics, the elapsed time in the current
sampling interval, and the total counts for the past 8 hours. These statistics can be cleared
only by the carrier by FDL requests from the remote end.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96).

Syntax
show module ansistats ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>] [interval_range
<1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module ansistats ct3 6/1 t1_no 10

show module configuration


Use this command to display the configuration for a specified CT3 WAN module interface.

Syntax
show module configuration ct3 <slot/port>[:t1-no]

Example
SR#

show module configuration ct3 6/1:10

show module ietfstats


Use this command to display IETF performance statistics for CT3 module interfaces. You can
view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you wish
to view (from 1 to 96).

Syntax
show module ietfstats ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>] [interval_range
<1-96>]

Example
SR#

144

show module ietfstats ct3 6/1 t1_no 10

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module thresholds

show module thresholds


Use this command to show the alarm threshold settings for a CT3 module interface. Alarm
thresholds are configured on a per-module basis.

Syntax
show module thresholds ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>]

Example
SR#

show module thresholds ct3 6/1 t1_no 10

show module userstats


Use this command to display performance statistics for a CT3 WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.

Syntax
show module userstats ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>] [interval_range
<1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module userstats ct3 6/1 t1_no 10 interval_range 5

Command Line Reference

October 2010

145

CT3 module configuration commands

146

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 8: Serial module configuration


commands

clear module serial_userstats


Use this command to clear user statistics for a serial WAN module interface.

Syntax
clear module serial_userstats <slot/port>

Example
SR#

clear module serial_userstats 2/1

configure interface bundle link serial


Use this command to link a bundle to the serial interface in order to configure the encapsulation
for the interface.

Syntax
link serial <slot/port>
Table 99: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>

Value
Specifies the slot and port of the serial
interface to configure.

Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#

link serial 4/1

configure module serial


Use this command to configure the serial module mode

Command Line Reference

October 2010

147

Serial module configuration commands

Syntax
{ x21 | v35 | S232 | S449 | S530 | S530A }
Table 100: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

x21

X.21 mode.

v35

V.35 mode.

S232

RS-232 mode.

S449

RS-449 mode.

S530

EIA-530 mode.

S530A

EIA-530A mode.

Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)#

x21

configure module serial clock_rate


Use this command to configure the clock rate for the serial interface.

Syntax
clock_rate <clock-rate>
Table 101: Variable definitions
Variable
<clock-rate>

Value
Valid range for X.21, V.35, S449, S530, and
S530A: 56000 - 2000000 Valid range for
S232: 1200 - 115000

Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21#

clock_rate 56000

configure module serial clock_source


Use this command to configure the clock source for the serial interface.

148

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module serial crc

Important:
When you specify the serial port clock source as an external network clock (clock_source
line), use the serial clock_rate command to specify a clock rate that is equal to the
speed of the clock provided by the far-end equipment.

Syntax
clock_source {internal | line}
Table 102: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

internal

Specifies the clock source is received from


the router.

line

Specifies the clock source is received from


an external network clock.

Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21#

clock_source internal

configure module serial crc


Use this command to configure the CRC check sum for the serial interface.

Syntax
crc {16 | 32}
Table 103: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

16

Specifies 16 bits in the check sum.

32

Specifies 32 bits in the check sum.

Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21# crc 32

configure module serial data_mode


Use this command to configure the data mode for the serial interface.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

149

Serial module configuration commands

Syntax
data_mode {normal | inverted}
Table 104: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

inverted

Specifies that data is sent inverted.

normal

Specifies that data is sent without


modification.

Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21# data_mode normal

configure module serial mode


Use this command to configure the operational mode for the serial interface.

Syntax
mode {dte | dce}
Table 105: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

dte

Specifies that the port is operating as a Data


Terminal Equipment. This is the default for all
serial port modes.

dce

Specifies that the port is operating as a Data


Communications Equipment

Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21# mode dte

configure module serial name


Use this command to configure the name for the serial interface.

Syntax
name <name>

150

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module alarms

Table 106: Variable definitions


Variable
<name>

Value
Specifies the name of the interface (max 16
bytes)

Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21#

name toSJ

show module alarms


Use this command to display the alarms detected on a serial module.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.

Syntax
show module alarms serial <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 107: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.

Example
SR#

show module alarms serial 2/1

show module configuration


Use this command to display the configuration for a specified serial WAN module interface.

Syntax
show module configuration serial <slot/port>

Example
SR#

show module configuration serial 2/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

151

Serial module configuration commands

show module userstats


Use this command to display performance statistics for a serial WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.

Syntax
show module userstats serial <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

152

show module userstats serial 2/1 interval_range 5

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 9: HSSI module configuration


commands

clear module hssi_userstats


Use this command to clear user statistics for a hssi WAN module interface.

Syntax
clear module hssi_userstats <slot/port>

Example
SR#

clear module hssi_userstats 6/1

configure interface bundle link hssi


Use this command to link a bundle to the HSSI interface in order to configure the encapsulation
for the interface.

Syntax
link hssi <slot/port>
Table 108: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>

Value
specifies the slot and port of the HSSI
interface to configure.

Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#

link serial 6/1

configure module hssi clock_rate


Use this command to configure the clock rate for the HSSI interface.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

153

HSSI module configuration commands

Syntax
clock_rate <1000000 - 52000000>
Table 109: Variable definitions
Variable
<1000000 - 52000000>

Value
Specifies the clock rate for the HSSI
interface.

Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#

clock_rate 1000001

configure module hssi clock_source


Use this command to configure the clock source for the HSSI interface.

Syntax
clock_source {internal|line}
Table 110: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

internal

specifies the clock source is received from


the router.

line

specifies the clock source is received from an


external network clock.

Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#

clock_source internal

configure module hssi crc


Use this command to configure the CRC check sum for the HSSI interface.

Syntax
crc {16|32}

154

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure module hssi data_mode

Table 111: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

16

Specifies 16 bits in the check sum.

32

Specifies 32 bits in the check sum.

Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#

crc 16

configure module hssi data_mode


Use this command to configure the data mode for the HSSI interface.

Syntax
data_mode {normal|inverted}
Table 112: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

inverted

Specifies that data is sent inverted.

normal

Specifies that data is sent without modification.

Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#

data_mode inverted

configure module hssi mode


Use this command to configure the operational mode for the HSSI interface.

Syntax
mode {dte|dce}

Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#

Command Line Reference

mode dte

October 2010

155

HSSI module configuration commands

configure module hssi name


Use this command to assign a name to the HSSI interface.

Syntax
name <name>
Table 113: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>

Value
specifies the name for the HSSI interface
(max 16 bytes).

Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#

name test1

show module alarms


Use this command to display the alarms detected on a HSSI module.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.

Syntax
show module alarms hssi <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 114: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.

Example
SR#

156

show module alarms hssi 6/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show module configuration

show module configuration


Use this command to display the configuration for a specified HSSI WAN module interface.

Syntax
show module configuration hssi <slot/port>

Example
SR#

show module configuration hssi 6/1

show module userstats


Use this command to display performance statistics for a HSSI WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.

Syntax
show module userstats hssi <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]

Example
SR#

show module userstats hssi 6/1 interval_range 5

Command Line Reference

October 2010

157

HSSI module configuration commands

158

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 10: ISDN configuration commands

clear isdn bri-statistics


Use this command to clear ISDN BRI statistics.

Syntax
clear isdn bri-statistics <slot/port>

Example
SR#

clear isdn bri-statistics 2/1

clear isdn pri-statistics


Use this command to clear ISDN PRI statistics.

Syntax
clear isdn pri-statistics <slot/port>

Example
SR#

clear isdn pri-statistics 2/1

configure dialer answer-mode


Use this command to configure management CLI service mode.

Syntax
[no] answer-mode [answer-mode <enable | disable>] [priority {high |
low}]
Table 115: Variable definitions
Variable
answer-mode <enable | disable>

Command Line Reference

Value
Enables or disables answer mode.

October 2010

159

ISDN configuration commands

Variable

Value

[no]

Disables the answer mode configuration.

priority {high | low}

Specifies the answer mode priority level. The


default is low.

Example
SR/configure/dialer dial2#answer-mode answer-mode enable

configure dialer idle-timeout


Use this command to configure the dialer idle-timeout interval.

Syntax
[no] idle-timeout <timeout>
Table 116: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables the dialer idle-timeout interval configuration.

<timeout>

Specifies the idle timeout time. Values range from 1 to 6000


seconds. The default value is 180 seconds.

Example
SR/configure/#dialer dial2idle-timeout 120

configure interface bundle isdn activate


Use this command to activate ISDN with user data.
If you change any of the ISDN properties (except callingnum, callednum, idle-timeout, callback, and connect-delay), you must deactivate ISDN (using the no activate command) and
then reactivate ISDN for the changes to be applied.

Syntax
activate

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

160

Command Line Reference

activate

October 2010

configure interface bundle isdn answer

configure interface bundle isdn answer


Use this command to configure the called party and sub-address in the incoming setup
message.

Syntax
{answer1 | answer2} <callednum> [sub-address <sub-address>]
Table 117: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

callednum

Caller party number (maximum of 20 digits).

[sub-address <sub-address>]

Sub address (maximum of 10 digits).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

answer1 2342345

configure interface bundle isdn call-back


Use this command to enable call-back for the interface. (The interface uses the caller value to
place the call.)

Syntax
[no] call-back
Table 118: Variable definitions
Variable
no

Value
Disables call back.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

call-back

configure interface bundle isdn callednum


Use this command to configure the called party and sub-address. Typically this is the number to
be called.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

161

ISDN configuration commands

Syntax
callednum <called-num> sub-address <sub-address>

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

callednum 2363623

configure interface bundle isdn caller


Use this command to configure the origin of the call. This command configures the caller to
screen the incoming call. If the incoming call matches with the caller configured then the call
is put through.

Syntax
caller <caller-num>
Table 119: Variable definitions
Variable
<caller-num>

Value
Telephone number (maximum of 20 digits) of
the caller.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

caller 180012345678

configure interface bundle isdn callingnum


Use this command to configure the calling number and the sub-address.

Synatx
callingnum <callingnum> [sub-address <sub-address>]
Table 120: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<calling-num>

Calling number.

[sub-address <sub-address>]

Sub address (maximum of 10 digits).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

162

Command Line Reference

callingnum 2345632

October 2010

configure interface bundle isdn connect-delay

configure interface bundle isdn connect-delay


Use this command to configure the connect delay period used to connect the ISDN call.

Syntax
connect-delay <1-60>
Table 121: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-60>

Value
Delay in number of seconds. Valid range is
1-60. The default is 15.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

connect-delay 23

configure interface bundle isdn disconnect-cause


Use this command to configure the disconnect cause code.

Syntax
disconnect-cause <disconnect-cause>
Table 122: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<disconnect-cause>

1 unassigned number 2 no route to transit


network 3 no route to destination 6 channel
unacceptable 7 call awarded and being
delivered 9 prefix 1 dialed in error 16 normal
call clearing 17 user busy (default) 18 no user
response 19 no answer (user alerted ) 21 call
rejected 22 number changed 24 number
unassigned 26 non selected User clearing 27
destination out of order 28 invalid number
format 29 facility rejected 30 response to
satus enquiry 31 normal unspecified 34 no
circuit/channel available 34 no circuit/
channel available 35 call queued 38 network
out of order 41 temporary failure 42 switch
equipment congestion 43 access info
discarded 44 requested circuit/channel

Command Line Reference

October 2010

163

ISDN configuration commands

unavailable 47 resources unavailable,


unspecified 49 quality of Service unavailable
50 requested facility not subscribed 52
outgoing calls barred 54 incoming calls
barred 57 bearer capability not authorized 58
bearer capability not available 59 call
restriction 60 terminal call redirection
rejected 62 unauthorized service 63 service
or option unavailable 65 bearer capability not
implemented 66 channel type not
implemented 69 requested facility not
implemented 70 only restricted digital bear
cap is avail 79 service or option not
implemented 81 invalid call reference 82
channel does not exist 83 susp. call exists,
call id is invalid 84 call identity is in use 85 no
call suspended 86 call id has been cleared
88 incompatible destination 91 invalid transit
network selection 92 invalid facility
parameter 95 invalid message, unspecified
96 mandatory info element is missing 97
message type is non-existent or not
implemented 98 message type invalid in call
state or not implemented 99 info element
non-existent or not implemented 100 invalid
info element 101 message type not
compatible with call state 102 recovery on
timer expiry 103 message received with
mandatory info element of incorrect length
111 protocol error, unspecified 112 protocol
discriminator error 113 bearer service not
available 114 end-to-end info transfer
impossible 126 entering conversation mode
127 interworking specified

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1 isdn#

disconnect-cause 34

configure interface bundle isdn idle-timeout


Use this command to configure the idle timeout period before disconnecting the ISDN call.

Syntax
idle-timeout <0-60>

164

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle isdn map

Table 123: Variable definitions


Variable
<0-60>

Value
Idle timeout in minutes. Valid range is 0-60
minutes. The default is 5 minutes. A value of
0 disables the timeout feature.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

idle-timeout 45

configure interface bundle isdn map


Use this command to override the default ISDN type and plan generated by the router with
custom values.

Syntax
[no] map <address> <plan> <type>
Table 124: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Reverts to the default ISDN type and plan.

<address>

Specifies either the calling number or the


called number. This parameter can be a
regular expression also for pattern matching.
It specifies that the ISDN type and plan will
be overridden for addresses that match the
regular expression.

<plan>

Specifies the numbering plan:


Unknown: unknown with bit value 0000
isdn: ISDN/telephony numbering- E.164/E.
163 with bit value 0001
tel: telephony numberingE.163 with bit
value 0010
data: data numberingX.121 with bit
value 0011
telex: telex numbering
Recommendation F.69 with bit value 0100

Command Line Reference

October 2010

165

ISDN configuration commands

Variable

Value
national: national standard numbering with
bit value 1000
private: private numbering with bit value
1001

<type>

Specifies the type:


unknown: unknown with bit value 000
international: international number with bit
value 001
national: national number with bit value
010
network: network specific number with bit
value 011
subscriber: subscriber number with bit
value 100
overlap: overlap sending with bit value
1001
abbreviated: abbreviated number with bit
value 110

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

map 2363623 1000 010

configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers


Use this command to access the ISDN Q921 timer commands, which are used to configure
Layer 2 timers for the ISDN interface.

Syntax
q921-timer

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

q921-timers

configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers k


Use this command to configure outstanding I frames.

166

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n200

Syntax
k <1-10>
Table 125: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-10>

Value
Value (default: 7)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#

q921-timer k 5

configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n200


Use this command to configure the n200 value.

Syntax
n200 <1-10>
Table 126: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-10>

Value
Value (default: 3)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#

n200 6

configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n201


Use this command to configure the n201 value.

Syntax
n201 <500-2000>
Table 127: Variable definitions
Variable
<500-2000>

Value
Value (default: 1028)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#

Command Line Reference

n201 1500

October 2010

167

ISDN configuration commands

configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t200


Use this command to configure the t200 timer.

Syntax
t200 <1-10>
Table 128: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-10>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 2)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#
t200 5

q921-timer

configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t203


Use this command to configure the t203 timer.

Syntax
t203 <5-15>
Table 129: Variable definitions
Variable
<5-15>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 5)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#

t203 10

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers


Use this command to access the ISDN Q931 timer commands, which are used to configure
Layer 3 timers for the ISDN interface.

Syntax
q931-timers

168

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t303

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

q931-timers

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t303


Use this command to configure the t303 setup sent timer.

Syntax
t303 <2-10>
Table 130: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t303 5

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t304


Use this command to configure the t304 setup ack received timer.

Syntax
t304 <20-50>
Table 131: Variable definitions
Variable
<20-50>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 30)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t304 40

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t305


Use this command to configure the t305 disconnect sent timer (user).

Command Line Reference

October 2010

169

ISDN configuration commands

Syntax
t305 <20-50>
Table 132: Variable definitions
Variable
<20-50>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 30)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t305 40

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t308


Use this command to configure the t308 Release sent timer.

Syntax
t308 <2-10>
Table 133: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t308 6

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t310


Use this command to configure the t310 call proceeding received timer.

Syntax
t310 <20-50>
Table 134: Variable definitions
Variable
<20-50>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 30).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

170

Command Line Reference

t310 40

October 2010

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t313

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t313


Use this command to configure t313 connect sent, waiting for connect ack timer.

Syntax
t313 <2-10>
Table 135: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t313 6

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t316


Use this command to configure the t316 restart sent, wait for restart ack timer.

Syntax
t316 <110-140>
Table 136: Variable definitions
Variable
<110-140>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 120)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t316 130

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t319


Use this command to configure the t319 timer.

Syntax
t319 <2-10>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

171

ISDN configuration commands

Table 137: Variable definitions


Variable
<2-10>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t319 6

configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t322


Use this command to configure the t322 status enquiry sent timer

Syntax
t322 <2-10>
Table 138: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>

Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#

t322 6

configure interface bundle isdn spid1


Use this command to configure the service profile ID for channel B1. This is the primary service
profile ID. The service profile is applicable for ISDN BRI only

Syntax
spid1 <spid>
Table 139: Variable definitions
Variable
<spid>

Value
Service profile ID (maximum 20 digits)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

172

Command Line Reference

spid1 245345

October 2010

configure interface bundle isdn spid2

configure interface bundle isdn spid2


Use this command to configure the service profile ID for channel B2. This is the secondary
service profile ID. The service profile is applicable for ISDN BRI only

Syntax
spid2 <spid>
Table 140: Variable definitions
Variable
<spid>

Value
Service profile ID (maximum 20 digits)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

spid2 345345

configure interface bundle isdn switch-type


Use this command to configure the switch type for the specified bundle.
Primary switch types are only supported on PRI interfaces. Basic switch types are supported
on BRI interfaces. Shut down the bundle before changing the interface type.

Syntax
[no] switch-type <TYPE>
Table 141: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

basic-ni

National ISDN Switch type

basic-dms

NT DMS-100 switch type

basic-5ess

AT&T basic rate switch type (defaultdan)

basicntt

ntt switch type

basic-euro

Euro basic switch type

basic-ccitt

CCITT basic switch type

basic1tr6

German 1tr6 basic switch type

basicvn3

French basic switch type

primary-dms100

DMS100 primary rate switch type

Command Line Reference

October 2010

173

ISDN configuration commands

Variable

Value

primary-ntt

NTT primary rate switch type

primary-ni2

National ISDN 2 primary rate switch type

primary-euro

Euro ISDN primary rate switch type

primary-ccitt

CCITT/ITU-T primary rate switch type

primary-4ess

AT&T primary rate switch type

primary-5ess

AT&T primary switch type (default)

primary-vn3

French primary rate switch type

primary-qsig:

Q Signalling switch type

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

switch-type primary-dms100

configure interface bundle isdn tei-mode


Use this command to configure the Terminal Endpoint Identifier (TEI) mode to provision ISDN
BRI as point-to-point or point-to-multipoint. The TEI mode is applicable for ISDN BRI only.

Syntax
tei-mode {point-to-point | point-to-multipoint}
Table 142: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

point-to-point

Point to point.

point-to-multipoint

Point to multipoint.

Example
SR#/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

tei-mode point-to-point

configure interface bundle isdn tei-value


Use this command to provision a static TEI value for the interface. The TEI value is applicable
only for ISDN BRI in point-to-point mode.

Syntax
tei-value <0-63>

174

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle link bri

Table 143: Variable definitions


Variable
<0-63>

Value
TEI value. Valid range is 0-63. The default is
0.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#

tei-value 32

configure interface bundle link bri


Use this command to link a bundle to the BRI interface in order to configure the ISDN properties
and encapsulation for the interface.

Syntax
link bri <slot/port:links>
Table 144: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

slot/port

slot and port of the BRI module.

links

1 (64Kb/s) or 2 (128 Kb/s)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle bri1#

link bri 3/1:2

configure interface bundle link dialer


Use this command to configure a bundle to use a dialer.

Syntax
link dialer <dialer>
Table 145: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<dialer>

Specifies the dialer name for the bundle to


use.

[no]

Disables the use of a dialer for the bundle.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

175

ISDN configuration commands

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#link dialer dial2

configure interface bundle link prie1|prit1


Use this command to link a bundle to the PRI interface in order to configure the ISDN properties
and encapsulation for the interface.

Syntax
link {pri_e1 | pri_t1} <slot/port:links>
Table 146: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

pri_e1

Configure a PRI link on E1 module.

pri_t1

Configure a PRI link on T1 module.

slot/port

slot and port of the PRI module.

links

Range for E1: 1 - 30 Range for T1: 1 - 23

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1#

link pri_t1 3/1:10

show isdn bri-statistics


Use this command to display ISDN BRI statistics.

Syntax
show isdn bri-statistics <slot/port>

Example
SR#

show isdn bri-statistics 2/1

show isdn global


Use this command to display global ISDN configuration for the router.

176

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show isdn interface

Syntax
show isdn global

Example
SR#

show isdn global

show isdn interface


Use this command to display ISDN information for the specified interface.

Syntax
show isdn interface <IFNAME>
Table 147: Variable definitions
Variable
<IFNAME>

Value
Specifies the name of the interface (max 8
characters).

Example
SR#

show isdn interface s1

show isdn interfaces


Use this command to display ISDN information for all interfaces.

Syntax
show isdn interfaces

Example
SR#

show isdn interfaces

show isdn pri-statistics


Use this command to display ISDN PRI statistics.

Syntax
show isdn pri-statistics <slot/port>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

177

ISDN configuration commands

Example
SR#

178

show isdn pri-statistics 2/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 11: WAN bundle commands

clear interface bundle


Use this command to clear the WAN bundle counters.

Syntax
clear interface {bundles | bundle <bundle-name> [<dlci>] }

Example
SR# clear interface bundle wan1

configure interface bundle contact


Use this command to specify contact information for a person who can provide information
regarding the WAN bundle.

Syntax
contact <"contact-info">
Table 148: Variable definitions
Variable
<"contact-info">

Value
Text string providing contact info. Specified
in quotation marks. Maximum 15 bytes.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# contact "j brown"

configure interface bundle description


Use this command to specify a description for the WAN bundle.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

179

WAN bundle commands

Syntax
description <description>
Table 149: Variable definitions
Variable
<description>

Value
Text string providing a description of the
WAN bundle. Specified in quotation marks.
Maximum length is 25 bytes.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# description "to NC branch office"

configure interface bundle shutdown


Use this command to shut down the WAN bundle interface.

Syntax
[no] shutdown
Table 150: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Re-enables the WAN bundle interface.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# shutdown

show interface bundle


Use this command to show the WAN bundle configuration.

Syntax
show interface bundle <bundle-name> [pvc <dlci>]

Example
SR# show interface bundle wan1

180

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 12: HDLC configuration commands

configure interface bundle encapsulation hdlc


Use this command to select HDLC as the protocol encapsulation for a bundle.

Syntax
encapsulation hdlc

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

encapsulation hdlc

configure interface bundle hdlc


Use this command to set the mtu and keepalive parameters for an HDLC encapsulated bundle.

Syntax
hdlc [keepalive <0-120>] [packet_type {unicast|broadcast}] [mtu
<64-4500>]
Table 151: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[keepalive <0-120>]

Specifies the keepalive interval for the link, in


seconds. Default is 10 seconds. To turn off
the keepalive, enter 0.

[packet_type {unicast|broadcast}]

Specifies the keepalive packet type, either


unicast or broadcast. Default is unicast.

[mtu <64-4500>]

Specifies the maximum transmission unit.


This is the maximum packet size that can be
transmitted, in bytes. Default is 1500.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

Command Line Reference

hdlc broadcast

October 2010

181

HDLC configuration commands

182

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 13: PPP/MLPPP configuration


commands

configure interface bundle encapsulation ppp|mlppp


Use this command to set the bundle encapsulation to PPP or MLPPP. If you choose PPP in a
multilink bundle, the router automatically activates MLPPP. Further, you can enable MLPPP
on a bundle containing a single link by specifying the encapsulation as MLPPP.

Syntax
encapsulation {ppp | mlppp}

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

encapsulation ppp

configure interface bundle mlppp


Use this command to configure mlppp properties

Syntax
mlppp [mrru <mrru_range> ] [sequence {long | short} ] [seg_threshold
<64-4500> ] [differential_delay <0-128> ] [discriminator <A.B.C.D> ]
[minimum_links <min-links>]
Table 152: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[mrru <mrru_range> ]

Maximum receive reconstructed unit range, specified as


<minimum-default-maxiumum>. Specifies the minimum,
default, and maximum number of octets in the information
fields of reassembled packets. Default value is
1500-1524-8192.

[sequence {long | short} ]

MLPPP sequence number length. Short is 12 bits, long is 24


bits. The default is long.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

183

PPP/MLPPP configuration commands

Variable

Value

[seg_threshold <64-4500> ]

All packet fragments are equal to or less than seg_threshold.


The range is 64 - 4500; the default is 512.

[differential_delay <0-128> ] Tolerance, in milliseconds, to differential delay between links


(default: 128)
[discriminator <A.B.C.D> ]

IP address of the MLPPP bundle (default: bundle IP address)

[minimum_links <min-links>] Minimum number of links that have to be active for this
interface to remain active (default: 1).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01# mlppp mrru 1200-1500-1800
sequence short seg_threshold 1400 differential_delay 20 discriminator
10.1.100.5

configure interface bundle ppp authentication


Use this command to configure the user authentication.

Syntax
ppp authentication {pap|chap}
Table 153: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

chap

Specifies CHAP authentication.

pap

Specifies PAP authentication.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

ppp authentication chap

configure interface bundle ppp authentication_database


Use this command to configure the method to use for user authentication.

Syntax
ppp authentication-database {local|radius}

184

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle ppp echo-interval

Table 154: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

local

Specifies local authentication.

radius

Specifies RADIUS authentication.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
local

ppp authentication-database

configure interface bundle ppp echo-interval


Use this command to configure the echo interval for the interface.

Syntax
ppp echo-interval <3-60>
Table 155: Variable definitions
Variable
<3-60>

Value
Specifies the interval in seconds (default is
5).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

ppp echo-interval 10

configure interface bundle ppp interleave


Use this command to enable or disable interleaving on the interface.

Syntax
[no] ppp interleave
Table 156: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables interleaving.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

Command Line Reference

ppp interleave

October 2010

185

PPP/MLPPP configuration commands

configure interface bundle ppp ip-rtp-reserve


Use this command to configure the UDP port range for LFI treatment along with maximum
bandwidth reserved for voice traffic.

Syntax
ppp ip-rtp-reserve <start-port> <end-port> <max-bwidth>
Table 157: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<start-port>

Low-end port value in decimal - default 1024.


Valid range: 1024 - 65535

<end-port>

High-end port value in decimal - default


65535. Valid range: 1024 - 65535

<max-bwidth>

Maximum bandwidth in Kb/s. Default is 32.


Valid range: 4 - 2000

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

ppp ip-rtp-reserve 2000 2002 64

configure interface bundle ppp lfi-fragment-delay


Use this command to configure the fragmentation delay for interleaving.

Syntax
ppp lfi-fragment-delay <10-50>
Table 158: Variable definitions
Variable
<10-50>

Value
Specifies the delay in milliseconds (default is
10).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

186

Command Line Reference

ppp lfi-fragment-delay 15

October 2010

configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic

configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic


Use this command to configure the MTU, MRU, and magic number parameters for the PPP or
MLPPP bundle.
Important:
Enable Jumbo frames in the system setting to allow max MTU of 4500 to be used.
SR/configure# system jumbo-mtu-limit >?
WORD Enter MTU Limit 1500 or 9216 (default =1500)
Enter 9216 to enable jumbo frames, save config and reboot.

Syntax
ppp mtu-mru-magic <mtu-range> [mru <mru-range>] [magic_check {enable|
disable}]
Table 159: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<mtu-range>

Maximum transmission unit range, specified


as <minimum-default-maxiumum>. Default
value is 64-1500-9216. The Maximum
Transmit Unit (MTU) is the maximum size of
the PPP information field that the interface
can transmit.

<mru-range>

Maximum receive unit range, specified as


<minimum-default-maximum>. Default value
is 64-1500-9216. The Maximum Receive
Unit (MRU) is the maximum size of the PPP
information field that the interface can
receive.

enable

Enables magic number, which is a random


number chosen to distinguish the two ends
of a link and to detect loopback error
conditions.

disable

Disables magic number.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
mru 100-200-500 magic_check enable

Command Line Reference

ppp mtu-mru-range 100-250-1000

October 2010

187

PPP/MLPPP configuration commands

configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap peer-name


Use this command to configure the peer name and password for PAP or CHAP authentication.
This command causes the bundle to flap in order to re-trigger negotiation. Therefore, before
you modify the PPP PAP or CHAP peer name (or sent username) parameters, shutdown the
bundle (using the shutdown command) and reenable it (using the no shutdown command)
after you complete the configuration .

Syntax
ppp {pap | chap} peer-name <peername> <password>
Table 160: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

chap

Configure properties for CHAP

pap

Configure properties for PAP

<peername>

PAP or CHAP username expected from the peer.

<password>

PAP or CHAP password for peer.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

ppp chap peer-name user2 pass2

configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap sent-username


Use this command to configure the sent username and password for PAP or CHAP.
This command causes the bundle to flap in order to re-trigger negotiation. Therefore, before
you modify the PPP PAP or CHAP sent username (or peername) parameters, shutdown the
bundle (using the shutdown command) and reenable it (using the no shutdown command)
after you complete the configuration .

Syntax
ppp {pap | chap} sent-username <username> <password>
Table 161: Variable definitions
Variable

188

Value

chap

Configure properties for CHAP.

pap

Configure properties for PAP.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle ppp peer-addr

Variable

Value

<username>

PAP or CHAP username for PPP/MLPPP bundle.

<password>

PAP or CHAP password for PPP/MLPPP bundle.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
pass1

ppp chap sent-username user1

configure interface bundle ppp peer-addr


Use this command to configure the peer IP address for the PPP bundle.

Syntax
ppp peer-addr <A.B.C.D>
Table 162: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
Specifies the IP address of the peer.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

ppp peer_addr 105.100.10.1

configure interface bundle ppp retry-interval


Use this command to configure the retry timer for the PPP bundle.

Syntax
ppp retry-interval <3-60>
Table 163: Variable definitions
Variable
<3-60>

Value
Specifies the interval in seconds. Default
value is 3.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

Command Line Reference

ppp retry-interval 8

October 2010

189

PPP/MLPPP configuration commands

configure interface bundle ppp src-addr


Use this command to configure the negotiating IP address of the bundle.

Syntax
ppp src-addr <A.B.C.D>
Table 164: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
Specifies the negotiating IP address of the
bundle (default is source forwarding address
of the bundle).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

ppp ipaddress 105.100.10.1

configure interface bundle rtp


Use this command to enable or disable the RTP Header Compression feature. Before enabling
RTP Header Compression, the bundle must be configured with a link, encapsulated with PPP
protocol, and assigned an IPv4 address. When this command is enabled, the RTP options are
negotiated with the peer during the IPCP phase.

Syntax
[no] rtp
Table 165: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables RTP

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

190

Command Line Reference

rtp

October 2010

configure interface bundle rtp connections

configure interface bundle rtp connections


Use this command to configure the maximum number of connections for which RTP header
compression is applicable on transmit or receive side.

Syntax
[no] connections <11000>
Table 166: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Resets the number of connections to the
default value (1000).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/rtp#

connections 500

configure interface bundle rtp negotiation ipcp


Use this command to enable negotiation of RTP options with the peer. This command allows
interoperability with legacy Tasman products. Since the default behaviour of RTP is to enable
negotiation, use the no form of this command in order to interoperate with legacy Tasman
products that do not support negotiation.

Syntax
[no] negotiation ipcp
Table 167: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables negotiation of RTP options during
the IPCP phase

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/rtp#

no negotiation ipcp

configure interface bundle rtp timeout


Use this command to configure the timeout (flushing time) in seconds for the context table
entries for both compressor and decompressor engine. The flushing for any particular context

Command Line Reference

October 2010

191

PPP/MLPPP configuration commands

entry will happen only if for this (timeout) duration no packets are received with that particular
context-identifier (CID).

Syntax
[no] timeout <3-1000>
Table 168: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Sets the timeout value to the default (5
seconds).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/rtp#

192

Command Line Reference

timeout 10

October 2010

Chapter 14: Frame Relay configuration


commands

clear fr invarp
Use this command to clear the inverse ARP statistics for a frame relay bundle.

Syntax
clear fr invarp {<bundle-name> | all}

Example
SR#

clear fr invarp wan1

clear fr lmistats
Use this command to clear the LMI statistics for a bundle.

Syntax
clear fr lmistats <bundle-name>

Example
SR#

clear fr lmistats wan1

clear fr vcstats
Use this command to clear virtual circuit statistics for a frame relay bundle.

Syntax
clear fr vcstats <bundle-name> <16-1022> [stat-type <1-3>]

Command Line Reference

October 2010

193

Frame Relay configuration commands

Table 169: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<bundle-name>

Specifies the bundle name.

<16-1022>

Specifies the DLCI number.

[stat-type <1-3>]

Specifies the type of statistics: 1=RXMON, 2=INJECT,


3=1490. Default is 1.

Example
SR#

clear fr vcstats wan1 20

clear interface avcs


Use this command to clear the counters for AVC interfaces.

Syntax
clear interface {avc <avc-name> | avcs}

Example
SR#

clear interface avc avc1

configure fr invarp
Use this command to configure the Inverse ARP polling timer interval. This is how often the
system polls other frame relay devices for IP data. This function eliminates the need for PVC
map entries.

Syntax
fr invarp <interval>
Table 170: Variable definitions
Variable
<interval>

Value
Time interval for polling The range is 30 - 300 seconds; the
default is 30 seconds.

Example
SR/configure fr invarp 60

194

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure fr mfr_e2e_enhanced

configure fr mfr_e2e_enhanced
Use this command to switch the MFR mode from MFR End-to-End standard FRF.15 mode
(default) to MFR End-to-End Router enhanced FRF.15 mode.
This command automatically applies the settings to all existing AVCs without rebooting the
system. However, if the settings are saved, they are used the next time that the system is
rebooted.
Enhanced FRF.15 is a proprietary protocol and can only work between Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 systems.
In addition to the features of Standard FRF.15, Enhanced mode calculates differential delay
between CVCs; those with unacceptable delay are taken out of active data transfer, thus
improving overall throughput of the AVC. Also, end-to-end keepalive messages are sent per
CVC, thus helping to maintain the VC integrity across both ends. Keepalive messages also
detect software/hardware loopbacks.

Syntax
[no] fr mfr_e2e_enhanced

Example
SR/configure#

fr mfr_e2e_enhanced

configure interface avc


Use this command to configure a new AVC. Each AVC requires a unique AVC name for
identification.

Syntax
interface avc <avc_name> <dlci>
Table 171: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

avc <avc_name>

Assigns a name to the aggregated virtual


circuit.

dlci <dlci>

DLCI number of the AVC to be configured


The range is 16 - 1022.

Example
SR/configure# interface avc avc1 20

Command Line Reference

October 2010

195

Frame Relay configuration commands

configure interface avc class


Use this command to configure the number of links required to activate the AVC.
In class D and E, only the administrator can bring the AVC status up or down by modifying the
configured shaping parameters of one or more CVCs. In such cases, the remote AVC does
not learn of the updated status.
If the network administrator sets an AVC in the class D parameter and then administratively
reduces the CIR of any CVC that causes the local AVC to go down (because of the class D
setting), the remote AVC will not go down because the local and remote CIR values do not
match. To avoid this problem, either change the CIR for the remote CVC to match the local
CIR value or reduce the class D CIR value.

Syntax
class [A | B | C ][D | E]
Table 172: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

If any CVC is up, AVC is up. This is the


default.

If all CVCs are up, AVC is up.

If the user-supplied threshold is satisfied,


AVC is up

If every CVC has a CIR greater than or equal


to user supplied threshold value, AVC is up

If the total CIR is above the user supplied


threshold, then AVC is up

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# class A

configure interface avc cvc


Use this command to add a PVC from a specific bundle to the AVC. The system can bundle
as many as 28 PVCs into one AVC. A CVC cannot be shared between separate AVCs..

Syntax
cvc <dlci> <bundle-name>

196

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface avc diff_delay

Table 173: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<dlci>

DLCI of the virtual PVC. The range is 16


1022

<bundle-name>

Name of the bundle the CVC belongs to.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#

cvc 22 wan03

configure interface avc diff_delay


Use this command to configure the maximum differential delay allows for a CVC.
When the AVC is in Router Enhanced FRF.15 mode, using the no diff_delay command will
disable differential delay calculations and will not take any action toward dropping any CVC
that is above the configured differential delay limit. The display of CVCs will, however, display
the individual differential delay values for the system administrators awareness when the show
interface avc x 16 command is used.

Syntax
[no] diff_delay <diff-delay>
Table 174: Variable definitions
Variable
<diff-delay>

Value
Tolerance, in milliseconds, to differential
delay between frame relay links The range is
10 - 128; the default is 100.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# diff_delay 25

configure interface avc enable avc


Use this command to enable the AVC.

Syntax
[no] enable avc

Command Line Reference

October 2010

197

Frame Relay configuration commands

Table 175: Variable definitions


Variable
no

Value
Disables the AVC.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#

enable avc

configure interface avc enable cvc


Use this command to enable a CVC on an AVC.

Syntax
[no] enable cvc <dlci> <bundle-name>
Table 176: Variable definitions
Variable
no

Value
Disables the CVC.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#

enable cvc 30 wan1

configure interface avc enable mfr_e2e_enhanced


Use this command to enable enhanced FRF.15.
Enhanced FRF.15 is a proprietary protocol and can only work between SR2330/4134 systems.
In addition to the features of Standard FRF.15, Enhanced mode supports end-to-end status
integrity of CVCs (that does not depend on LMI), software loopback detection, and differential
delay calculations.

Syntax
[no] enable mfr_e2e_enhanced
Table 177: Variable definitions
Variable
no

198

Command Line Reference

Value
Specifies normal FRF.15.

October 2010

configure interface avc fragment_size

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#

enable mfr_e2e_enhanced

configure interface avc fragment_size


Use this command to configure fragment size for the bundle above which a packet is
fragmented. Packets are intelligently fragmented when the fragment size is exceeded.

Syntax
fragment_size <56-4096>
Table 178: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-4096>

Value
Maximum number of bytes in each frame.
The range is 56 4096; default is 1500.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# fragment_size 2048

configure interface avc ip address


Use this command to assign a routing destination IP address and subnet to the AVC.

Syntax
ip address <A.B.C.D> <mask>
Table 179: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

IP address of the AVC is dotted notation.

<mask>

Subnet mask of the AVC.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# ip address 192.5.72.1
255.255.255.0

Command Line Reference

October 2010

199

Frame Relay configuration commands

configure interface avc ip directed broadcast


Use this command to enable or disable forwarding of direct broadcasts from this interface. By
default, directed broadcasts are enabled.

Syntax
[no] ip directed_broadcast
Table 180: Variable definitions
Variable
no

Value
Disables directed broadcasts.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# ip directed_broadcast

configure interface avc map


Use this command to assign a static route to an AVC. Once a static route has been assigned,
inverse ARP ceases to function. If a destination IP address is changed, the static route is not
updated.

Syntax
[no] map <A.B.C.D>
Table 181: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the remote IP address.

[no]

Removes the static route.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#

map 10.1.100.20

configure interface avc seg_threshold


Use this command to configure the segmentation threshold for the AVC.

200

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface avc sequence

The segmentation threshold can never be greater than the frame size. This is the time interval
between acknowledgement requests sent to destination devices.

Syntax
mfr seg_threshold <56-4096>
Table 182: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-4096>

Value
All packet fragments will be equal to or
greater than this value. Packets less than
2xseg_threshold will be forwarded rather
than fragmented. The range is 56 4096;
default is 512 If the segmentation threshold
you enter is greater than the frame size, the
system disregards it.

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# seg_threshold 56

configure interface avc sequence


Use this command to set the sequence length of an AVC. You can choose either 12- or 24bit spacing.

Syntax
sequence {long | short}
Table 183: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

long

24-bit sequence space

short

12-bit sequence space

Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# sequence long

configure interface bundle encapulation frelay|mfr


Use this command to set the bundle encapsulation to Frame Relay or MFR.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

201

Frame Relay configuration commands

Syntax
encapsulation [frelay|mfr]

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#

mfr

configure interface bundle fr enable interface


Use this command to enable or disable Frame Relay on the bundle.

Syntax
[no] enable interface

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#

enable interface

configure interface bundle fr enable pvc


Use this command to enable or disable PVCs on the bundle

Syntax
[no] enable pvc {<dlci> | all }
Table 184: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

{<dlci> | all }

Specifies the DLCI number. Enter all to


specify all PVCs.

[no]

Disables the PVC.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# enable pvc 20

configure interface bundle fr enable fragment_rfc1490


Use this command to enable or disable RFC 1490 fragmentation on the bundle.

202

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle fr frame_size

Syntax
[no] enable fragment_1490

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#

enable fragment_1490

configure interface bundle fr frame_size


Use this command to configure the maximum frame size for the Frame Relay bundle.

Syntax
fr frame_size <56-9216>
Table 185: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-9216>

Value
Specifies the maximum frame size in bytes
(default 1600).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#

fr frame_size 80

configure interface bundle fr interleave enable


Use this command to enable interleaving.

Syntax
[no] enable
Table 186: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables interleaving.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/interleave#

Command Line Reference

enable

October 2010

203

Frame Relay configuration commands

configure interface bundle fr interleave hiprio


Use this command to configure the traffic properties for high-priority packets.

Syntax
hiprio <committed-rate> <burst-rate>
Table 187: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<committed-rate>

Committed rate as a percentage of the total


CIR of FRF.12 fragmentation enabled PVCs.

<burst-rate>

Burst (excess) rate as a percentage of the


total CIR of FRF.12 fragmentation enabled
PVCs.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/interleave#

hiprio 10 20

configure interface bundle fr intf_type


Use this command to configure the interface as DCE, DTE, or NNI.

Syntax
intf_type {dce | dte | nni}
Table 188: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

dce

Data circuit-terminating equipment.

dte

Data terminal equipment.

nni

Network to network interface.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#

204

Command Line Reference

intf_type dce

October 2010

configure interface bundle fr lmi

configure interface bundle fr lmi


Use this command to configure the local management interface type.

Syntax
lmi lmi_type {ansi | cisco | q933a}
Table 189: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ansi

ANSI T1.617 Annex D (default)

cisco

Cisco LMI

q933a

ITU-T Q.933 Annex A

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#

lmi lmi_type ansi

configure interface bundle fr lmi dce


Use this command to configure the LMI status polling interval and error threshold parameters.
In the DCE mode, the system responds to LMI polls from the remote DTE device.
This command applies for both DCE and NNI interface types.

Syntax
dce [n392 <1-10>] [n393 <1-10>] [t392 <5-255>]
Table 190: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[n392 <1-10>]

Error threshold (the maximum number of


unreceived LMI status inquiries accepted by
the system before the interface is declared
down). The range is 1 - 10; the default is 9.
This value must always be less than the n393
value.

[n393 <1-10>]

Maximum number of LMI polling intervals


during which the n392 error threshold is
counted. The range is 1 - 10; the default is 10.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

205

Frame Relay configuration commands

Variable

Value
Polling verification timer. The range is 5-255;
the default is 15.

[t392 <5-255>]

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi#

dce n392 4 n393 5

configure interface bundle fr lmi dte


Use this command to configure the LMI status polling interval and error threshold parameters.
In the DTE mode, the system sends LMI polls to the remote DTE device.
This command applies for both DTE and NNI interface types.

Syntax
dte [n392 <1-10>] [n393 <1-10>] [n391 <1-255>]
Table 191: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[n392 <1-10>]

Error threshold (maximum number of unanswered LMI status


inquiries accepted by the system before the interface is
declared down). The range is 1 - 10; the default is 9. This
value must always be less than the n393 value below.

[n393 <1-10>]

Maximum number of LMI polling intervals during which the


n392 error threshold above is counted. The range is 1 - 10;
the default is 10.

[n391 <1-255>]

Number of LMI status inquiries that pass before the system


sends a full status inquiry message. The range is 1 - 255; the
default is 6.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi#

dte n392 4 n393 5

configure interface bundle fr lmi fast_recovery


Use this command to configure the local management interface

Syntax
[no] fast_recovery

206

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle fr lmi keepalive

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi#

fast_recovery

configure interface bundle fr lmi keepalive


Use this command to configure the local management interface

Syntax
keepalive <5-255>
Table 192: Variable definitions
Variable
<5-255>

Value
The range is 5 - 255 seconds. The default is
10 seconds for DTE/NNI. The default is 15
seconds for DCE.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi# keepalive 20

configure interface bundle fr mfr ack_msg


Use this command to configure the ack message timer and retries.

Syntax
mfr ack_msg [ack_timer <1-10>] [max_retry (1-5>]
Table 193: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[ack_timer <1-10>]

Time interval for which the system waits for


an acknowledgement from the network
device. The range is 1 - 10 seconds; the
default is 4 seconds.

[max_retry (1-5>]

Maximum number of additional times the


system sends an acknowledgement request
to a device before dropping a link from the
bundle. The range is 1 - 5 attempts; the
default is 2.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

207

Frame Relay configuration commands

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr ack_msg ack_timer 5
max_retry 3

configure interface bundle fr mfr class


Use this command to configure the number of links required to activate the bundle.

Syntax
mfr class [A | B | C] [threshold <1-28>]
Table 194: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

bundle is up when at least one link is up


(default)

bundle is up when all links are up

bundle is up when user-specified number of


links are up

[threshold <1-28>]

Minimum number of activated links required


to activate the bundle (default: all).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr class A

configure interface bundle fr mfr diff_delay


Use this command to configure the differential delay for the MFR bundle.

Syntax
mfr diff_delay <diff-delay>
Table 195: Variable definitions
Variable
<diff-delay>

208

Command Line Reference

Value
Tolerance, in milliseconds, to differential
delay between frame relay links The range is
10 - 128; the default is 100.

October 2010

configure interface bundle fr mfr fragment_size

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr diff_delay 110

configure interface bundle fr mfr fragment_size


Use this command to configure fragment size for the bundle above which a packet is
fragmented.

Syntax
mfr fragment_size <56-9216>
Table 196: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-9216>

Value
Maximum number of bytes in each frame.
The range is 56 4096; default is 1500.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr fragment_size 2000

configure interface bundle fr mfr hello_timer


Use this command to configure the hello timer for the MFR bundle. This is the time interval
between acknowledgement requests sent to destination devices.

Syntax
mfr hello_timer <1-180>
Table 197: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-180>

Value
Interval in seconds (default: 10).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr 20

Command Line Reference

October 2010

209

Frame Relay configuration commands

configure interface bundle fr mfr seg_threshold


Use this command to configure the segmentation threshold.
The segmentation threshold can never be greater than the frame size. This is the time interval
between acknowledgement requests sent to destination devices.

Syntax
mfr seg_threshold <56-4096>
Table 198: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-4096>

Value
All packet fragments will be equal to or
greater than seg_threshold. Packets less
than 2 x seg_threshold will be forwarded
rather than fragmented. The range is 56 4096; the default is 512. If the segmentation
threshold you enter is greater than the frame
size, the system disregards it.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr seg_threshold 1024

configure interface bundle fr pvc


Use this command to add a PVC to the Frame Relay bundle.

Syntax
[no] pvc <16-1022>
Table 199: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<16-1022>

specifies the data link connection identifier


(DLCI) of the PVC.

[no]

Deletes the PVC.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#

210

Command Line Reference

pvc 999

October 2010

configure interface bundle fr pvc crypto

configure interface bundle fr pvc crypto


Configure the specified PVC as a trusted or untrusted interface for security features.

Syntax
crypto { trusted | untrusted }
Table 200: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

trusted

Interface is part of a trusted network.

untrusted

Interface is part of an untrusted network.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20#

configure interface bundle fr pvc desc


Use this command to configure a description for the PVC.

Syntax
desc <"name">
Table 201: Variable definitions
Variable
<"name">

Value
Name of the PVC Use a string of upto 64
characters, enclosed in quotes.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# desc "link to east
branch"

configure interface bundle fr pvc enable


Use this command to enable or disable the selected PVC.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

211

Frame Relay configuration commands

Syntax
[no] enable
Table 202: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables the PVC.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# enable

configure interface bundle fr pvc frf12


Use this command to provision FRF12 on the PVC.

Syntax
frf12 [framesize <56-4096>]
Table 203: Variable definitions
Variable
[framesize <56-4096>]

Value
Maximum frame size in bytes (default:1600)

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# frf12 framesize 2000

configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 config


Use this command to configure FRF.20 IP header compression properties.

Syntax
frf20 config [retries_timeout <retries_timeout>] [retries <retries>]
[f_max_period <f_max_period>] [f_max_time <f_max_time>] [timeout
<timeout>]
Table 204: Variable definitions
Variable
[retries_timeout <retries_timeout>]

212

Command Line Reference

Value
Specifies the timeout of the FRF.20 state
machine. 1-10 (default 3).

October 2010

configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 enable

Variable

Value

[retries <retries>]

Specifies the number of retries for


negotiation. 1-10 (default 3).

[f_max_period <f_max_period>]

Negotiable number of TCP headers before


context state. 0-0xFFF. (default 256).

[f_max_time <f_max_time>]

Negotiable time interval between full


headers. 0-0xff (default 5).

[timeout <timeout>]

Timeout for RTP entries in seconds. 3-1000.


(default 5).

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# frf20 config retries
5

configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 enable


Use this command to enable FRF.20 IP header compression.

Syntax
[no] frf20 enable
Table 205: Variable definitions
Variable
no

Value
Disables FRF.20 compression.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# [no] frf20 enable

configure interface bundle fr pvc ip address


Use this command to configure an IP address for the PVC.

Syntax
ip address <A.B.C.D> <netmask> [type <broadcast>]}

Command Line Reference

October 2010

213

Frame Relay configuration commands

Table 206: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

IP address of the PVC.

<netmask>

Subnet mask of the PVC.

[type <broadcast>]

Specifies a broadcast interface.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# ip address 192.5.72.1
255.255.255.0 broadcast

configure interface bundle fr pvc ipv6 address


Use this command to configure an IPv6 address for the PVC.

Syntax
ipv6 address {<X:X::X:X/M> | <prefix-name> <Y:Y::Y:Y/M> }
Table 207: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

X:X::X:X/M

IPv6 prefix address.

<prefix-name>

Prefix name to be referred to assign IPv6


address to this interface.

<Y:Y::Y:Y/N>

Subnet prefix number to be ORed with NW


prefix referred by the prefix name.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# ipv6 address
PrefixName FFFF::0000/24

configure interface bundle fr pvc map


Use this command to assign a static route to a PVC. Once a static route has been assigned,
inverse ARP ceases to function. If a destination IP address is changed, the static route is not
updated.

Syntax
[no] map ipv4 <A.B.C.D>

214

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface bundle fr pvc policing

Table 208: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the remote IP address.

[no]

Removes the static route.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# map ipv4 10.1.100.2

configure interface bundle fr pvc policing


Use this command to enable or disable PVC traffic policing on incoming traffic for a PVC.
Policing sets the committed information rate (CIR) and data burst parameters that control the
data flow on the PVC in the incoming direction. Policing is automatically enabled on all PVCs of
all Frame Relay bundles.

Syntax
policing [cir <n>] [bc <n>] [be <n>] [<de>]
Table 209: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

cir <n>

The committed information rate for the PVC,


in bits per second. Non-committed PVCs are
created by setting the PVC CIR to 0.

bc <n>

Maximum committed (guaranteed)


transmission burst size for the PVC, in
bits.The default is bundle bandwidth rate.
Generally, this value exceeds CIR and may
be a multiple of that value.

be <n>

Excess burst size (number of bits in excess


of bc value); non-guaranteed. Default is 0

<de>

Enable discard-eligible (DE) bit on a PVC.


The default is OFF. This setting allows lower
priority PVCs to designate their traffic as
eligible for discard during the periods of
heavy congestion.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# policing cir 128000
bc 256000 be 32000 de

Command Line Reference

October 2010

215

Frame Relay configuration commands

configure interface bundle fr pvc shaping


Use this command to enable or disable PVC traffic shaping on outgoing traffic for a PVC.
Shaping sets the committed information rate and data burst parameters that control the data
flow on the PVC in the outgoing direction. Shaping is automatically enabled on all PVCs of all
Frame Relay bundles.

Syntax
shaping [cir <n>] [bcmax <n>] [bcmin <n>] [be <n>]
Table 210: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

cir <n>

The committed information rate for the PVC,


in bits per second. The default is bundle
bandwidth rate. Setting the PVC CIR to 0
creates non-committed PVCs.

bcmax <n>

Maximum committed (guanranteed)


transmission burst size for the PVC, in bits.
The default is bundle bandwidth rate.
Generally, this value exceeds CIR and may
be a multiple of that value

bcmin <n>

Minimum committed (guanranteed)


transmission burst size for the PVC, in bits.
Generally, this is a value greater than cir and
less than bcmax.

be <n>

Excess burst size (number of bits in excess


of bcmax); non-guaranteed. Default is 0.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# shaping cir 128000
bcmax 256000 bcmin 192000 be 64000

configure interface bundle fr pvc switch


Use this command to enable Layer 2 switching between the current PVC and another PVC on
the same bundle, or between the current PVC and a PVC on another bundle.
To ensure correct switching, specify both the PVC number and the bundle name. Before
enabling switching, configure the other bundle and associated PVC. Both of the bundles and
PVCs must exist to enable switching.

216

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show fr avcs

Syntax
[no] switch <dlci> <bundle>
Table 211: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<dlci>

The DLCI number of the other PVC.


Allowable range: 16-1022

<bundle>

The name of the WAN bundle to which the


other PVC belongs. This entry is not required
if both PVCs are on the same bundle.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# switch 20 wan1

show fr avcs
Use this command to display the configured AVCs on the router.

Syntax
show fr avcs

Example
SR#

show fr avcs

show fr cvcs
Use this command to display the configured CVCs on the router.

Syntax
show fr cvcs

Example
SR#

show fr cvcs

show fr invarp
Use this command to display the inverse ARP statistics for a frame relay bundle.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

217

Frame Relay configuration commands

Syntax
show fr invarp {<bundle-name> | all}

Example
SR#

show fr invarp wan1

show fr invarp_int
Use this command to display the time interval configured for the frame relay inverse ARP timer..

Syntax
show fr invarp_int

Example
SR#

show fr invarp_int

show fr lmistats
Use this command to display the LMI statistics for a bundle.

Syntax
show fr lmistats <bundle-name>

Example
SR#

show fr lmistats wan1

show fr pvcs
Use this command to show all PVCs including their bundle name, PVC number and status,
and policing (enabled or disabled) information. If the PVC is switched to another PVC, that
PVC number is shown. If the PVC terminates at a LAN, the PVC IP address is shown.

Syntax
show fr pvcs

Example
SR#

218

show fr pvcs

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show fr vcstats

show fr vcstats
Use this command to display virtual circuit statistics for a frame relay bundle.

Syntax
show fr vcstats <bundle-name> <16-1022> [stat-type <1-3>]
Table 212: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<bundle-name>

Specifies the bundle name.

<16-1022>

Specifies the DLCI number.

[stat-type <1-3>]

Specifies the type of statistics: 1=RXMON, 2=INJECT,


3=1490. Default is 1.

Example
SR#

show fr vcstats wan1 20

show interface avcs


Use this command to display information about a DTE-to-DTE MFR AVC, including the status
of the AVC and the status of each CVC in the AVC.

Syntax
show interface avc <avc-name> <dlci>

Example
SR#

show interface avc avc1 30

Command Line Reference

October 2010

219

Frame Relay configuration commands

220

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 15: Static LSP commands

mpls static-ftn
Use this command to configure a static FTN entry on an ingress LER to set a static MPLS
action for a specific FEC.

Syntax
[no] mpls static-ftn <FEC/Mask> <outgoing-label> <next-hop>
<outgoing-if-name>
Table 213: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the specified static FTN entry.

<FEC/Mask>

Specifies the Forwarding Equivalence Class,


with mask (A.B.C.D/M).

<outgoing-label>

Specifies the outgoing label value:


0: explicit null
3: implicit null
16-1048575

<next-hop>

Specifies the next hop IPv4 address.

<outgoing-if-name>

Specifies the outgoing interface name.

Example
SR/configure# mpls static-ftn 192.168.1.0/24 1000 192.168.2.1
ethernet0/2

mpls static-ilm
Use this command to configure a static ILM entry on a transit or egress LSR interface to set a
static MPLS action for packets with a specific label.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

221

Static LSP commands

Syntax
[no] mpls static-ilm <label-in> <if-name-in> [pop] | [swap <labelout> <next-hop> <if-name-out>]
Table 214: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the specified static ILM entry.

<label-in>

Specifies the incoming label value. (16 1039)

<if-name-in>

Specifies the incoming interface name.

[pop]

Specifies to pop the incoming label.

swap

Specifies to swap the incoming label.

<label-out>

Specifies the outgoing label value for swap:


0: explicit null
3: implicit null
16-1048575

<next-hop>

Specifies the next hop IP address.

<if-name-out>

Specifies the outgoing interface name for


swap:

Example
SR/configure# mpls static-ilm 1000 ethernet0/2 swap 1010 192.168.2.2
ethernet 5/4

show mpls static-ftn


Use this command to display the static FTN entry to verify the configuration.

Syntax
show mpls static-ftn

Example
SR# show mpls static-ftn

222

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show mpls static-ilm

show mpls static-ilm


Use this command to display the static ILM entry to verify the configuration.

Syntax
show mpls static-ilm

Example
SR# show mpls static-ilm

show mpls stats-ftn


Use this command to display statistics for the MPLS static FTN.

Syntax
show mpls stats-ftn

Example
SR# show mpls stats-ftn

show mpls stats-ilm


Use this command to display statistics for the MPLS static ILM.

Syntax
show mpls static-ilm

Example
SR# show mpls stats-ilm

Command Line Reference

October 2010

223

Static LSP commands

224

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 16: LDP commands


Important:
LDP can only be enabled on WAN bundles and chassis Ethernet ports. Module Ethernet ports do not
support LDP.

clear ldp adjacency


Use this command to clear LDP adjacencies.

Syntax
clear ldp adjacency {<A.B.C.D>|all}
Table 215: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

LDP adjacency address.

all

Clears all LDP adjacencies.

Example
SR# clear ldp adjacency all

clear ldp statistics


Use this command to clear LDP statistics.

Syntax
clear ldp statistics [advertise-labels for <prefix-list>]
Table 216: Variable definitions
Variable
[advertise-labels for <prefix-list>]

Command Line Reference

Value
Clears IP prefix list of advertise-labels.

October 2010

225

LDP commands

Example
SR# clear ldp statistics

configure interface ldp advertisement-mode


Use this command to configure the label advertisement mode to control when the interface
advertises FEC-to-label bindings to LDP peers.
The label advertisement mode you configure for an interface overrides the global
advertisement mode.

Syntax
[no] ldp advertisement-mode {downstream-unsolicited}
Table 217: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the advertisement mode to the global


value.

{downstream-unsolicited}

Specifies downstream-unsolicited mode: the


router distributes labels to peers without
waiting for a label request. This mode is
typically used with the liberal label retention
mode.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp advertisement-mode

configure interface ldp hello-interval


Use this command to configure the interval for sending hello packets through the interface to
create maintain adjacencies.
Whenever a new router comes up, it sends out a hello packet to a specified, multicast address
announcing itself to the network. Hello messages are sent to the All Routers Multicast Group
(224.0.0.2). Receipt of a hello packet from another LSR creates a hello adjacency with that
LSR.
For optimum performance, set the hello-interval value to no more than one-third the hold time
value.
The hello interval you configure for an interface overrides the global value.

226

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface ldp hold-time

Syntax
[no] ldp hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 218: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hello interval to the global value.

<1-65535>

Specifies the hello interval in seconds.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp hello-interval 90

configure interface ldp hold-time


Use this command to set the maximum period that the interface waits for a hello packet from
a peer before it rejects an existing adjacency. The hold time timer is reset every time a hello
packet is received from the peer in question.
The hold time you configure for an interface overrides the global value.

Syntax
[no] ldp hold-time <1-65535>
Table 219: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hold time to the global value.

<1-65535>

Specifies the hold time in seconds.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp hold-time 180

configure interface ldp keepalive-interval


Use this command to set the interval at which the LSR sends keepalive messages to the peer in
order to maintain an LDP session.
Each LSR must send keepalive messages at regular intervals to LDP peers to keep the
sessions active. The keepalive interval determines the time-interval between successive
keepalive messages.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

227

LDP commands

The keepalive interval you configure for an interface overrides the global value.

Syntax
[no] ldp keepalive-interval <1-65535>
Table 220: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keepalive interval to the global


value.

<1-65535>

Specifies the keepalive interval in seconds.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp keepalive-interval 180

configure interface ldp keepalive-timeout


Use this command to configure the maximum period that the LSR waits for a keepalive
message from a peer before the LDP session times out. The keepalive timer is reset every
time a keepalive packet is received from the peer in question. For optimum performance, set
this value to no more than three times the keepalive interval value
When you configure this property at the interface level, the configured value overrides the value
set using the global keepalive-timeout command.
The keepalive timeout you configure for an interface overrides the global value.

Syntax
[no] ldp keepalive-timeout <1-65535>
Table 221: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keepalive timeout to the global


value.

<1-65535>

Specifies the keepalive timeout in seconds.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp keepalive-timeout 300

228

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface ldp label-retention-mode

configure interface ldp label-retention-mode


Use this command to set the retention mode to be used for all labels exchanged through the
specified interface.
If an LDP session is already operational, any changes made to the retention mode apply only to
labels received after the router processes the mode change command. All previously received
labels remain unchanged.
The label retention mode you configure for an interface overrides the global value.

Syntax
[no] ldp label-retention-mode {liberal}
Table 222: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keepalive timeout to the global


value.

{liberal}

Specifies to retain all labels binding to FEC


received from label distribution peers, even
if the LSR is not the current next hop.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp label-retention-mode liberal

configure interface ldp multicast-hellos


Use this command to enable multicast hello exchange on an interface to enable autodiscovery of LDP peers on directly connected networks. Multicast hellos are enabled by default.
Enabling or disabling multicast hellos for an interface overrides the global state.

Syntax
[no] ldp multicast-hellos
Table 223: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Command Line Reference

Value
Disables multicast hellos on the interface.

October 2010

229

LDP commands

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp multicast-hellos

configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval


Use this command to configure the targeted peer hello interval for sending hello packets
through the interface to the targeted peer.
The targeted LDP peer hello interval configure for an interface overrides the global value.

Syntax
[no] ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 224: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the targeted peer hello interval to the


default value.

<1-65535>

Specifies the targeted peer hello interval in


seconds.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval 60

configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hold-time


Use this command to configure the targeted LDP peer hold time to set time that the router
waits before rejecting an adjacency with targeted peers. For optimal performance, set this
value to no less than three times the hello interval value for targeted peers.

Syntax
[no] ldp targeted-peer-hold-time <1-65535>
Table 225: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hold time to the global value.

<1-65535>

Specifies the hold time in seconds.

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp targeted-peer-hold-time 180

230

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router ldp

configure router ldp


Use this command to enable LDP and to allow configuration of LDP properties on the router.

Syntax
router ldp

Example
SR/configure# router ldp

configure router ldp advertise-labels


Use this command to configure ACL rules to permit or deny the advertisement of labels for
specific routes to a configured list of neighbors. After the routes are redistributed, denied routes
are no longer advertised to the listed LDP neighbors.

Syntax
[no] advertise-labels [for any to none] | {for <prefix-acl> to [any |
<peer-acl>] }
Table 226: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Specifies destinations that do not advertise


their labels to specified LDP neighbors.
(When used together with for any to none,
this enables the distribution of all locally
assigned labels to all LDP neighbors.)

[for any to none]

Prevents the distribution of any locally


assigned labels to any neighbors.

<prefix-acl>

Prefix access control list that specifies the


destinations that have their labels
advertised.

[any | <peer-acl>]

Specifies the neighbors that receive label


advertisements, using a peer access control
list name. Enter any to specify all neighbors.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# advertise-labels for any to none

Command Line Reference

October 2010

231

LDP commands

configure router ldp advertisement-mode


Use this command to set the label advertisement mode for an interface for the current LSR to
downstream-on-demand.

Syntax
[no] advertisement-mode {downstream-unsolicited}
Table 227: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the default advertisement mode to the


default value. (Default: downstreamunsolicited.)

{downstream-unsolicited}

Specifies downstream-unsolicited mode: the


router distributes labels to peers without
waiting for a label request. This mode is
typically used with the liberal label retention
mode.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# advertisement-mode downstream-unsolicited

configure router ldp control-mode


Use this command to set the control mode for label processing.

Syntax
[no] control-mode {independent | ordered}
Table 228: Variable definitions
Variable

232

Value

[no]

Sets the label control mode to the default


value (independent).

independent

Independent processing sets the mode to


instant replies: the LSR advertises label
mappings to neighbors at any time.

ordered

In ordered mode, an LSR only advertises


label mappings for an FEC when it is the

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router ldp explicit-null

Variable

Value
egress router for the FEC, or when it has
received a label mapping from the current
next hop for the FEC.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# control-mode independent

configure router ldp explicit-null


Use this command to enable explicit null labels on router. By default, implicit null labels are
advertised on the egress route.

Syntax
[no] explicit-null
Table 229: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables explicit null labels.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# explicit-null

configure router ldp hello-interval


Use this command to configure the interval for sending hello packets through LSR interfaces
to create and maintain adjacencies.
Whenever a new router comes up, it sends out a hello packet to a specified, multicast address
announcing itself to the network. Hello messages are sent to the All Routers Multicast Group
(224.0.0.2). Receipt of a hello packet from another LSR creates a hello adjacency with that
LSR.
For optimum performance, set the hello-interval value to no more than one-third the holdtime value.

Syntax
[no] hello-interval <1-65535>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

233

LDP commands

Table 230: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hello interval to the default value (2


seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the hello interval in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# hello-interval 635

configure router ldp hold-time


Use this command to configure the maximum period that the LSR waits for a hello packet
from a peer before it rejects an existing adjacency. The hold timer is reset every time a hello
packet is received from the peer in question.

Syntax
[no] hold-time <1-65535>
Table 231: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hold time to the default value (15


seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the hold-time value in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# hold-time 635

configure router ldp keepalive-interval


Use this command to set the interval at which the LSR sends keepalive messages to the peer in
order to maintain an LDP session.
Each LSR must send keepalive messages at regular intervals to LDP peers to keep the
sessions active. The keepalive interval determines the time-interval between successive
keepalive messages.

Syntax
[no] keepalive-interval <1-65535>

234

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router ldp keepalive-timeout

Table 232: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keepalive interval to the default


value (30 seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the keepalive interval in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# keepalive-interval 60

configure router ldp keepalive-timeout


Configure the keepalive timeout to set the maximum period that the LSR waits for a keepalive
message from a peer before the LDP session times out. The keepalive timer is reset every
time a keepalive packet is received from the peer in question. For optimum performance, set
this value to no more than three times the keepalive interval value.

Syntax
[no] keepalive-timeout <1-65535>
Table 233: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keepalive timeout to the default


value (30 seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the keepalive timeout in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# keepalive-timeout 90

configure router ldp label-retention-mode


Use this command to set the retention mode to be used for all labels exchanged via the given
interface.

Syntax
[no] label-retention-mode {liberal}

Command Line Reference

October 2010

235

LDP commands

Table 234: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keepalive timeout to the default


value.

{liberal}

Specifies to retain all labels binding to FEC


received from label distribution peers, even
if the LSR is not the current next hop.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# label-retention-mode liberal

configure router ldp loop-detection


Use this command to enable the hop count limit method for detecting looping LSPs. Loop
detection ensures that a loop is detected while establishing a label switched path and before
any data is passed over that LSP.

Syntax
[no] loop-detection
Table 235: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables loop-detection.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp#

loop-detection

configure router ldp loop-detection-count


Use this command to set the maximum hop-count value for loop detection.

Syntax
[no] loop-detection-count <1-255>

236

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router ldp multicast-hellos

Table 236: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the loop detection count to the default


value.

<1-255>

Specifies the loop detection count.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# loop-detection-count 30

configure router ldp multicast-hellos


Use this command to enable multicast hello exchange on all interfaces to enable autodiscovery of LDP peers on directly connected networks. Multicast hellos are disabled by
default.

Syntax
[no] multicast-hellos
Table 237: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables multicast hellos on all interfaces.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# multicast-hellos

configure router ldp propagate-release


The label advertisement mode (downstream unsolicited) controls how labels are propagated
to upstream routers. Use this command to enable the propagation of labels to next-hop routers
even if the upstream router does not hold a label for the specified FEC. In this case, the LSR
can propagate the label to the Next Hop.

Syntax
[no] propagate-release

Command Line Reference

October 2010

237

LDP commands

Table 238: Variable definitions


Variable
[no]

Value
Disables the release of labels to downstream
routers.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# propagate-release

configure router ldp request-retry


Use this command to enable to enable repeated requests for a label when it has been rejected
for a valid reason.

Syntax
[no] request-retry
Table 239: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables request retries.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# request-retry

configure router ldp request-retry-timeout


Use this command to configure the interval between request retries.

Syntax
[no] request-retry-timeout <1-65535>
Table 240: Variable definitions
Variable

238

Value

[no]

Sets the request retry timeout to the default


value. The default timeout is 5 seconds.

<1-65535>

Specifies the interval between request


retries in seconds.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router ldp targeted-peer

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# request-retry-timeout 35

configure router ldp targeted-peer


Use this command to specify a targeted LDP peer to send targeted hello messages to a specific
IP address. This allows the router to establish an LDP session to a non-directly connected LSR.

Syntax
targeted-peer <targeted-peer-ip>
Table 241: Variable definitions
Variable
<targeted-peer-ip>

Value
Specifies the IPv4 address of the targeted
peer.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# targeted-peer 10.1.1.1

configure router ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval


Use this command to set the interval for sending unicast hello packets to targeted peers via
this interface.

Syntax
[no] targeted-peer-hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 242: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the targeted peer hello interval to the


default value.

<1-65535>

Specifies the targeted peer hello interval in


seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# targeted-peer-hello-interval 635

Command Line Reference

October 2010

239

LDP commands

configure router ldp targeted-peer-hold-time


Use this command to set the time-out value that is the time that the router waits before rejecting
an adjacency with a targeted peer. The timer is reset every time a targeted hello packet is
received from a targeted peer. For optimal performance, set this value to no less than three
times the hello interval value for targeted peers.

Syntax
[no] targeted-peer-hold-time <1-65535>
Table 243: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-65535>

Value
Specifies the targeted peer hold time value
in seconds. The default is 45 seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# targeted-peer-hold-time 635

configure router ldp transport-address


Use this command to configure the transport address for a label space. The transport address
is the address used for the TCP session over which LDP is running.
If you manually configure the transport address for the label space, the transport address must
be a loopback address.
If you do not manually configure the transport address, LDP uses a physical interface address
as the transport address.

Syntax
[no] transport-address <transport-ip-address>
Table 244: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the transport address.

<transport-ip-address>

Specifies the transport IP address.

Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# transport-address 10.1.2.3

240

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ldp adjacency

show ldp adjacency


Use this command to show LDP adjacencies.

Syntax
show ldp adjacency

Example
SR# show ldp adjacency

show ldp advertise-labels


Use this command to display the IP access list of LDP advertise-labels.

Syntax
show ldp advertise-labels

Example
SR# show ldp advertise-labels

show ldp fec


Use this command to display FECs known to the current LSR.

Syntax
show ldp fec [A.B.C.D/M]
If the IP address is not specified, all FECs are displayed.

Example
SR# show ldp fec 10.10.1.0/24

show ldp interface


Use this command to display detailed LDP information for an interface.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

241

LDP commands

Syntax
show ldp interface <interface-name>
Table 245: Variable definitions
Variable
<interface-name>

Value
Displays LDP information for the specified
interface. If this value is not specified,
information for all interfaces is displayed.

Example
SR# show ldp interface ethernet0/3

show ldp lsp


Use this command to display LDP LSP configuration.

Syntax
show ldp lsp [detail]
Table 246: Variable definitions
Variable
[detail]

Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP information.

Example
SR# show ldp lsp

show ldp lsp fec


Use this command to display the configuration of the LDP LSP corresponding to a particular
FEC.

Syntax
show ldp lsp fec <A.B.C.D/M> [detail]
Table 247: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D/M>

242

Command Line Reference

Value
FEC with mask.

October 2010

show ldp lsp host

Variable
[detail]

Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP information.

Example
SR# show ldp lsp fec 10.10.1.0/24

show ldp lsp host


Use this command to display LDP LSP host .

Syntax
show ldp lsp host [detail]
Table 248: Variable definitions
Variable
[detail]

Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP host information.

Example
SR# show ldp lsp host

show ldp lsp prefix


Use this command to display LDP LSP prefix.

Syntax
show ldp lsp prefix [detail]
Table 249: Variable definitions
Variable
[detail]

Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP prefix information.

Example
SR# show ldp lsp prefix

Command Line Reference

October 2010

243

LDP commands

show ldp session


Use this command to display LDP sessions.

Syntax
show ldp session [<A.B.C.D> | detail]
Table 250: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Displays information for established


sessions with the peer specified by this IP
address. If this value is not specified,
information for all peers is displayed.

[detail]

Displays detailed information for all sessions


established between the current LSR and
other LSRs.

Example
SR# show ldp

show ldp statistics


Use this command to display LDP packet statistics.

Syntax
show ldp statistics

Example
SR# show ldp statistics

show ldp statistics advertise-labels


Use this command to display LDP advertise-labels statistics.

Syntax
show ldp statistics advertise-labels

244

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ldp statistics advertise-labels

Example
SR# show ldp advertise-labels

Command Line Reference

October 2010

245

LDP commands

246

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 17: RSVP-TE commands


Important:
RSVP-TE can only be enabled on WAN bundles and chassis Ethernet ports. Module Ethernet ports do
not support RSVP-TE.

clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp


Use this command to clear data for MPLS traffic-engineered LSPs.

Syntax
clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp [ingress | non-ingress | all | <LSP-name>]
Table 251: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ingress

Clears data for ingress LSP.

non-ingress

Clears data for non-ingress LSP.

all

Clears data for all configured LSPs.

<LSP-name>

Clears data for the specifies LSP.

Example
SR# clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp ingress

clear rsvp session


Use this command to clear RSVP sessions.

Syntax
clear rsvp session {<session-tunnel-id> | all}

Command Line Reference

October 2010

247

RSVP-TE commands

Table 252: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<session-tunnel-id>

Specifies the session tunnel ID to clear.

all

Clears all RSVP sessions configured.

Example
SR# clear rsvp session tunnel1

clear rsvp statistics


Use this command to clear RSVP statistics.

Syntax
clear rsvp statistics

Example
SR# clear rsvp statistics

configure interface rsvp ack-wait-timeout


Use this command to configure the acknowledgement wait timeout for reliable messaging for
all neighbors detected on the specified interface.

Syntax
[no] rsvp ack-wait-timeout <1-65535>
Table 253: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the acknowledgement wait timeout to


the default value. (10 seconds)

<1-65535>

Specifies the acknowledgement wait timeout


value in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp ack-wait-timeout 30

248

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface rsvp hello-interval

configure interface rsvp hello-interval


Use this command to enable the sending of Hello packets on the interface and set the interval
value between successive Hello packets to neighbors.
For optimum performance, set the Hello interval value to no more than one-third the hold time
value.
The hello interval you configure for an interface overrides the global value.

Syntax
[no] rsvp hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 254: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hello interval to the default value (2


seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the hello interval in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp hello-interval 10

configure interface rsvp hello-receipt


Use this command to enable the receipt of Hello messages from peers connected through the
specified interface.

Syntax
[no] rsvp hello-receipt
Table 255: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables hello receipt.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp hello-receipt

Command Line Reference

October 2010

249

RSVP-TE commands

configure interface rsvp hello-timeout


Use this command to configure the hello timeout on the interface to specify the interval that
the interface waits for a Hello message from a connected peer before the interface resets all
sessions shared with this particular peer.

Syntax
[no] rsvp hello-timeout <1-65535>
Table 256: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hello timeout to the default value (10


seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the hello timeout in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp hello-timeout 20

configure interface rsvp keep-multiplier


Use this command to configure the interface keep multiplier.
The refresh time and keep multiplier are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate
the valid Reservation Lifetime for an LSP. Use the following formula to calculate the reservation
lifetime for an LSP: L >= (K + 0.5)* 1.5 * R K = keep-multiplier R = refresh timer Refresh
messages are sent periodically so that the neighbors do not timeout.

Syntax
[no] rsvp keep-multiplier <1-255>
Table 257: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keep multiplier to the global value.

<1-255>

Sets the keep multiplier value.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp keep-multiplier 15

250

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface rsvp message-ack

configure interface rsvp message-ack


Use this command to enable the reliable messaging form of refresh reduction for all messages
being sent to the neighbors that have been detected on the specified interface.

Syntax
[no] rsvp message-ack
Table 258: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables message acknowledgement.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp message-ack

configure interface rsvp refresh-reduction


Use this command to enable Refresh Reduction capability advertisement to allow an interface
to advertise the refresh reduction capability.

Syntax
[no] rsvp refresh-reduction
Table 259: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disable refresh reduction capability
advertisement on the interface.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp refresh-reduction

configure interface rsvp refresh-time


Use this command to configure the interface refresh time. The refresh time and keep multiplier
are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate the valid Reservation Lifetime for an
LSP. Refresh time regulates the interval between Refresh messages which include Path and
Reservation Request (Resv) messages. Refresh messages are sent periodically so that the

Command Line Reference

October 2010

251

RSVP-TE commands

reservation does not timeout in the neighboring nodes. Each sender and receiver host sends
Path and Resv messages, downstream and upstream respectively, along the paths.

Syntax
[no] rsvp refresh-time <1-65535>
Table 260: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the interface RSVP refresh time to the


global value.

<1-65535>

Sets the interface RSVP refresh time.

Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp refresh-time 10

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp


Use this command to create a new RSVP traffic-engineered LSP. Once the trafficengineered LSP is minimally configured with required attributes (ingress and egress IP
addresses), an RSVP session is created for this LSP, which enables the exchange of
messages and completes the LSP setup.

Syntax
[no] mpls traffic-eng-lsp <LSP-name>
Table 261: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the traffic-engineering LSP and all


the configured attributes, except the
specified primary path.

<LSP-name>

Specifies the name of the LSP.

Example
SR/configure# mpls traffic-eng-lsp lsp1

252

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp ext-tunnel-id

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp ext-tunnel-id


Use this command to configure the extended tunnel identifier used in RSVP messages. The
extended tunnel ID specifies a unique 4 octet identifier for all sessions. If no extended tunnel
ID is specified, the LSR-ID for the router is used as the extended tunnel ID for all LSPs.

Syntax
[no] ext-tunnel-id <A.B.C.D>
Table 262: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the extended tunnel ID.

<A.B.C.D>

IPv4 representation for extended tunnel ID.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# ext-tunnel-id 10.2.3.4

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp from


Use this command to specify the IPv4 address of the LSP ingress. This address is typically
the router-id.

Syntax
from <ingress-IP>
Table 263: Variable definitions
Variable
<ingress-IP>

Value
Specifies the IPv4 address for the LSP
ingress router or interface. The address
specified is uses as the sender address in the
sender template object in Path messages.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# from 10.1.1.1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

253

RSVP-TE commands

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp map-route


Use this command to map routes to a given RSVP-TE LSP to forward traffic to the LSP.
If the primary LSP goes down, all the mapped routes can automatically use a secondary LSP as
a backup for the primary LSP, if the secondary LSP is configured.

Syntax
[no] map-route <ipaddr/mask>
Table 264: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the route mapping.

<ipaddr/mask>

Specifies the IP address to be mapped. The


IP address and mask can be in format
A.B.C.D X.X.X.X or A.B.C.D/X.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# map-route 10.1.1.1 255.255.0.0

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary affinity


Use this command to reenable affinity for the LSP.
With affinity enabled, the LSP can match desired attributes, represented by affinity bits, to link
attributes. This allows the LSP to include (include-any) or exclude (exclude-any) the configured
administrative groups in the LSP.

Syntax
{primary | secondary} affinity
Table 265: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary affinity

254

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary bandwidth

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary


bandwidth
Use this command to specify the bandwidth for the RSVP-TE LSP to ensure the LSP meets
desired traffic requirements.

Syntax
[no] [primary|secondary] {bandwidth <bandwidth> [k|m|g]}
Table 266: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the specified configuration.

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

{bandwidth <bandwidth> [k|m|g]}

1000 - 10000000000 bits. You can also


specify the bandwidth in terms of kilobits (k)
megabits (m) or gigabits (g). For example, for
1 megabit, enter 1m

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary bandwidth 1m

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf


Use this command to reenable CSPF on a particular LSP. To enable CSPF on an LSP, CSPF
must be globally enabled.

Syntax
{primary | secondary} cspf
Table 267: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

255

RSVP-TE commands

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary cspf

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspfretry-limit


Use this command to specify the number of retries that CSPF performs for a request received
from RSVP.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} cspf-retry-limit <1-65535>
Table 268: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the retry limit to the default value: 0


(indefinite).

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<1-65535>

Specifies the number of times CSPF tries to


perform a request received from RSVP.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary cspf-retry-limit 4

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspfretry-timer


Use this command to specify the time between each retry that CSPF performs for a request
received from RSVP.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} cspf-retry-timer <1-600>
Table 269: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

256

Command Line Reference

Value
Sets the retry timer to the default value: 0
(indefinite).

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary exclude-any

Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<1-600>

Timeout between successive retries, in


seconds.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary cspf-retry-timer 50

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary excludeany


Use this command to specify administrative groups to be excluded from an LSP.
If you specify an exclude-any list, any link that belongs to even one of the groups specified
in the exclude list cannot be chosen for the LSP.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} exclude-any <admin-group-name>
Table 270: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the specified group from the


exclude-any list.

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<admin-group-name>

Specifies the name of the administrative


group to exclude from the LSP.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary exclude-any admingrp4

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute


bandwidth
Use this command to configure bandwidth for fast reroute.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

257

RSVP-TE commands

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute bandwidth <bandwidth>
Table 271: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the fast reroute bandwidth


configuration.

<bandwidth>

Specifies the fast reroute bandwidth, from 1


to 10000000000 bits. You can also specify
the bandwidth in units of kilobits, megabits,
or gigabits (k, m, or g). For example, to
specify 10 kilobits, enter 10k.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute bandwidth
10k

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute excludeany


Use this command to specify the administrative groups to be excluded from the fast reroute
set up.
When you specify the exclude-any list, any link that belongs to even one of the groups specified
in the exclude list cannot be chosen for the alternate route.

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute exclude-any <groupname>
Table 272: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the specified group from the


exclude-any list.

<groupname>

Specify the administrative group to be


excluded from the fast reroute set up.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute exclude-any
admingrp3

258

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hold-priority

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute holdpriority


Use this command to set the hold priority for the detour LSP
Configure the hold priority value for the alternate path. The hold priority determines the degree
to which the alternate path holds onto its reservation for a session after the path has been
set up successfully. When the hold priority is high, the existing path is less likely to give up its
reservation.

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute hold-priority <0-7>
Table 273: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hold priority to the default value: 0


(highest).

<0-7>

Specifies the fast reroute hold priority, from


highest priority (0) to lowest priority (7)

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute holdpriority 6

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hop-limit


Use this command to place a limit on the number of hops in the alternate path.

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute hop-limit <1-255>
Table 274: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the configured hop limit to the default


value (255).

<1-255>

Specifies the maximum number of hops for


fast reroute.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

259

RSVP-TE commands

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute hop-limit 6

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute includeany


Use this command to set the administrative groups to include in the fast reroute set up. To be
added to the alternate route, links must belong to at least one of the administrative groups
listed in the include-any list.

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute include-any <admin-group-name>
Table 275: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes a previously configured group from the


specified list.

<admin-group-name>

Specifies the administrative group name.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute include-any
admingrp1

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute nodeprotection


Use this command to set node protection to bypass the failed node completely during fast
reroute.

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute node-protection
Table 276: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

260

Command Line Reference

Value
Disables node protection.

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute protection one-to-one

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute nodeprotection

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute


protection one-to-one
Use this command to enable the local repair of explicit routes for which this router is a transit
node. Use the no parameter with this command to disable local repair of explicit routes.

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute protection one-to-one

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute protection
one-to-one

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute setuppriority


Use this command to determine whether the alternate path can preempt an existing LSP. The
setup priority of the alternate path must be higher than the hold priority of an existing LSP
for the existing LSP to be preempted..
For RSVP-TE LSP, do not configure the setup priority to be higher than the hold priority.

Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute setup-priority <0-7>
Table 277: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the setup priority to the default value: 7


(lowest).

<0-7>

Specifies the setup priority, from highest


priority (0) to lowest priority (7)

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute setuppriority 1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

261

RSVP-TE commands

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary filter


Use this command to configure the filter to fixed or shared filter style for RSVP-TE LSP. Use
the fixed filter style to prevent rerouting of an LSP and to prevent other LSPs from using the
bandwidth reserved for this LSP.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} filter {fixed | shared-explicit}
Table 278: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

fixed

Specifies a distinct reservation. A distinct


reservation request is created for data
packets from this LSP.

shared-explicit

Specifies a shared reservation environment.


It creates a single reservation into which
flows from all LSPs are combined.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary filter fixed

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary holdpriority


Use this command to configure the hold priority value for the selected RSVP-TE LSP. The hold
priority determines the degree to which an LSP holds onto its reservation for a session after
the LSP has been set up successfully. When the hold priority is high, the existing LSP is less
likely to give up its reservation.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} hold-priority <0-7>
Table 279: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

262

Command Line Reference

Value
Sets the hold priority to the default value: 0
(highest).

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hop-limit

Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<0-7>

Specifies the hold priority, from highest


priority (0) to lowest priority (7)

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary hold-priority 6

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hop-limit


Use this command to place a limit on the number of hops in the RSVP-TE LSP.
If a primary path exists when you configure a hop limit, the hop limit is compared with the
current number of hops in the primary path. If the number of hops in the primary path exceeds
the configure hop limit, the existing session is torn down and no Path messages are sent out.
The hop limit data is sent to the CSPF server, if CSPF is being used.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} hop-limit <1-255>
Table 280: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the hop limit to the default value (255).

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<1-255>

Specifies the acceptable number of hops.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary hop-limit 15

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary includeany


Use this command to set the administrative groups to include in an LSP. To be added to the
LSP, links must belong to at least one of the administrative groups listed in the include-any list.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

263

RSVP-TE commands

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} include-any <admin-group-name>
Table 281: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes a previously configured group from the


specified list.

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<admin-group-name>

Specifies the administrative group name.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary include-any admingrp1

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary labelrecord


Use this command to set whether to record all labels exchanged between RSVP enabled
routers during the reservation setup process. Label recording can help in debugging problems.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} label-record
Table 282: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables label recording.

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

label-record

Specifies to record all the labels exchanged


for an LSP from the ingress to the egress.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary label-record

264

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-affinity

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary noaffinity


Use this command to disable the use of sending out session attribute objects with resource
affinity data.
With affinity enabled, the LSP can match desired attributes, represented by affinity bits, to link
attributes. This allows the LSP to include (include-any) or exclude (exclude-any) the configured
administrative groups in the LSP.

Syntax
{primary | secondary} no-affinity
Table 283: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

no-affinity

Disables affinity.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary no-affinity

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-cspf


Use this command to disable CSPF on a particular LSP.

Syntax
{primary | secondary} no-cspf
Table 284: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary no-cspf

Command Line Reference

October 2010

265

RSVP-TE commands

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary norecord-route


Use this command to disable recording of the route taken by PATH and RESV messages,
which confirm the establishment of reservations and identify errors. Route recording is enabled
by default.

Syntax
{primary|secondary} no-record-route
Table 285: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary no-record-route

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary recordroute


Use this command to reenable recording of the route taken by PATH and RESV messages,
which confirm the establishment of reservations and identify errors. Route recording is enabled
by default.

Syntax
{primary|secondary} record-route
Table 286: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary record-route

266

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-limit

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-limit


If a session is in a nonexistent state due to the receipt of a Path Error message, it tries to
recreate the LSP for the number of times specified by the retry-limit command.
Although the same retry command controls both the MPLS traffic engineering tunnel and the
session, the retry-limit value affects only the session and not the traffic-engineering tunnel. If
the traffic tunnel is in an incomplete state, the code keeps trying forever to bring it to a complete
state, irrespective of the retry-limit value.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} retry-limit <1-65535>
Table 287: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<1-65535>

The number of times the system tries to set


up the LSP. Default is 0 (indefinite).

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary retry-limit 6

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retrytimer


Use this command to specify a retry interval for an RSVP-TE LSP. Use the no parameter to
revert to the default.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} retry-timer <1-600>
Table 288: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Reverts to the default value (30 seconds).

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

267

RSVP-TE commands

Variable
<1-600>

Value
Time, in seconds, that the system waits
before retrying LSP setup.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary retry-timer 60

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary reuseroute-record


Use this command to configure the updated Route Record List as an Explicit Route (with all
strict nodes) when a path message is sent out at the next refresh. Use the no parameter to
disable the use of the Route Record List as the explicit route.
The ERO list contains the hops to be taken to reach the egress from the current LSR. If CSPF is
not available, to place an ERO with all strict routes, use this command to modify the ERO after
receiving the Resv message. The future Path messages have the ERO with all strict nodes,
identifying each and every node to be traversed.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} reuse-route-record
Table 289: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables the route record list as an explicit


route.

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary reuse-route-record

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary setuppriority


Use this command to configure the setup priority to determine whether a new LSP can preempt
an existing LSP. The setup priority of the new LSP must be higher than the hold priority of an
existing LSP for the existing LSP to be preempted.

268

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic

For RSVP-TE LSP, do not configure the setup priority to be higher than the hold priority.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} setup-priority <0-7>
Table 290: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the setup priority to the default value: 7


(lowest).

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<0-7>

Specifies the setup priority, from highest


priority (0) to lowest priority (7)

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary setup-priority 1

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic


Use this command tospecify controlled-load or guaranteed traffic for the LSP. Controlledload service approximates the behavior of best-effort service under unloaded conditions.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} traffic {guaranteed | controlled-load}
Table 291: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

guaranteed

Specifies guaranteed traffic.

controlled-load

Specifies controlled load traffic, which


approximates the behavior of best-effort
service under unloaded conditions.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary traffic controlled-load

Command Line Reference

October 2010

269

RSVP-TE commands

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary trafficeng-path


When you have defined an RSVP-TE explicit route path, use this command to associate the
path with a primary or secondary LSP.

Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} traffic-eng-path <path-name>
Table 292: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the configured explicit route.

primary

Specifies the primary LSP.

secondary

Specifies the secondary LSP.

<path-name>

Specifies the name of the path.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary traffic-eng-path path1

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp to


When configuring a traffic-engineered LSP, use this command to specify the address of the
egress router to create an RSVP session.
This is a mandatory step in the creation of a traffic-engineered LSP. If an egress router is not
defined, no RSVP-TE session cannot be created.

Syntax
[no] to <egress-IP>
Table 293: Variable definitions
Variable

270

Value

[no]

Deletes the specified LSP egress IP


address.

<egress-IP>

Specifies the IPv4 address for the LSP


egress router.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp traffic-eng-lsp-restart

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# to 10.2.2.2

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp traffic-eng-lsp-restart


Use this command to restart the LSP setup procedure if the creation of an RSVP-TE LSP fails.

Syntax
traffic-eng-lsp-restart

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# traffic-eng-lsp-restart

configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp update-type


Use this command to configure the method of creating and tearing down sessions (primary
and secondary) when attributes for the MPLS traffic-engineering LSP are modified.

Syntax
update-type {make-before-break | break-before-mak }
Table 294: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

make-before-break

Specifies that a new LSP is created for each


attribute update. Once the new LSP
becomes operational, the original LSP is torn
down. (Default value)

break-before-make

Specifies that, for each attribute update, the


existing LSP is torn down and then recreated with the new attributes.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# update-type make-before-break

configure mpls traffic-eng-path


When all nodes in the path do not support the required traffic engineering extensions to enable
CSPF, use this command to configure an RSVP-TE explicit route.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

271

RSVP-TE commands

Syntax
[no] mpls traffic-eng-path <path-name>
Table 295: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the specified path.

<path-name>

Specifies the path name.

Example
SR/configure# mpls traffic-eng-path path1

configure mpls traffic-eng-path hop-address


When all nodes in the path do not support the required traffic engineering extensions to enable
CSPF, use this command to configure an RSVP-TE explicit route.

Syntax
[no] hop-address <hop-address> [loose|strict]
Table 296: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the specified hop.

<hop-address>

IPv4 address of the hop.

loose

Specifies loose hops: the route taken form


one router to the next need not be a direct
path: messages exchanged between the two
routers can pass through other routers.

strict

Specifies strict hops: the route taken from


one router to the next must be a directly
connected path. This ensures that routing is
enforced on the basis of each link.

Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-path# hop-address 10.2.2.1 loose

272

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls tunnel-mode

configure mpls tunnel-mode


Configure the MPLS tunnel mode to determine the relationship between label EXP and IP
packet DSCP values.

Syntax
[no] mpls tunnel-mode {pipe | short-pipe | uniform}
Table 297: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the MPLS tunnel mode to the default


value (uniform).

pipe

Specifies that changes made to the EXP


value on the uppermost label are propagated
to other MPLS labels but not to the IP packet.
Here, the DSCP value in the IP packet
remains unchanged, but the PHB is chosen
based on the removed EXP value.

short-pipe

Specifies that changes made to the EXP


value on the uppermost label are propagated
to other MPLS labels but not to the IP packet.
Here, the DSCP value in the IP packet
remains unchanged, and the PHB is chosen
based on the removed EXP value.

uniform

Specifies that changes made to the EXP


value on the uppermost label are applied to
all labels in the stack, including the IP packet.

Example
SR/configure# mpls tunnel-mode pipe

configure router rsvp


Use this command to enable RSVP-TE and to enable configuration of RSVP-TE properties on
the router.

Syntax
router rsvp

Command Line Reference

October 2010

273

RSVP-TE commands

Example
SR/configure# router rsvp

configure router rsvp ack-wait-timeout


Use this command to configure the acknowledgement wait timeout for reliable messaging for
all neighbors detected on the LSR.

Syntax
[no] ack-wait-timeout <1-65535>
Table 298: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the acknowledgement wait timeout to


the default value. (10 seconds)

<1-65535>

Specifies the acknowledgement wait timeout


value in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# ack-wait-timeout 50

configure router rsvp cspf


By default, CSPF is enabled for traffic-engineered LSPs. If you have disabled CSPF on the
router, use this command to reenable CSPF.

Syntax
cspf

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# cspf

configure router rsvp detour-identification


Use this command to specify the detour LSP identification method, either path-specific or
sender-template.

274

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router rsvp explicit-null

Syntax
[no] detour-identification [path | sender-template]
Table 299: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the detour LSP identification method to


the default value (sender-template).

path

Sets path specific detour LSP identification


method. In this method, a new RSVP object
(DETOUR) is added to the PATH message to
differentiate it from the protected LSP's path
messages. Since, a detour has the same
session object as the protected LSP, it might
share common network resources.

sender-template

Sets sender-template specific detour LSP


identification method. In this method, a
detour shares the RSVP Session object and
LSPID with the protected LSP and changes
the ingress IP address in the RSVP PATH
message. According to the RSVP resource
sharing rules, this LSP can be merged with
the protected LSP as they have same
session object.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# detour-identification sender-template

configure router rsvp explicit-null


Use this command to enable explicit null labels on the router. By default, implicit null labels are
advertised on the egress router.

Syntax
[no] explicit-null
Table 300: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disable explicit null labels.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp#

Command Line Reference

explicit-null

October 2010

275

RSVP-TE commands

configure router rsvp from


Use this command to specify the source loopback address for IPv4 packets being sent out by
the RSVP daemon.

Syntax
[no] from <loopback-IP-address>
Table 301: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the specified loopback address.

<loopback-IP-address>

Loopback IPv4 address.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# from 10.1.1.1

configure router rsvp hello-interval


Use this command to enable the sending of Hello packets on all interfaces and set the interval
value between successive Hello packets to neighbors.
Whenever a new router comes up, it sends out a hello packet to a specified, multicast address
announcing itself to the network. Hello messages are sent to the All Routers Multicast Group
(224.0.0.2). Receipt of a hello packet from another LSR creates a hello adjacency with that
LSR.
For optimum performance, set the hello-interval value to no more than one-third the holdtime value.

Syntax
[no] hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 302: Variable definitions
Variable

276

Value

[no]

Sets the hello interval to the default value (2


seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the hello interval in seconds.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router rsvp hello-receipt

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# hello-interval 5

configure router rsvp hello-receipt


Use this command to enable the receipt of Hello messages from peers connected through all
RSVP interfaces.

Syntax
[no] hello-receipt
Table 303: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables hello receipt.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# hello-receipt

configure router rsvp hello-timeout


Use this command to configure the global hello timeout, which specifies the interval that the
LSR waits for a Hello message from a connected peer before the LSR resets all sessions
shared with this particular peer.

Syntax
[no] hello-timeout <1-65535>
Table 304: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the Hello timeout to the default value (10


seconds).

<1-65535>

Specifies the Hello timeout in seconds.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# hello-timeout 5

Command Line Reference

October 2010

277

RSVP-TE commands

configure router rsvp keep-multiplier


Use this command to configure the keep multiplier.
The refresh time and keep multiplier are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate
the valid Reservation Lifetime for an LSP. Use the following formula to calculate the reservation
lifetime for an LSP: L >= (K + 0.5)* 1.5 * R K = keep-multiplier R = refresh timer Refresh
messages are sent periodically so that the neighbors do not timeout.

Syntax
[no] keep-multiplier <1-255>
Table 305: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the keep multiplier to the default value


(3).

<1-255>

Sets the keep multiplier value.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# keep-multiplier 10

configure router rsvp loop-detection


Use this command to enable loop detection for RSVP LSPs. Loop detection ensures that a
loop is detected while establishing a label switched path and before any data is passed over
that LSP.

Syntax
loop-detection

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# loop-detection

configure router rsvp message-ack


Use this command to enable the reliable messaging form of refresh reduction for all messages
being sent to the neighbors that have been detected on the LSR.

278

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router rsvp neighbor

Syntax
[no] message-ack
Table 306: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables message acknowledgement.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# message-ack

configure router rsvp neighbor


Use this command to explicitly specify a neighbor to exchange Hello messages with. Any Hello
messages from a neighbor that is not explicitly specified will be rejected. Use the no parameter
to remove an IPv4 neighbor from the system.

Syntax
[no] neighbor <neighbor-IP-address>
Table 307: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes an IPv4 neighbor from the system.

<neighbor-IP-address>

IPv4 address of the neighbor.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# neighbor 10.1.2.3

configure router rsvp no-cspf


By default, CSPF is enabled for traffic-engineered LSPs. Use this command to disable CSPF
when all nodes in the path do not support the required traffic engineering extensions. You must
then manually configure LSPs to use an explicit path. The LSP is then established only along
the manually configured path.

Syntax
no-cspf

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# no-cspf

Command Line Reference

October 2010

279

RSVP-TE commands

configure router rsvp no-loop-detection


Use this command to disable loop detection for RSVP LSPs. Loop detection ensures that a
loop is detected while establishing a label switched path and before any data is passed over
that LSP.

Syntax
no-loop-detection

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# no-loop-detection

configure router rsvp no-php


Use this command to disable PHP, in which case the egress router sends neither implicit null
nor explicit null labels. Rather, it sends non-reserved labels (labels from the label pool range
allotted to RSVP) to the upstream router.
With the PHP state set to enabled on the router (the default state), an egress router sends
either implicit null or explicit null labels for LSPs.
Use the show rsvp command to display the status of Penultimate-Hop-Popping.

Syntax
no-php

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# no-php

configure router rsvp php


Use this command to reenable PHP after it has been disabled.
With the PHP state set to enabled on the router (the default state), an egress router sends
either implicit null or explicit null labels for LSPs.
Use the show rsvp command to display the status of Penultimate-Hop-Popping.

Syntax
php

280

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure router rsvp refresh-reduction

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# php

configure router rsvp refresh-reduction


Use this command to enable Refresh Reduction capability advertisement to allow the LSR to
advertise the refresh reduction capability.

Syntax
[no] refresh-reduction
Table 308: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables refresh reduction capability
advertisement.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# refresh-reduction

configure router rsvp refresh-time


Use this command to configure the global refresh time. The refresh time and keep multiplier
are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate the valid Reservation Lifetime for an
LSP. Refresh time regulates the interval between Refresh messages which include Path and
Reservation Request (Resv) messages. Refresh messages are sent periodically so that the
reservation does not timeout in the neighboring nodes. Each sender and receiver host sends
Path and Resv messages, downstream and upstream respectively, along the paths.

Syntax
[no] refresh-time <1-65535>
Table 309: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Sets the global RSVP refresh time to the


default value.

<1-65535>

Sets the global RSVP refresh time.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# refresh-time 10

Command Line Reference

October 2010

281

RSVP-TE commands

configure RSVP-TE filter


Use this command to filter style to prevent rerouting of an LSP and to prevent other LSPs from
using the bandwidth reserved for this LSP.

Syntax
filter [fixed|shared-explicit]
Table 310: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

fixed

specifies a distinct reservation. A distinct


reservation request is created for data
packets from this LSP.

shared-explicit

specifies a shared reservation environment.


It creates a single reservation into which
flows from all LSPs are combined.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# refresh-time 10
SR/configure/rsvp-te LSP# filter fixed

configure retry limit


Use this command for configuring the retry limit for RSVP-TE LSP.

Syntax
retry-limit <1-65535>
Table 311: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-65535>

Value
The number of times the system tries to set
up the LSP. Default is 0.

Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# retry-limit 10

282

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show mpls admin-groups

show mpls admin-groups


Use this command to display the configured MPLS administrative groups.

Syntax
show mpls admin-groups

Example
SR# show mpls admin-groups

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session


Use this command to display session-related information for configured LSPs.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session [up|down] [detail]
Table 312: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

up

Displays sessions that are currently


operational.

down

Displays sessions that are currently not


operational.

[detail]

Displays detailed session-related


information.

Example
SR#

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session up

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session lsp-name


Use this command to display information only for sessions with a specified name.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session <lsp-name> [primary | secondary]

Command Line Reference

October 2010

283

RSVP-TE commands

Table 313: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<lsp-name>

Specifies the name of the LSP to be


displayed.

primary

Displays primary sessions.

secondary

Displays secondary sessions.

Example
SR#

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session LSP1

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count


Use this command to display the count of existing sessions on the router.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count

Example
SR#

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress


Use this command to display session-related information for an egress router.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress [up|down] [detail]
Table 314: Variable definitions
Variable

284

Value

up

Displays sessions that are currently


operational.

down

Displays sessions that are currently not


operational.

[detail]

Displays detailed session-related


information.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress

Example
SR#

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress


Use this command to display session-related information for a specified egress router.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress <A.B.C.D>
Table 315: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
IPv4 address of the router being specified as
the egress router.

Example
SR#

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress 10.2.3.4

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress


Use this command to display session-related information for an ingress router.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress [up|down] [detail]
Table 316: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

up

Displays sessions that are currently


operational.

down

Displays sessions that are currently not


operational.

[detail]

Displays detailed session-related


information.

Example
SR#

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress up

Command Line Reference

October 2010

285

RSVP-TE commands

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress


Use this command to display session-related information for a specified ingress router.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress <A.B.C.D>
Table 317: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
IPv4 address of the router being specified as
the ingress router.

Example
SR#

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress 10.1.1.2

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit


Use this command to display session-related information for the transit or intermediate router.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit [up | down] [detail]
Table 318: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

up

Displays sessions that are currently


operational.

down

Displays sessions that are currently not


operational.

[detail]

Displays detailed session-related


information.

Example
SR#

286

show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit up

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show mpls traffic-eng-path

show mpls traffic-eng-path


Use this command to display the configured MPLS traffic engineering paths and their
configured hops. Specify the path name to show hops related to a specific path. If no path
name is specified all the mpls traffic engineering paths are displayed.

Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-path <path-name>
Table 319: Variable definitions
Variable
<path-name>

Value
Specifies the path name.

Example
SR# show mpls traffic-eng-path path1

show mpls tunnel-mode


Use this command to display tunnel mode information.

Syntax
show mpls tunnel-mode

Example
SR# show mpls tunnel-mode

show rsvp interface


Use this command to display the RSVP-TE interface information.

Syntax
show rsvp interface <interface-name>
Table 320: Variable definitions
Variable
<interface-name>

Command Line Reference

Value
Displays RSVP-TE information for the
specified interface. If this value is not

October 2010

287

RSVP-TE commands

Variable

Value
specified, information for all interfaces is
displayed.

Example
SR# show rsvp interface ethernet0/3

show rsvp neighbor


Use this command to display the RSVP-TE neighbors.

Syntax
show rsvp neighbor <A.B.C.D>
Table 321: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
Neighbor IP address.

Example
SR# show rsvp neighbour 10.1.2.3

show rsvp nexthop-cache


Use this command to display the next-hop data cached by RSVP-TE.

Syntax
show rsvp nexthop-cache

Example
SR#

show rsvp nexthop-cache

show rsvp statistics


Use this command to display the counts for various messages exchanged by the daemon. This
displays the list of packet types, the number of sent packets and the number of received
packets.

288

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show rsvp summary-refresh

Syntax
show rsvp statistics

Example
SR# show rsvp statistics

show rsvp summary-refresh


Use this command to display RSVP-TE summary refresh data.

Syntax
show rsvp summary-refresh

Example
SR# show rsvp summary-refresh

show rsvp version


Use this command to display RSVP-TE version.

Syntax
show rsvp version

Example
SR# show rsvp version

Command Line Reference

October 2010

289

RSVP-TE commands

290

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 18: Common MPLS commands

clear mpls statistics


Use this command to clear MPLS statistics.

Syntax
clear mpls statistics [ftn | ilm | interface | lsp | vc]

Example
SR# clear mpls statistics ftn

show mpls interface


Use this command to display summarized information of the MPLs-enabled interfaces.

Syntax
show mpls interface

Example
SR# show mpls interface

show mpls stats-interface


Use this command to display MPLS interface statistics.

Syntax
show mpls stats-interface

Example
SR# show mpls stats-interface

Command Line Reference

October 2010

291

Common MPLS commands

show mpls stats-lsp


Use this command to display originating LSP statistics

Syntax
show mpls stats-lsp

Example
SR# show mpls stats-lsp

show mpls table-forwarding


Use this command to display all LSPs originating from this router. It also displays codes
indicating the selected FTN (FEC to Next-Hop-Label-Forwarding-Entry).

Syntax
show mpls table-forwarding

Example
SR# show mpls table-forwarding

show mpls table-ilm


Use this command to display the MPLS Incoming Label Map table.

Syntax
show mpls table-ilm

Example
SR# show mpls table-ilm

292

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 19: MPLS pseudowire commands

configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit


Use this command to bind an interface (attachment circuit) to an MPLS Layer-2 virtual circuit.
This specifies the source interface where virtual circuit traffic is sent and received. In addition to
Ethernet ports, with the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134, you can bind WAN bundles running
PPP.
To bind a bundle to the Layer 2 virtual circuit, you must first encapsulate the bundle with PPP.
Then, after the bundle is bound to the circuit, you must also set the encapsulation for the bound
WAN interface to PPP.

Syntax
mpls l2-circuit <VC-ID>

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan1# mpls l2-circuit vc1

configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation


ppp
Use this command to set the encapsulation for the bound WAN interface to PPP.

Syntax
encapsulation ppp

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan1/mpls/l2-circuit vc1# encapsulation ppp

configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation


Use this command to set the encapsulation for the bound Ethernet interface to Ethernet or
VLAN.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

293

MPLS pseudowire commands

Syntax
encapsulation {ethernet | vlan}

Example
SR/interface/bundle wan1/mpls/l2-circuit vc2# encapsulation ethernet

configure interface ethernet mpls l2-circuit


Use this command to bind an Ethernet interface (attachment circuit) to an MPLS Layer-2 virtual
circuit. This specifies the source interface where virtual circuit traffic is sent and received. With
the SR4134, you can bind any Ethernet ports (including ports on Ethernet modules). However,
the virtual circuit peer must be reachable through a WAN interface or a chassis Ethernet port,
otherwise, the pseudowire cannot be established.

Syntax
mpls l2-circuit <VC-ID>

Example
SR/interface/ethernet (6/12)# mpls l2-circuit vc1

configure interface ethernet switchport mode l2vpn


Use this command to configure the interface mode for the Ethernet attachment circuit as
L2VPN.

Syntax
switchport mode l2vpn

Example
SR/interface/ethernet (6/12)# switchport mode l2vpn

configure interface mpls admin-group


Use this command to assign an interface to an administrative group.

Syntax
[no] mpls admin-group <admin-group-name>

294

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface mpls ip

Table 322: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[no]

Removes the interface from the specified administrative


group.

<admin-group-name>

Specifies the name of the administrative group.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls admin-group group1

configure interface mpls ip


Use this command to enable MPLS on the interface.

Syntax
mpls ip

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls ip

configure interface mpls protocol-ldp


Use this command to enable LDP on the interface.

Syntax
mpls protocol-ldp

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls protocol-ldp

configure interface mpls protocol-rsvp


Use this command to enable RSVP-TE on the interface.

Syntax
mpls protocol-rsvp

Command Line Reference

October 2010

295

MPLS pseudowire commands

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls protocol-rsvp

configure mpls l2-circuit


Use this command to create a Layer 2 virtual circuit.

Syntax
[no] mpls l2-circuit <VC-name> <VC-ID> <peer-IP> [<VC-groupname>]
Table 323: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<VC-name>

Virtual circuit name.

<VC-ID>

Virtual circuit ID: 1-1000000.

<peer-ip>

IPv4 address for the virtual circuit end point.

[<VC-groupname>]

Virtual circuit group name identifier. Not


currently supported.

Example
SR#

mpls l2-circuit toSJ vc1 10.1.2.3

configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn


Use this command to create an MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit static FTN entry for an interface.
Note: The interface must be bound to the Virtual Circuit ID specified before this command is
executed

Syntax
[no] mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn <VC-ID> <label-out> <peer-ip>
<incoming-l2-if-name> <outgoing-if-name>
Table 324: Variable definitions
Variable

296

Value

<VC-ID>

Virtual circuit ID: 1-1000000.

<label-out>

Outgoing label for the FEC.

<peer-ip>

IPv4 address for the virtual circuit peer.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm

Variable

Value

<incoming-l2-if-name>

Specifies the incoming Layer 2 interface


name.

<outgoing-if-name>

Specifies the outgoing MPLS tunnel


interface name.

Example
SR# static-l2-circuit-ftn vc1 110 10.1.2.3 ethernet0/3 LSP2

configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm


Use this command to create an MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit static ILM entry in the ILM table
to which the incoming interface specified is bound. Upon receipt of a labeled packet on an
MPLS-enabled router, a lookup is done based on the incoming label in the ILM table. If a match
is found, the packet is forwarded directly to the bound Layer 2 interface (without further
analysis).

Syntax
[no] mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm <VC-ID> <label-in> <peer-ip>
<incoming-if-name> <outgoing-l2-if-name>
Table 325: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<VC-ID>

Virtual circuit ID: 1-1000000.

<label-in>

Incoming VC label: 1040-2063.

<peer-ip>

IPv4 address for the virtual circuit peer.

<incoming-if-name>

Specifies the incoming MPLS tunnel


interface name.

<outgoing-l2-if-name>

Specifies the outgoing Layer 2 interface


name.

Example
SR# static-l2-circuit-ilm vc1 100 10.1.2.3 LSP1 ethernet0/3

show ldp mpls-l2-circuit


Use this command to display the Layer-2 virtual circuit summary information.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

297

MPLS pseudowire commands

Syntax
show ldp mpls-l2-circuit [<VC-ID>][detail]

Example
SR# show ldp mpls-l2-circuit vc1

show mpls l2-circuit


Use this command to display MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit data.

Syntax
show mpls l2-circuit [<VC-name>]

Example
SR# show mpls l2-circuit vc1

show mpls l2-circuit-group


Use this command to display MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit group data.

Syntax
show mpls l2-circuit-group [<VC-group-name>]

Example
SR# show mpls l2-circuit-group vcgroup1

show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn


Use this command to display the static L2-circuit FTN entry.

Syntax
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn

Example
SR# show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn

298

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm

show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm


Use this command to display the static L2-circuit ILM entry.

Syntax
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm

Example
SR# show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm

show mpls stats-vc


Use this command to display the Layer-2 virtual circuit statistics.

Syntax
show mpls stats-vc

Example
SR# show mpls stats-vc

show mpls table-vc


Use this command to display the Layer-2 virtual circuit table.

Syntax
show mpls table-vc

Example
SR# show mpls table-vc

Command Line Reference

October 2010

299

MPLS pseudowire commands

300

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 20: Ethernet interface commands

interface ethernet
Use this command to access next-level commands for configuring an Ethernet port.

Syntax
interface ethernet <slot/port>
Table 326: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>

Value
The slot and port numbers that identify the
port to configure. For example, 7/1.

Example
SR/configure# interface ethernet 0/0

interface ethernet description


Use this command to configure a description for an Ethernet interface.

Syntax
description <string>
Table 327: Variable definitions
Variable
<string>

Value
Specifies the description. The string length
for a description is 76 characters. You must
enclose the description in quotation marks.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# description "Main LAN"

Command Line Reference

October 2010

301

Ethernet interface commands

interface ethernet ip tcp-mss


Use this command to specify the TCP MSS clamping value for an Ethernet interface.

Syntax
ip tcp-mss <value>
Table 328: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Value
Specifies the TCP MSS clamping value for the tunnel. Values
range from 536 to 9176.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/4#ip tcp-mss 555

interface ethernet mtu


Use this command to configure the MTU size for an Ethernet interface.
Important:
The Secure Router 4134 management Ethernet interface (FE 0/0) on the rear panel does
not support jumbo frames. Therefore, the management port Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) can be configured with a value in the range of 64 to 1500 bytes.

Syntax
mtu <size>
Table 329: Variable definitions
Variable
<size>

Value
Specifies the MTU size. Valid values are 64
to 9216. The default value is 1500.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# mtu 9216

302

Command Line Reference

October 2010

interface ethernet REM

interface ethernet REM


Use this command to add comments at the beginning of the Ethernet area of a configuration
file.

Syntax
REM <string>
Table 330: Variable definitions
Variable
<string>

Value
Specifies the comments. The string length
for comments is 80 characters. You must
enclose comments in quotation marks.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# REM "Configured on July 30"

interface ethernet REM_


Use this command to add comments to an interface. The comments appear at the end of the
Ethernet area of a configuration file.

Syntax
REM_ <string>
Table 331: Variable definitions
Variable
<string>

Value
Specifies the comments. The string length
for comments is 80 characters. You must
enclose comments in quotation marks.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# REM_ "Configured on July 30".

Command Line Reference

October 2010

303

Ethernet interface commands

interface ethernet speed


Use this command to configure the speed of an Ethernet interface.

Syntax
speed {10|100|1000|auto} mode {half_duplex| full_duplex}
Table 332: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

{10 | 100 | 1000 | auto}

Specifies the speed of the port. The default


value is auto.

{half_duplex | full_duplex}

Specifies the operating mode for the port.


The default value is half_duplex.

<slot/port>

Specifies the slot and port numbers that


identify the port for configuration. For
example, 6/1.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# speed auto mode full_duplex

interface ethernet traffic-class-table


Use this command to configure the traffic class tables values, specifically, the user priority and
number of supported traffic classes.

Syntax
traffic-class-table user-priority <user priority> num-trafficclasses <traffic classes> value <value>
Table 333: Variable definitions
Variable

304

Value

<traffic classes>

Specifies the number of traffic classes


supported. Valid values are 1 to 8.

<user priority>

Specifies the user priority value. Valid values


are 0 to 7.

<value>

Specifies the value to be used for the given


user priority and number of traffic classes.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

interface ethernet user-priority

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# traffic-class-table userpriority 1 num-traffic-classes 3 value 3

interface ethernet user-priority


Use this command to configure the default user priority associated with a Layer 2 interface.

Syntax
user-priority <value>
Table 334: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Value
Specifies the user priority value for the
interface. Valid values are 0 to 7.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# user-priority 3

system jumbo-mtu-limit
The Secure Router 2330/4134 supports jumbo frames. Use this command to configure the
Secure Router 2330/4134 system settings to support jumbo frames.
Important:
The Secure Router 4134 management Ethernet interface (FE 0/0) on the rear panel does
not support jumbo frames. Therefore, the management port Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) can be configured with a value in the range of 64 to 1500 bytes.

Syntax
system jumbo-mtu-limit <value>
Table 335: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Command Line Reference

Value
Valid values for the jumbo MTU limit are 1500
and 9216 bytes. The default value is 1500
bytes.

October 2010

305

Ethernet interface commands

Example
SR/configure# system jumbo-mtu-limit 9216

306

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 21: Interface mode commands

configure interface vlan ip helper-address service


Use this command to configure the VLAN IP Helper address service.

Syntax
[no] ip helper-address <A.B.C.D> service <service>
Table 336: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the IP address.

[no]

Disables the VLAN IP Helper address service.

<service>

Specifies the service name to specify IP helper for a service.


Available options are:
dnsDomain Name Service
netbios-dgmNetBIOS datagram service
netbios-nsNetBIOS name service
netbios-ssNetBIOS session service
tftpTrivial File Transfer Protocol
timeTime

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip helper-address 10.10.1.1
service dns

configure interface vlan ip helper-address protocol


Use this command to configure the VLAN IP Helper address protocol

Syntax
[no] ip helper-address <A.B.C.D> protocol <protocol>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

307

Interface mode commands

Table 337: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the IP address.

[no]

Specifies the service name to specify IP helper for a service.


Available options are:

<protocol>

Specifies the protocol to be used. Options available are:


UDPto a specific UDP port.

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip helper-address protocol udp

configure interface vlan ip helper-address port


Use this command to configure the VLAN IP helper address port.

Syntax
[no] ip helper-address <A.B.C.D> port <port>
Table 338: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the IP helper address.

[no]

Disables the VLAN IP Helper address port.

<port>

Specifies the port number. Values range from 1 to 65535.

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip helper-address 10.10.1.1 port 52

switchport
Use this command to configure an interface as a Layer 2 interface. Also use this command to
create an access port.

Syntax
switchport

308

Command Line Reference

October 2010

no switchport

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport

no switchport
Use this command to disable a configured link (trunk, access, or hybrid) on an interface.

Syntax
no switchport

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# no switchport

switchport mode hybrid


A hybrid link is a LAN segment that contains both VLAN-aware and VLAN-unaware devices.
Consequently, a hybrid link can carry both VLAN tagged frames and other (untagged or prioritytagged) frames.
Use this command to enable a hybrid link between devices.

Syntax
switchport mode hybrid

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport mode hybrid
To disable a hybrid link on an interface, enter: no switchport

switchport mode trunk


Trunk links are required to pass VLAN information between devices. You can configure a trunk
port to be a member of all the VLANs that exist on the device. That port then carries traffic
for all the VLANs between the devices. To distinguish between the traffic flows, a trunk port
must mark the frames with special tags as they pass between the devices. You must enable
trunking on both sides of a link. If two devices are connected together, for example, you must
configure both device ports for trunking.
Use this command to enable trunking between the devices.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

309

Interface mode commands

Syntax
switchport mode trunk

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport mode trunk
To disable a trunk link on an interface, enter: no switchport

switchport hybrid allowed


Use this command to add VLANs to the selected hybrid link.

Syntax
switchport hybrid allowed vlan {all|<vid>} egress {tagged|untagged}
Table 339: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport hybrid allowed vlan
all egress tagged

switchport hybrid remove


Use this command to remove VLANs from the selected hybrid link.

Syntax
switchport hybrid remove vlan {all|<vid>} egress {tagged|untagged}
Table 340: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport hybrid remove vlan
3 egress tagged

310

Command Line Reference

October 2010

switchport trunk allowed

switchport trunk allowed


Use this command to add VLANs to the selected trunk link.

Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan {all|<vid>}
Table 341: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport trunk allowed vlan
all

switchport trunk remove


Use this command to remove VLANs from the selected trunk link.

Syntax
switchport trunk remove vlan {all|<vid>}
Table 342: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport trunk remove vlan 3

switchport pvid
There can be only one VLAN assigned to an access port. VLAN ID 1 is the default VLAN
assigned to each port. Use this command to change the VLAN assigned to an access link.

Syntax
switchport pvid <vid>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

311

Interface mode commands

Table 343: Variable definitions


Variable
<vid>

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport pvid 10

show bridge port


Use this command to view information related to the interface mode.

Syntax
show bridge port

Example
SR# show bridge port

show interface ethernet


Use this command to view information related to the operation of the port.

Syntax
show interface ethernet <slot/port>

Example
SR# show interface ethernet 6/1

show interface ethernets


Use this command to display information for all Ethernet interfaces.

Syntax
show interface ethernets

Example
SR#show interface ethernets

312

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 22: MAC address table commands

mac address
Use this command to add a list of interfaces and associated MAC addresses to the Layer 2
forwarding table.

Syntax
[no] mac address <mac addr> {forward|discard} <interface> vlan <vid>
Table 344: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

{forward | discard}

Specify whether frames received with the


configured MAC address are to be discarded
or forwarded.

<interface>

Specifies the interface on which the frame


enters the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.
For example, ethernet6/1.

[no]

Deletes a static MAC address entry from the


MAC address table.

<vid>

Specifies the VLAN ID of the received


frames.

Example
SR/configure# mac address 0000.5555.5550 forward ethernet6/1 vlan 10

mac aging-time
Use this command to specify an age-out time for a learned MAC address. The learned MAC
address will persist until the configured age-out time is expired.

Syntax
[no] mac aging-time <age-out value>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

313

MAC address table commands

Table 345: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<age-out value>

The number of seconds that a learned MAC


address persists. The default age-out time
value is 300 seconds. Valid values are 10 to
630 seconds.

[no]

Restores the default age-out time for a


learned MAC address.

Example
SR/configure/bridge# mac aging-time 400

show bridge config


After you have configured the MAC Address entries and aging time, use this command to verify
successful operation by viewing summary information about bridge configuration.

Syntax
show bridge config

Example
SR# show bridge config

show bridge detail


After you have configured the MAC Address entries and aging time, use this command to verify
successful operation by viewing detailed bridge configuration information.

Syntax
show bridge detail

Example
SR# show bridge detail

show bridge mac


Use this command to view information about the MAC table on a bridge.

314

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show bridge mac address

Syntax
show bridge mac [slot/port] [vid]
Table 346: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[slot/port]

Specifies the port from which you gather the


MAC table information. This is an optional
parameter.

[vid]

Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional


parameter.

Example
SR# show bridge mac 6/1 10

show bridge mac address


Use this command to view information for a specific MAC address on a bridge.

Syntax
show bridge mac address <mac addr>
Table 347: Variable definitions
Variable
<mac addr>

Value
Specifies the MAC address in
HHHH.HHHH.HHHH format.

Example
SR# show bridge mac address 0000.5555.6666

show bridge mac dynamic


Use this command to view information about dynamic MAC entries.

Syntax
show bridge mac dynamic [vid]

Command Line Reference

October 2010

315

MAC address table commands

Table 348: Variable definitions


Variable
[vid]

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional
parameter.

Example
SR# show bridge mac dynamic 10

show bridge mac static


After you have configured static MAC Address entries, use this command to verify operation
by viewing information about static MAC entries.

Syntax
show bridge mac static

Example
SR# show bridge mac static

show bridge mac multicast


Use this command to view information about multicast MAC entries.

Syntax
show bridge mac multicast [vid]
Table 349: Variable definitions
Variable
[vid]

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional
parameter.

Example
SR# show bridge mac multicast

316

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show bridge mac unicast

show bridge mac unicast


Use this command to view information about multicast MAC entries.

Syntax
show bridge mac unicast [vid]
Table 350: Variable definitions
Variable
[vid]

Value
Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional
parameter.

Example
SR# show bridge mac unicast 10

Command Line Reference

October 2010

317

MAC address table commands

318

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 23: PoE commands

poe detect3af
Use this command to enable 802.3af-compliant device detection.

Syntax
[no] poe detect3af <slot>
Table 351: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables 802.3af detection for the module in


the specified slot. 802.3af is disabled by
default.

<slot>

Specifies the slot in which the interface


module is installed on which you enable
802.3af-compliant device detection. Valid
values for <slot> are 5, 6, and 7. When
disabled, both 802.3af compliant devices
and legacy devices are detected. For
example, if you configure poe
detect3af <5>, only legacy devices are
detected in the ports of the module inserted
in slot 5.

Example
SR/configure# poe detect3af 6

poe portmode
Use this command to configure PoE port modes. Port modes are auto, static, or never.
Important:
When the system comes up for the first time, power is disabled for safety reasons, even
though ports are in "auto" mode.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

319

PoE commands

Syntax
[no] poe portmode <slot/port> <mode>
Table 352: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<mode>

Specifies the port mode. Valid values for


mode are 1 to 3 (1=auto; 2=static; 3=never.
The default value for mode is 1.
Auto mode: Enables port power on the
specified port (with a power limit of 16 W). If
you set the port to auto mode, then port
power is enabled to the port, and the default
power of 16 W (maximum) can be supplied
to the device connected to the specified port.
Static mode: Sets the power limit for the
specified port to 16 W and enables power on
the port. After setting the port mode to
"static", you can set the port power limit in the
range of 37 to 16000 milliwatts (mW) using
the poe portpowerlimit command.
Never mode: Disables power on the
specified port until you change the mode to
either "auto" or "static". Port power is always
disabled in "never" mode.

[no]

Resets the port mode to the default value of


"auto".

<slot/port>

Specifies the slot and port number that


identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.

Example
SR/configure# poe portmode 6/1 never

poe portpower
Use this command to enable power on a port.
You can configure this only when the mode of operation is "auto" or "static" mode. If you use
this command when the mode of operation is "never", the command has no impact on the
system configuration. For ports that are in "auto" or "static" mode, the port power is enabled
and powered devices connected to these ports receive power.
The default value is power disabled on all 24 ports of a PoE card.

320

Command Line Reference

October 2010

poe portpowerlimit

Syntax
[no] poe portpower <slot/port>
Table 353: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables power on the specified port.


You can configure this only when the mode
of operation is "auto" or "static" mode. If you
use this command when the mode of
operation is "never", the command has no
impact on the system configuration. For ports
that are in "auto" or "static" mode, the port
power is disabled and powered devices
connected to these ports do not receive
power.

<slot/port>

Specifies the slot and port number that


identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.

Example
SR/configure# poe portpower 6/1

poe portpowerlimit
Use this command to configure PoE port power limits.
Important:
The power limit is set with an accuracy of 100mW. For example, if the power limit is set to
any value in the range 37 to 99, the power limit is set to 0. If the power limit is set to any
value in the range 100 to 199, the power limit is set to 100 mW. If the power limit is set to
any value in the range 15900 to 15999, the power limit is set to 15900 mW.

Syntax
[no] poe portpowerlimit <slot/port> <power limit>
Table 354: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Resets the power limit to the default value


(16000 mW).

<power limit>

Specifies the power limit for a port that is in


static mode. Valid values for the power limit

Command Line Reference

October 2010

321

PoE commands

Variable

Value
are 37 to 16000 milliwatts (mW). The default
value is 16000 mW (that is, 16 W).

<slot/port>

Specifies the slot and port number that


identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.

Example
SR/configure# poe portpowerlimit 6/1 37

poe portpriority
Use this command to configure the priority of PoE ports. When available power falls below the
configured value, the lowest priority ports are shut down first.

Syntax
[no] poe portpriority <slot/port> <port priority>
Table 355: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Resets the port priority to the default value


(3). This command also removes the port
priority configuration for this port from the
running configuration.

<port priority>

Valid values for <port priority> are in the


range of 1 to 3 (1=critical; 2=high; 3=low).
The default value for port priority is 3.

<slot/port>

Specifies the slot and port number that


identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.

Example
SR/configure# poe portpriority 6/1 2

322

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show poe portconfig

show poe portconfig


Use this command to view information about the priority and power limit configured for a
specified port.

Syntax
show poe portconfig <slot/port>
Table 356: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>

Value
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port for which you want to view
information. Valid values for slot are 5 to 7.
Valid values for port are 1 to 24.

Example
SR# show poe portconfig 6/1

show poe portspower


Use this command to view information about the current power drawn by each device
connected to the ports of a PoE module.

Syntax
show poe portspower <slot>
Table 357: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot>

Value
Specifies the slot in which the interface
module is installed. Valid values for <slot>
are 5, 6, and 7.

Example
SR# show poe portspower <slot>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

323

PoE commands

show poe portstatus


Use this command to view information about the status of port power for the given port, as well
as the reason for the port becoming disabled.

Syntax
show poe portstatus <slot/port>
Table 358: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>

Value
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port for which you want to view
information. Valid values for slot are 5 to 7.
Valid values for port are 1 to 24.

Example
SR# show poe portstatus 6/1

show poe totalpower


Use this command to view information about the total power consumed by the devices
connected to the ports of a PoE module.

Syntax
show poe totalpower <slot>
Table 359: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot>

Value
Specifies the slot in which the interface
module is installed. Valid values for <slot>
are 5, 6, and 7.

Example
SR# show poe totalpower 6

324

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 24: VLAN commands

vlan database
Use this command to enter the VLAN configuration mode.

Syntax
vlan database

Example
SR/configure# vlan database

vlan
Use this command to create VLANs in the bridge global database and to remove VLANs from
the database.

Syntax
[no] vlan <vid> [name <WORD>]
Table 360: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[name <WORD>]

The name that you assign to the VLAN. This


parameter is optional.

[no]

Removes a VLAN from the database.

<vid>

The VLAN identification number that you


assign. Valid values are 2 to 4000.

Example
SR/configure/vlan#

Command Line Reference

vlan 10

October 2010

325

VLAN commands

show bridge vlan


After you have configured VLANs, use this command to verify operation and the interfaces to
which the VLAN is assigned.

Syntax
show bridge vlan

Example
SR# show bridge vlan

interface vlan
Use this command to select a VLAN interface.

Syntax
interface vlan vlan<vid>

Example
SR/configure# interface vlan vlan10

shutdown
Use this procedure to shut down a VLAN interface.

Syntax
shutdown

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan10# shutdown

vlan classification
Use this command to enter VLAN classification configuration mode.

326

Command Line Reference

October 2010

rule ipv4

Syntax
vlan classification

Example
SR/configure# vlan classification

rule ipv4
Use this command to create an IPv4 subnet-based VLAN classification rule. If the source IP
address matches the IP subnet specified in the VLAN classification rule, the received packets
are mapped to the specified VLAN.

Syntax
[no] rule <id> ipv4 {ipaddr/netmask|ipaddr} vlan <vid>
Table 361: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<id>

Specifies the VLAN classifier rule ID. Valid


values are 1 to 12.

{ipaddr/netmask|ipaddr}

Specifies the IPv4 address. Specify either an


IP address, or a subnet. For example,
10.11.12.13/24.

[no]

Removes an IPv4 subnet-based VLAN


classification rule.

<vid>

Specifies the VLAN ID.

Example
SR/configure/vlan classification# rule 2 ip4 20.20.20.10/32 vlan 2

rule protocol
Use this command to create a protocol-based VLAN classification rule. If the protocol type
matches the protocol specified in the VLAN classification rule, the received packets are
mapped to the specified VLAN.

Syntax
[no] rule <id> protocol <protocol> encap <encapsulation>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

327

VLAN commands

Table 362: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<id>

Specifies the VLAN classifier rule ID. Valid


values are 1 to 12.

<protocol>

The protocol parameter is either a number


(from 0 to 65535), or one of the following:
ipv4
ipv6
mpls
arp
rarp
vlan-tagged
appletalk
ipx
pppoe-disc
pppoe-session

[no]

Removes a protocol-based VLAN


classification rule.

<encapsulation>

Specifies the encapsulation type. Enter one


of the following:
ethv2
llcsnap
llc

Example
SR/configure/vlan classification# rule 3 protocol mpls en llcsnap

vlan classification ipv4


After you have defined protocol rules, you can apply those rules to an interface. Use this
command to apply an IPv4 subnet-based classification rule to an interface.
Important:
You can apply VLAN classification rules only on hybrid ports.

328

Command Line Reference

October 2010

vlan classification protocol rule

Syntax
[no] vlan classification ipv4

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# vlan classification ipv4

vlan classification protocol rule


After you have defined protocol rules, you can apply those rules to an interface. Use this
command to apply a protocol-based classification rule to an interface.
Important:
You can apply VLAN classification rules only on hybrid ports.

Syntax
[no] vlan classification protocol rule <id> vlan <vid>
Table 363: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<id>

Specifies the VLAN classifier rule ID. Valid


values are 1 to 12.

[no]

Removes a protocol-based VLAN


classification rule from the interface.

<vid>

Specifies the VLAN ID.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# vlan classification protocol
rule 1 vlan 4

switchport mode access vlan-stacking


Use this command to enable VLAN stacking on an interface.
Note that the no command option is unavailable for VLAN stacking. To disable VLAN stacking,
enter switchport mode access for the interface.

Syntax
switchport mode access vlan-stacking

Command Line Reference

October 2010

329

VLAN commands

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/2)# switchport mode access vlanstacking

show bridge port


Use this command to verify the successful operation of your VLAN stacking configuration.

Syntax
show bridge port

Example
SR# show bridge port

330

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 25: MSTP commands

bridge
Use this command to access the bridge configuration context.

Syntax
bridge

Example
SR/configure# bridge

bridge forward-delay
Forward delay is the time interval that bridges use to transition root and designated ports to
the forwarding state. When the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 powers up, or when a device is
connected to a port, the port normally enters the Spanning Tree listening state. When the
forward delay timer expires, the port enters the learning state. When the forward delay timer
expires a second time, the port transitions to the forwarding state.
Use this command to configure the forward-delay time interval.

Syntax
[no] forward-delay <time value>
Table 364: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the forward delay value to the


default setting (15 seconds).

<time value>

Specifies the forward time delay, expressed


in seconds. The default value is 15 seconds.
Valid values are 4 to 30 seconds.

Example
SR/configure/bridge#

Command Line Reference

forward-delay 20

October 2010

331

MSTP commands

bridge hello-time
The Secure Router 2330/4134 transmits a BPDU at every hello time.
The hello time is the time, in seconds, after which (if the bridge is the root bridge) all the bridges
in a bridged LAN exchange BPDUs. A very low hello time value results in excessive traffic on
the network, while a higher value delays the detection of topology change.
Use this command to configure the bridge hello time.

Syntax
[no] hello-time <time value>
Table 365: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the hello time value to the default


setting (2 seconds).

<time value>

Specifies the interval, expressed in seconds,


between BPDU exchanges. The default
value is 2 seconds. Valid values are 1 to 10
seconds.

Example
SR/configure/bridge# hello-time 5

bridge max-age
The maximum age time represents the maximum age of the information after which the
information becomes stale. Use this command to configure the maximum age time.

Syntax
[no] max-age <time value>
Table 366: Variable definitions
Variable

332

Value

[no]

Restores the maximum age time to the


default setting (20 seconds).

<time value>

The maximum age time, expressed in


seconds. The default value is 20 seconds.
Valid values are 6 to 40 seconds.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

bridge priority

Example
SR/configure/bridge# max-age 15

bridge priority
You can assign a priority to the bridge. The lower the priority, the greater the chance that the
bridge becomes root for the Common Spanning Tree.

Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 367: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the bridge priority value to the


default setting (32768).

<value>

Specifies the bridge priority. The default


value is 32768 (or hex 0x8000). Valid values
are 0 to 61440, and are increments of 4096.

Example
SR/configure/bridge# priority 61440

mstp
Use this command to access the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) configuration
context.

Syntax
mstp

Example
SR/configure/bridge# mstp

mstp instance
Use this command to create an MSTP instance.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

333

MSTP commands

Syntax
instance <instance id>
Table 368: Variable definitions
Variable
<instance id>

Value
Specifies the MSTP instance ID. Valid values
are 1 to 15.

Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# instance 1

mstp instance priority


You can assign a priority value for a bridge associated with an instance. The lower the priority,
the greater the chance the bridge becomes root for that instance. Use the procedure in this
section to configure priority for an instance.

Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 369: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default priority value for an


instance. The default value for priority is
32768.

<value>

Specifies the priority that you assign to the


instance. The default value for priority is
32768. Bridge priority values are in
increments of 4096. Valid values are 0 to
61440.

Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp/instance 1# priority 100

mstp max-hops
Hop count in the packet gets decremented on every node that it traverses. Once the hop count
reaches zero, the packet becomes stale. Use this command to configure the maximum hops
for a BPDU.

334

Command Line Reference

October 2010

mstp region

Syntax
[no] max-hops <value>
Table 370: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default maximum hops value


for a BPDU (20).

<value>

The maximum hops for which a BPDU is


valid. Valid values are 1 to 40. The default
value is 20.

Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# max-hops 15

mstp region
Use this command to configure the MSTP region name.

Syntax
region <region-name>
Table 371: Variable definitions
Variable
<region-name>

Value
The name you specify for the MSTP region.

Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# region region1

mstp revision
Use this command to configure the MSTP revision number.

Syntax
[no] revision <revision number>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

335

MSTP commands

Table 372: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default revision number (0).

<revision number>

The revision number that you assign. The


default value is 0. Valid values are 0 to 255.

Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# revision 1

spanning-tree
Use this command to access the Spanning Tree configuration context.

Syntax
spanning-tree

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# spanning-tree

spanning-tree force-version
You can configure MSTP, RSTP, or STP on a port of a bridge. If STP is configured on the port,
only STP packets flow through that port. MSTP is enabled on every port, by default. Use this
command to set the Spanning Tree version on a port.

Syntax
[no] force-version <WORD>
Table 373: Variable definitions
Variable

336

Value

[no]

Restores the default Spanning Tree version


(MSTP) on a port.

<WORD>

Specifies the STP version for the port. Valid


values for <WORD> are STP, RSTP, and
MSTP. The default value is MSTP.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

spanning-tree link-type

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# force-version
RSTP

spanning-tree link-type
Use this command to configure the link type.

Syntax
[no] link-type <type>
Table 374: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default link type (point-topoint) for an interface.

<type>

Specifies the link type. Valid values are pointto-point and shared. The default value is
point-to-point.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# link-type
shared

instance path-cost
Use this command to configure the cost of a path for an MSTP instance.

Syntax
[no] path-cost <value>
Table 375: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default path cost value for an


MSTP instance.

<value>

Specifies the path cost that you assign to the


MSTP instance. Valid values are 1 to
200000000. The default value is auto-detect.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

337

MSTP commands

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree/instance 2#
path-cost 1

instance priority
Use this command to configure the port priority for an MSTP instance.

Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 376: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default priority value for an


MSTP instance.

<value>

Specifies the port priority that you assign to


the MSTP instance. The default value for
priority is 32768. Bridge priority values are in
increments of 4096. Valid values are 0 to
61440.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree/instance 2#
priority 100

spanning-tree portfast
Use this command to enable rapid transitions.

Syntax
[no] portfast
Table 377: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables rapid transitions.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# portfast

338

Command Line Reference

October 2010

spanning-tree portfast bpdu-filter

spanning-tree portfast bpdu-filter


The Spanning Tree Protocol sends BPDUs from all ports. Enabling the BPDU Filter feature
ensures that PortFast-enabled ports do not transmit or receive any BPDUs. Use this command
to enable PortFast BPDU filter on a port.

Syntax
[no] portfast bpdu-filter
Table 378: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables PortFast BPDU filter for a port.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# portfast bpdufilter

spanning-tree portfast bpdu-guard


Use this command to enable BPDU Guard on a PortFast-enabled port.

Syntax
[no] portfast bpdu-guard
Table 379: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables BPDU Guard on a port.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# portfast bpduguard

spanning-tree path-cost
The port with the least path cost is selected as the preferred port for traffic transmission. Use
this command to configure the path cost for a port.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

339

MSTP commands

Syntax
[no] path-cost <value>
Table 380: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default path cost (auto-detect).

<value>

Specifies the path cost. The default value is


auto-detect. Valid values are 1 to
200000000.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# path-cost 1000

spanning-tree priority
The lower the port priority, the greater the chance that the port is selected for traffic
transmission. Use this command to configure the priority for a port.

Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 381: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Restores the default link priority (128).

<value>

Specifies the link priority. The default value is


128. Valid values are 0 to 240.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# priority 100

show spanning-tree
Use these commands to show information about the state and role of all ports in Common
Spanning Tree.

Syntax
show spanning-tree
show spanning-tree [detail]

340

Command Line Reference

October 2010

clear spanning-tree mstp

show spanning-tree [interface <interface id>]


show spanning-tree [mstp instance]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance vlan]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance <instance id>]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance <instance id> vlan]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance <instance id> port]
Table 382: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<interface id>

Shows Spanning Tree information for the


specified interface.

<instance id>

Shows Spanning Tree information for the


specified instance. Instance ID is a value
from 1 to 15.

Example
SR# show spanning-tree mstp instance 5

clear spanning-tree mstp


Use this command to reset Spanning Tree.

Syntax
clear spanning-tree mstp all
clear spanning-tree mstp interface <interface id>
clear spanning-tree mstp instance <instance id>
Table 383: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<interface id>

Resets Spanning Tree on the specified


interface.

<instance id>

Resets Spanning Tree on the specified


instance. Instance ID is a value from 1 to 15.

Example
SR# clear spanning-tree mstp interface ethernet6/1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

341

MSTP commands

clear spanning-tree statistics


Use this command to clear Spanning Tree statistics.

Syntax
clear spanning-tree statistics

Example
SR# clear spanning-tree statistics

342

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 26: LACP commands

lacp
Use this command to select the LACP configuration mode.

Syntax
lacp

Example
SR/configure# lacp

lacp channel-group mode


Use this command to enable LACP on an Ethernet interface.

Syntax
[no] channel-group <value> {static|mode <mode>}
Table 384: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Removes LACP configuration from an


interface.

{static | mode <mode>}

Specifies the LACP mode of the channel


group. Enter static or mode <mode>.
Valid values for mode are active or
passive.
In static mode, the link aggregation forms
without any LACP negotiation. That is, the
Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 neither
sends the LACP packet nor processes any
incoming LACP packet.
In passive mode, the Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 does not initiate the channel, but
does understand incoming LACP packets.
The peer (in active state) initiates negotiation

Command Line Reference

October 2010

343

LACP commands

Variable

Value
to form the aggregation channel with the
peer.
In the active state, the Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 initiates the negotiation. The link
aggregate forms if the other end is running in
LACP active or passive mode.

<value>

Specifies the channel group ID number. Valid


values are 1 to 8.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/lacp# channel-group 1 mode
active
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/lacp# channel-group 2 static

lacp priority
Use this command to configure the system priority for a local system. The system priority is
used in determining the system responsible for resolving conflicts in the choice of aggregation
groups. Lower numerical values have higher priorities.

Syntax
[no]priority <priority value>
Table 385: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<priority value>

Specifies the LACP priority that you assign


to the system. The default value is 32768.
Valid values are 1 to 65535.

[no]

Resets the system priority of the local system


to the default value (32768).

Example
SR/configure/lacp# priority 65535

interface lag
You can treat a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) as an interface. You can configure a LAG as a
Layer 3, access, trunk, or hybrid interface. Use this command to select a LAG interface.

344

Command Line Reference

October 2010

lacp timeout

Syntax
interface lag lag<id>
Table 386: Variable definitions
Variable
lag<id>

Value
Specifies the LACP interface bundle. The
<id> parameter is a channel group ID. For
example, lag1. Valid values are 1 to 8.

Example
SR/configure# interface lag lag1

lacp timeout
Use this command to set a short or long timeout on a port.

Syntax
timeout <short|long>
Table 387: Variable definitions
Variable
<short | long>

Value
Specifies an interval of time between LACP
Protocol Data Units (PDUs), after which the
bridge considers the LACP link partner to be
down. The supported values are the
following:
short: a fast timeout. This is
approximately 3 seconds.
long: a slow timeout. This is
approximately 90 seconds.
The default value is long.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# timeout short

show lacp channel-group


Use this command to view channel-group information

Command Line Reference

October 2010

345

LACP commands

Syntax
show lacp channel-group [summary]

Example
SR# show lacp channel-group

show lacp dynamic


Use this command to view LACP dynamic information.

Syntax
show lacp dynamic {channel-group|detail|memberport}

Example
SR# show lacp dynamic detail

show lacp member-port


Use this command to view aggregator member information.

Syntax
show lacp member-port

Example
SR# show lacp member-port

346

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 27: IGMP snooping commands

ip igmp snooping
Use this command to access the IGMP Snooping configuration mode.

Syntax
ip igmp snooping

Example
SR/configure# ip igmp snooping

snooping enable
Use this command to globally enable IGMP Snooping.

Syntax
snooping enable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# snooping enable

snooping disable
Use this command to globally disable IGMP Snooping.

Syntax
snooping disable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# snooping disable

Command Line Reference

October 2010

347

IGMP snooping commands

fast-leave enable
Use this command to enable fast leave processing.

Syntax
fast-leave enable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# fast-leave enable

fast-leave disable
Use this command to disable fast leave processing.

Syntax
fast-leave disable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# fast-leave disable

last-member-query-interval
Use the procedure in this section to configure the last member query interval.
The Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option to remove a
configured last member query interval. To remove existing configuration, you must reconfigure
the interval to a new value. For example, to reset a configured last member query interval to
the default value (1000 ms), you must explicitly reconfigure the last member query interval to
1000 ms.

Syntax
last-member-query-interval <interval>
Table 388: Variable definitions
Variable
<interval>

348

Command Line Reference

Value
Specifies the maximum response time
inserted into group-specific queries sent in
response to "leave group" messages, and is

October 2010

max-response-time

Variable

Value
also the amount of time between groupspecific query messages.
Valid values (in milliseconds) are in the range
of 1000 to 25500.
The default value is 1000 milliseconds.

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# last-member-query-interval
2500

max-response-time
Use this command to specify the maximum response time to insert into query messages.
The Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option to remove a
configured maximum response time from a VLAN. To remove existing configuration, you must
reconfigure the maximum response time to a new value. For example, to reset a configured
maximum response time to the default value (100 centiseconds [cs]), you must use the
procedure in this section to explicitly reconfigure the maximum response time to 100 cs.

Syntax
max-response-time <value>
Table 389: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Value
Specifies the maximum response time
(expressed in centiseconds) to insert into the
periodic general queries sent by a querier.
Valid values are 100 to 2000. The default
value is 100.

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 10# max-response-time 200

ip igmp snooping mrouter


Use this command to specify a static mrouter port. The interface you configure as an mrouter
port should be a member of the specified VLAN.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

349

IGMP snooping commands

Syntax
[no] mrouter <IFNAME>
Table 390: Variable definitions
Variable
<IFNAME>

Value
The interface name, or name of the port. For
example, ethernet7/1.

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# mrouter ethernet 6/1

proxy enable
IGMP proxy allows the router to function as proxy for the hosts that are attached downstream of
the router. Use this command to enable IGMP proxy for the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
proxy enable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# proxy enable

proxy disable
Use this command to disable IGMP proxy for the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
proxy disable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# proxy disable

querier enable
You can configure the Secure Router 2330/4134 as a querier or non-querier. Use this command
to enable querier functionality.

350

Command Line Reference

October 2010

querier disable

Syntax
querier enable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# querier enable

querier disable
Use this command to disable querier functionality on the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
querier disable

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# querier disable

query-interval
Use this command to configure the query interval of the querier.
The Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option to remove a
configured query interval from a VLAN. To remove existing configuration, you must reconfigure
the interval to a new value. For example, to reset a configured query interval to the default
value (125000 ms), you must use the procedure in this section to explicitly reconfigure the
query interval to 125000 ms.

Syntax
query-interval <interval>
Table 391: Variable definitions
Variable
<interval>

Value
The time between two queries sent by the
IGMP querier, expressed in milliseconds.
Valid values are 125000 to 300000. The
default value is 125000.

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# query-interval 300000

Command Line Reference

October 2010

351

IGMP snooping commands

ip igmp snooping version


IGMP Snooping on the Secure Router 2330/4134 supports both IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 protocol
messages for learning hosts and routers. You can force the version to use.
Use this command to specify the IGMP version of the query messages generated when the
querier feature is enabled.
The Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option for configuring the
IGMP version on a VLAN. You can change the IGMP version on a VLAN.

Syntax
version {1|2}
Table 392: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-2>

Value
Specifies the IGMP version number. If you do
not specify an IGMP version, the Secure
Router 2330/4134 uses IGMPv2.

Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# version 1
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (5/1)/ip/igmp/snooping# version 1

clear ip igmp snooping groups


You can clear IP IGMP Snooping groups based on an interface name, a multicast group
address, or based on a VLAN.

Syntax
clear ip igmp snooping groups
clear ip igmp snooping groups [interface name]
clear ip igmp snooping groups [multicast group addr]
clear ip igmp snooping groups [vid]

352

Command Line Reference

October 2010

clear ip igmp snooping mrouter

Table 393: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<interface name>

Specifies the name of the interface. For


example, ethernet6/1.

<multicast group addr>

Specifies the multicast group address.

<vid>

Specifies the VLAN ID.

Example
SR# clear ip igmp snooping groups ethernet6/1

clear ip igmp snooping mrouter


Use this command to clear the IGMP Snooping multicast router information.

Syntax
clear ip igmp snooping mrouter

Example
SR# clear ip igmp snooping mrouter

clear ip igmp snooping statistics


Use the following command to clear IGMP Snooping statistics.

Syntax
clear ip igmp snooping statistics

Example
SR# clear ip igmp snooping statistics

configure interface ip igmp snooping mrouter interface


Use this command to configure mrouter ports on a VLAN for IGMP snooping. By default, no
mrouter ports are configured.

Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping mrouter interface <if-name>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

353

IGMP snooping commands

Table 394: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<vid>

Specifies the ID of the VLAN interface to


configure.

[no]

Removes the specified mrouter port.

<if-name>

Specifies the name of the interface to


configure as an mrouter port.

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
vlan3

configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping


Use this command to configure the status of IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface. By default,
IGMP snooping is enabled on a VLAN.

Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping
Table 395: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables IGMP snooping on the interface.

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping

configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping querier


If a VLAN receives no IGMP traffic from a multicast router, enable IGMP-snooping querier on
the VLAN to provide multicast traffic support. With IGMP-snooping querier enabled, the
interface uses its own IP address as the querier address. By default, IGMP-snooping querier
is disabled.

Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping querier

354

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping report-suppression

Table 396: Variable definitions


Variable
[no]

Value
Disables the IGMP-snooping querier on the
VLAN.

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping querier

configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping reportsuppression


Use this command to configure IGMP report suppression on a VLAN. IGMP report
suppression, also known as IGMP proxy, forwards the first IGMP report for a group, and
suppresses any subsquent reports for the same group. By default, IGMP report suppression
is disabled.

Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Table 397: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables IGMP report suppression.

Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping reportsuppression

show ip igmp snooping configuration


Use this command to display IGMP Snooping configuration information.

Syntax
show ip igmp snooping configuration

Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping configuration

Command Line Reference

October 2010

355

IGMP snooping commands

show ip igmp snooping detail


Use this command to view detailed information about your IGMP Snooping configuration.

Syntax
show ip igmp snooping detail

Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping detail

show ip igmp snooping groups


Use the following commands to view information about the IGMP Snooping groups configured
on the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups
show ip igmp snooping groups [vid]
show ip igmp snooping groups [interface name]
show ip igmp snooping groups [multicast group addr]

Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping groups ethernet6/1

show ip igmp snooping mrouter


Use this command to view information about the IGMP Snooping multicast router port.

Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter <vid>
Variable
<vid>

Value
Specifies the VLAN ID for which to display
the IGMP snooping configuration.

Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping mrouter

356

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ip igmp snooping statistics

show ip igmp snooping statistics


Use this command to view IGMP Snooping statistics.

Syntax
show ip igmp snooping statistics

Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping statistics

Command Line Reference

October 2010

357

IGMP snooping commands

358

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 28: GVRP commands

clear gvrp
Use this command to clear GVRP statistics or to reset GVRP state-machine.

Syntax
clear gvrp <option>
Table 398: Variable definitions
Variable
<option>

Value
Specifies the option you want to clear. Values
are state-machine [interface
name], which resets the GVRP state
machine, and statistics
[interface name], which clears the
GVRP statistics.

Example
SR# clear gvrp statistics ethernet6/1

dynamic-vlan-creation
GVRP can dynamically create VLANs on devices for trunking purposes. When you enable
GVRP dynamic VLAN creation, an Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 adds VLANs to its
database when it receives GVRP join messages about VLANs it does not have.
You configure dynamic VLAN creation on a device-by-device basis. GVRP does not
synchronize between devices, but adds VLANs only on devices that have dynamic creation
enabled to pass traffic between trunks.
To enable dynamic VLAN creation, all the trunk ports on the router must be 802.1Q and they
all must be GVRP-enabled ports. If the router has any non-802.1Q trunk ports, or if the 802.1Q
ports that exist are not configured for GVRP, you cannot enable the feature. VLANs are added
only for join messages received across a normal registration port.
Use the commands in this section to configure GVRP for dynamic VLAN creation.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

359

GVRP commands

Syntax
[no] dynamic-vlan-creation
Table 399: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables dynamic VLAN creation.

Example
SR/configure/gvrp#

dynamic-vlan-creation

gvrp enable
By default, GVRP is not enabled for the router. You must first enable GVRP on the router before
you can configure the 802.1Q ports for GVRP operation.
Use the commands in this section to enable or disable GVRP globally and on an interface.

Syntax
[no] gvrp-enable
Table 400: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables GVRP.

Example
SR/configure/gvrp# no gvrp-enable
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/gvrp# no gvrp-enable

registration-state
By default, GVRP ports are in the "normal" registration mode. The ports use GVRP join
messages from neighboring switches to prune the VLANs running across the 802.1Q trunk
link. If the device on the other side is incapable of sending GVRP messages, or if you do not
want to allow the switch to prune any of the VLANs, use the "fixed" mode. Fixed mode ports
will forward for all VLANs that exist in the switch database. Ports in forbidden mode forward
only for VLAN 1.
Use this command to configure the port registration state.

360

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show gvrp

Syntax
registration-state {normal|fixed|forbidden}
Table 401: Variable definitions
Variable
{normal | fixed | forbidden}

Value
Specify the port registration state. By default,
GVRP ports are in the "normal" registration
mode. The ports use GVRP join messages
from neighboring switches to prune the
VLANs running across the 802.1Q trunk link.
If the device on the other side is incapable of
sending GVRP messages, or if you do not
want to allow the switch to prune any of the
VLANs, use the "fixed" mode. Fixed mode
ports will forward for all VLANs that exist in
the switch database.
Ports in forbidden mode forward only for
VLAN 1.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/gvrp# registration-state
normal

show gvrp
Use this command to view information about the GVRP configuration and operation on the
Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
show gvrp <option>
Table 402: Variable definitions
Variable
<option>

Value
Specifies the type of GVRP information you
want to view. Enter one of the following
options:
detail: detailed information.
state-machine: the finite state machine.
You can specify a specific interface for
which to gather information with this option.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

361

GVRP commands

Variable

Value
statistics: GVRP statistics. You can specify
a specific interface for which to gather
information with this option.
timer: the GVRP timer. You can specify a
specific interface for which to gather
information with this option.

Example
SR# show gvrp statistics ethernet6/1

timer join
Use the GVRP timer command to adjust the values of the join, leave, and leaveall timers. Timer
values are in centi-seconds and valid values are from 1 to 10000. You must maintain the
following relationship for the various timer values:
Leave time must be greater than or equal to three times the join time.
Leaveall time must be greater than the leave time.
Use the command in this section to configure GVRP timers. This procedure is optional.
To reset GVRP timers to default values, you must reconfigure the timers to the default values
(the Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the no command option for this command.

Syntax
timer join <value> leave <value> leaveall <value>
Table 403: Variable definitions
Variable

362

Value

join <value>

Specifies the value for the join timer. Each


GARP application entity sends a "join"
message twice, for reliability, and uses a join
timer to set the sending interval.
The timer value is expressed in centiseconds. Valid values are in the range 1 to
10000.
The join timer default is 20.

leave <value>

Specifies the value for the leave timer. The


leave timer starts upon receipt of a "leave"
message sent for deregistering attribute
information. If no join message is received
before this timer expires, the GARP

Command Line Reference

October 2010

timer join

Variable

Value
application entity removes the attribute
information, as requested.
The timer value is expressed in centiseconds. Valid values are in the range 1 to
10000.
The leave timer default is 60.

leaveall <value>

Specifies the value for the leaveall timer. The


leaveall timer starts when a GARP
application entity starts. When this timer
expires, the entity sends a "leaveall"
message so that other entities can reregister attribute information, and then a
leaveall timer starts again.
The timer value is expressed in centiseconds. Valid values are in the range 1 to
10000.
The leaveall timer default is 1000.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/gvrp# timer join 10 leave 30
leaveall 100

Command Line Reference

October 2010

363

GVRP commands

364

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 29: Ethernet Connectivity Fault


Management commands

configure oam cfm enable


Use this command to enable Ethernet CFM globally.

Syntax
[no] enable
Table 404: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables CFM globally.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# enable

configure oam cfm ethtype


Use this command to configure the ethertype for CFM frames.

Syntax
ethtype <value>
Table 405: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>

Value
Valid values are 88E6 and 8902. The default
value is 88E6. Use the value 88E6 for
interaction with MERS. Use the value 8902
for interaction with third-party equipment.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# ethtype 8902

Command Line Reference

October 2010

365

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

configure oam cfm linktrace


Use this command to specify the path trace cache entries in the database.

Syntax
linktrace <cache size>
Table 406: Variable definitions
Variable
<cache size>

Value
The number of path trace cache entries in the
database. Enter a value in the range 1 to 200.
The default value is 100.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# linktrace 150

configure oam cfm md


Use this command to create a Maintenance Domain (MD) within which you can manage
Ethernet traffic.

Syntax
md <WORD>
Table 407: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
The short name for the MD (up to eight
characters).

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# md MD1

configure oam cfm md name


Use this command to a full name for an MD.

366

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure oam cfm md level

Syntax
name <WORD>
Table 408: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
The full name of the MD (up to 31
characters). Place quotation marks around
the full name. The full name is used in CCM,
if you configure a full name for the MD. If you
do not configure a full name, the short name
of the MD is used in CCM.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# name MD1 full-name

configure oam cfm md level


Use this command to specify the MD level. Ensure you specify the level for each MD. The
levels separate MDs from each other and provide different areas of functionality.

Syntax
level <level>
Table 409: Variable definitions
Variable
<level>

Value
The MD level. The default value for this
parameter is 7. To configure the level, enter
a value in the range 0 to 7. The levels define
the MD as follows:
02 (operator levels)
34 (provider levels)
57 (customer levels)

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# level 6

Command Line Reference

October 2010

367

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

configure oam cfm md ma


Use this command to define a Maintenance Association (MA) within an MD.

Syntax
ma <WORD>
Table 410: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
The short name for the MA (up to eight
characters).

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# ma MA1

configure oam cfm md ma cc


Use this command to define continuity check parameters for an MA.

Syntax
cc [cc-interval <value>] [cc-priority <value>] [auto-detect-rmeps
{enable|disable}]
Table 411: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

auto-detect-rmeps {enable|disable}

Turns the auto-detection of remote MEPs on


or off. The default is disable.

cc-interval <value>

The CCM transmission interval in ms. Enter


one of the following values:
1000
10000
60000
600000
The default value is 10000 ms.

368

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure oam cfm md ma mep

Variable
cc-priority <value>

Value
The CCM priority. This value is the 3-bit user
priority field in the VLAN tag. Enter a value in
the range 0 to 7. The default value is 7.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# cc cc-interval 1000 cc-priority 3
auto-detect-rmeps enable

configure oam cfm md ma mep


Use this command to define an MEP within an MA. Each MEP and remote MEP must have a
unique ID within an MA. If two or more MEPs share the same ID, CFM raises an event indicating
a duplicate MEP exists in the MA.
Important:
The Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the Fault Notification Generator
(FNG) in Release 10.1. You may see these parameters in the CLI for MEPs, but you cannot
configure this feature.

Syntax
[no] mep <mep id> <interface id> mep-state {enable|disable} [ccstate {enable|disable}]
Table 412: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

cc-state {enable|disable}

Enable or disable the transmission of CCM


on the MEP. The default value is enable.

mep-state {enable | disable}

An MEP is disabled by default. Enter


enable when you create the MEP to ensure
it is activated. If you must later deactivate the
MEP, use this command and enter
disable.

<interface id>

The interface name. The interface ID can be


up to 16 characters. There is no default
value.

<mep id>

The numerical identifier for the MEP. There


is no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.

[no]

Enter no to delete an existing MEP.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

369

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# mep 101 0/1 mep-state enable
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# no mep 101 0/1

configure oam cfm md ma name


Use this command to specify the full name for the MA.

Syntax
name <WORD>
Table 413: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
The full name of the MA (up to 31
characters). Place quotation marks around
the full name.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# name "MA1 full-name"

configure oam cfm md ma remove-ad-rmeps


Use this command to remove auto-detected remote MEPs from an MA.

Syntax
remove-ad-rmeps

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# remove-ad-rmeps

configure oam cfm md ma rmep


Use this command to create a remote MEP (RMEP).

Syntax
[no] rmep <rmep id> [mac addr]

370

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure oam cfm md ma vlan

Table 414: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[mac addr]

The MAC address of the host. Enter the MAC


address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff. This
parameter is optional. The Secure Router
2330/4134 can auto-detect remote MEPs.

<rmep id>

The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.


There is no default value. Enter a value in the
range from 1 to 8191.

[no]

Enter no to delete an existing remote MEP.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# rmep 12 11:12:13:14:15:16
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# no rmep 12

configure oam cfm md ma vlan


Use this command to specify the VLAN with which the MA is associated.

Syntax
vlan <vid>
Table 415: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>

Value
The VLAN ID with which to associate the MA.
The default value is 0 (untagged). Enter a
VID in the range 0 to 4000.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# vlan <vid>

configure oam cfm md mip


Use this command to define a Maintenance Intermediate Point (MIP) within an MD.

Syntax
[no] mip <mip id>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

371

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

Table 416: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<mip id>

The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is


no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.

[no]

Enter no to delete an existing MIP.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10

configure oam cfm md mip interface


Use this command to specify the MIP interface.

Syntax
mip <mip id> interface <interface id>
Table 417: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<interface id>

The interface name. The interface ID can be


up to 16 characters. There is no default
value.

<mip id>

The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is


no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10 interface ethernet0/1

configure oam cfm md mip state


Use this command to specify the state (enabled or disabled) for a MIP. An MIP is enabled by
default when you create it.

Syntax
mip <mip id> state {enable|disable}

372

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure oam cfm md mip vlan

Table 418: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<mip id>

The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is


no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.

{enable | disable}

Enable or disable the MIP. An MIP is enabled


when you create itit is not necessary to
configure the state as enabled when you
create an MIP.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10 state disable

configure oam cfm md mip vlan


Use this command to specify the VLAN with which the MIP is associated.

Syntax
mip <mip id> vlan <vid>
Table 419: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<mip id>

The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is


no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.

<vid>

The VLAN ID with which to associate the


MIP. The default value is 0 (untagged). Enter
a VID in the range 0 to 4000.

Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10 vlan 10

test oam cfm


Use this command to access the CFM test commands. Use these commands to send loopback
or linktrace messages.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

373

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

Syntax
cfm <md-short-name> <ma-short-name> <mep id>
Table 420: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<ma-short-name>

The short name of the MA.

<md-short-name>

The short name of the MD.

<mep id>

The numerical identifier for the local MEP.


There is no default value. Enter a value in the
range from 1 to 8191.

Example
SR/test/oam# cfm MD1 MA1 11

test oam cfm lbmmep


Use this command to issue CFM loopback messages and to verify a successful path to a
remote MEP.

Syntax
lbmmep {rmep-id <remote_identifier>|mac-addr <remote_macaddr>}
[burst-count <burst_count>] [data-size <data_size>] [pattern-type
<pattern_type>] [priority <priority_indicator>]
Table 421: Variable definitions
Variable

374

Value

{rmep-id <remote_identifier> | mac-addr


<remote_macaddr>}

Enter either the remote MEP ID or the MAC


address of the host for the remote MEP.
Enter a value in the range from 1 to 8191 for
the RMEP ID. Enter a MAC address in the
form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.

[burst-count <burst_count>]

The LBM burst count. The default burst count


is 1. The range is 1 to 200.

[data-size <data_size>]

The LBM data size. The default data size is


0. The range is 0 to 504.

[pattern-type <pattern_type>]

The pattern type for the CFM loopback test.


The pattern type is applicable only if the data
size is non-zero. The default is a pattern of
all ones.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

test oam cfm lbmmip

Variable
[priority <priority_indicator>]

Value
The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The
default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.

Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# lbmmep rmep-id 12

test oam cfm lbmmip


Use this command to issue CFM loopback messages and to verify a successful path to a
remote MIP.

Syntax
lbmmip <remote_macaddr> [burst-count <burst_count>] [dataSize
<data_size>] [pattern-type <pattern_type>] [priority
<priority_indicator>]
Table 422: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<remote_macaddr>

The MAC address of the host for the remote


MIP. Enter a MAC address in the form
aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.

[burst-count <burst_count>]

The LBM burst count. The default burst count


is 1. The range is 1 to 200.

[dataSize <data_size>]

The LBM data size. The default data size is


0. The range is 0 to 504.

[pattern-type <pattern_type>]

The pattern type for the CFM loopback test.


The pattern type is applicable only if the data
size is non-zero. The default is a pattern of
all ones.

[priority <priority_indicator>]

The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The


default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.

Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# lbmmip 21:22:23:24:25:26

Command Line Reference

October 2010

375

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

test oam cfm ltmmep


Use this command to issue CFM path trace messages and to discover the path to a remote
MEP.

Syntax
ltmmep {rmep-id <remote_identifier>|mac-addr <remote_macaddr>} [ttl
<ttl_value>] [priority <priority_indicator>]
Table 423: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

{rmep-id <remote_identifier> | mac-addr


<remote_macaddr>}

Enter either the remote MEP ID or the MAC


address of the host for the remote MEP.

[ttl <ttl_value>]

The "time to live" value. Similar to the IPv4


TTL value, the CFM TTL value is
decremented by one unit on every hop. If the
TTL value drops to zero before the LTM
reaches its destination, the linktrace test
terminates. Enter a value from 1 to 255. The
default value is 64.

[priority <priority_indicator>]

The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The


default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.

Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# ltmmep rmep-id 12

test oam cfm ltmmip


Use this command to issue CFM path trace messages and to discover the path to a remote MIP.

Syntax
ltmmip <remote_macaddr> [ttl <ttl_value>] [priority
<priority_indicator>]
Table 424: Variable definitions
Variable
<remote_macaddr>

376

Command Line Reference

Value
The MAC address of the host for the remote
MIP.

October 2010

show cfm cc-configs

Variable

Value

[ttl <ttl_value>]

The "time to live" value. Similar to the IPv4


TTL value, the CFM TTL value is
decremented by one unit on every hop. If the
TTL value drops to zero before the LTM
reaches its destination, the linktrace test
terminates. Enter a value from 1 to 255. The
default value is 64.

[priority <priority_indicator>]

The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The


default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.

Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# ltmmip 21:22:23:24:25:26

show cfm cc-configs


Use this command to display information about CC configuration.

Syntax
show cfm cc-configs

Example
SR# show cfm cc-configs

show cfm cc-configs ma md


Use this command to display information about CC configuration for a specific MA within a
specific MD.

Syntax
show cfm cc-configs ma <WORD> md <WORD>

Example
SR# show cfm cc-configs ma MA1 md MD1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

377

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

show cfm errors


Use this command to display information about CC errors logged to the Secure Router
2330/4134 since the reset or clear of a specific MEP.

Syntax
show cfm errors mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>
Table 425: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters).

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

<mep id>

The numerical identifier for the MEP. Values


are in the range from 1 to 8191.

Example
SR# show cfm errors mep 11 md MD1 ma MA1

show cfm global-config


Use this command to display CFM global configuration.

Syntax
show cfm global-config

Example
SR# show cfm global-config

show cfm linktrace-cache


Use this command to display path trace cache entries logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134
since a reset or clear.

378

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show cfm ma

Syntax
show cfm linktrace-cache [session <session id>] [mep <mep id>] [rmepid <rmep id>] [ma <WORD>] [md <WORD>] [mac-addr <mac addr>]
Table 426: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<mep id>

The numerical identifier for the local MEP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

<rmep id>

The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters). For example MD1.

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters). For example MA1.

<mac addr>

The MAC address of the remote host. Enter


a MAC address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.

<session id>

The linktrace test session ID. Values are in


the range 1 to 4294967295.

Example
SR# show cfm linktrace-cache session 5527

show cfm ma
Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MA.

Syntax
show cfm ma <WORD> [md-name <WORD>]
Table 427: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters). For example, MA1.

md-name <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters). For example, MD1.

Example
SR# show cfm ma MA1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

379

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

show cfm mas


Use this command to display summary information for all MAs within an MD.

Syntax
show cfm mas md <WORD>
Table 428: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).

Example
SR# show cfm mas md MD1

show cfm md
Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MD.

Syntax
show cfm md <WORD>
Table 429: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>

Value
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).

Example
SR# show cfm md MD1

show cfm mds


Use this command to display summary information for all MDs.

Syntax
show cfm mds

380

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show cfm mep

Example
SR# show cfm mds

show cfm mep


Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MEP.

Syntax
show cfm mep <mep id> [ma <WORD>] [md <WORD>]
Table 430: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<mep id>

The numerical identifier for the MEP. Values


are in the range from 1 to 8191.

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters).

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

Example
SR# show cfm mep 11

show cfm meps


Use this command to display summary information for all MEPs configured within the specified
MA (and MD).

Syntax
show cfm meps ma <WORD> md <WORD>
Table 431: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters).

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

Command Line Reference

October 2010

381

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

Example
SR# show cfm meps ma MA1 md MD1

show cfm mip


Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MIP.

Syntax
show cfm mip <mip id> [md <WORD>]
Table 432: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<mip id>

The numerical identifier for the MIP. Values


are in the range from 1 to 8191.

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

Example
SR# show cfm mip 1

show cfm mips


Use this command to display summary information for all MIPs configured in the Secure Router
2330/4134.

Syntax
show cfm mips [md <WORD>]
Table 433: Variable definitions
Variable
md <WORD>

Value
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).

Example
SR# show cfm mips

382

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show cfm rmep

show cfm rmep


Use this command to display summary information for a remote MEP configured within the
specified MA (and MD).

Syntax
show cfm rmep <rmep id> ma <WORD> md <WORD>
Table 434: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters).

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

<rmep id>

The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

Example
SR# show cfm rmep 11 ma MA1 md MD1

show cfm stats


Use this command to display statistics logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134 since a reset
or clear.

Syntax
show cfm mep-stats [mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>]
show cfm mip-stats [md <WORD> mip <mip id>]
Table 435: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters).

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

<mep id>

The numerical identifier for the MEP. Values


are in the range from 1 to 8191.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

383

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

Variable
<mip id>

Value
The numerical identifier for the MIP. Values
are in the range from 1 to 8191.

Example
SR# show cfm mep-stats mep 12

clear cfm errors


Use this command to clear CCM errors logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
clear cfm errors mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>
Table 436: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

mep <mep id>

The numerical identifier for the local MEP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters).

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

Example
SR# clear cfm errors mep 11 md MD1 ma MA1

clear cfm linktrace-cache


Use this command to clear the path trace cache entries logged to the Secure Router
2330/4134.

Syntax
clear cfm linktrace-cache [session <session id>] [mep <mep id>]
[rmep-id <rmep id>] [ma <WORD>] [md <WORD>] [mac-addr <mac addr>]

384

Command Line Reference

October 2010

clear cfm stats

Table 437: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<mep id>

The numerical identifier for the local MEP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

<rmep id>

The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters). For example MD1.

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters). For example MA1.

<mac addr>

The MAC address of the remote host. Enter


a MAC address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.

<session id>

The linktrace test session ID. Values are in


the range 1 to 4294967295.

Example
SR# clear cfm linktrace-cache session 2

clear cfm stats


Use this command to clear CFM stats logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
clear cfm mep-stats [mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>]
clear cfm mip-stats [md <WORD> mip <mip id>]
Table 438: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

mep <mep id>

The numerical identifier for the local MEP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

mip <mip id>

The numerical identifier for the local MIP.


Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.

ma <WORD>

The short name of the MA (up to eight


characters).

md <WORD>

The short name of the MD (up to eight


characters).

Command Line Reference

October 2010

385

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

Example
SR# clear cfm mip-stats md MD1 mip 12

debug oam cfm dump-data


Use this command to enable or disable the dump of data for Ethernet CFM.

Syntax
cfm dump-data {0|1}
Table 439: Variable definitions
Variable
{0 | 1}

Value
Enables or disables the dump of data. Enter
0 for disable and 1 to enable. The default
value is 0.

Example
SR/debug/oam# cfm dump-data 0

debug oam cfm debug-feature debug-level


Use this command to specify the feature to debug and the level at which to debug.
Secure Router 2330/4134 does not write the debug information to a log file. The Secure Router
2330/4134 displays the debug information only on your screen.
Important:
You can use a debug level of 1 to 4. As the level increases, the amount of debug information
also increases.
Important:
Use the debug commands with caution. The debug command output is code-specific. Use
the show commands to understand the behavior of your system.

Syntax
cfm debug-feature <"value"> debug-level <level>

386

Command Line Reference

October 2010

debug oam cfm debug-feature debug-level

Table 440: Variable definitions


Variable
<level>

Value
Sets the debug level. Enter a value in the
range of 0 to 4. The default value is 0. The
level values correspond to the following
descriptions:
0 = none
1 = major
2 = minor
3 = detail
4 = flood

<"value">

Specifies the feature. Use quotation marks


around the feature description. The feature
description can be up to 127 characters and
uses any of the following words:
ALL
CCI
CCR
CLI
DISPATCH
ERR
FRAME
LB
LPORT
LT
MA
MD
MEP
MIP
PORT
QUE
RMEP
RSP
RX
STARTUP

Command Line Reference

October 2010

387

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands

Variable

Value
TIMERS
TX

Example
SR/debug/oam# cfm debug-feature "LT LPORT MIP" debug-level 3

388

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 30: Port mirroring commands

mirror source
Use this command to configure one mirroring port (destination port) for each mirrored port
(source port). The analyzer and monitor ports can reside either on the same slot or on different
slots.

Syntax
[no] mirror source <interface id> destination <interface id>
direction {both|receive}
Table 441: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

destination <interface id>

The interface ID that identifies the mirroring


port. For example, ethernet5/1.

direction {both|receive}

The direction of packets that you want to


mirror. Use a value of both to mirror both
transmit and receive packets. Use a value of
receive to mirror receive packets only.

[no]

Disables port mirroring.

source <interface id>

The interface ID that identifies the mirrored


port. For example, ethernet6/1.

Example
SR/configure# mirror source ethernet5/1 destination 6/1 direction
both

show mirror
Use this command to view summary information about mirrored ports on the Avaya Secure
Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
show mirror

Command Line Reference

October 2010

389

Port mirroring commands

Example
SR# show mirror

390

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 31: Bridge configuration commands

configure bridge priority


Use this command to set the bridge priority for the common instance. The lower the priority
value, the greater the chance that the bridge becomes the root bridge.

Syntax
priority <value>
Table 442: Variable definitions
Variable
value

Value
bridge priority. The default value is 32768.
Valid values are 0 to 61440, and are
increments of 4096.

Example
SR# priority 5

configure maximum aging time


Use this command to set the maximum aging time for a bridge.

Syntax
max-age < max-age value>
Table 443: Variable definitions
Variable
max-age value

Value
maximum time, expressed in seconds, to
listen for the root bridge. The default value is
20 seconds. Valid values are 6 to 40
seconds.

Example
SR# max-age 36

Command Line Reference

October 2010

391

Bridge configuration commands

configure forward time delay


Use this command to set the time after which (if this bridge is the root bridge) each port changes
its state to learning and forwarding.

Syntax
forward-time <forward delay value>
Table 444: Variable definitions
Variable
forward delay value

Value
forwarding time delay, expressed in seconds.
The default value is 15 seconds. Valid values
are 4 to 30 seconds.

Example
SR# forward-time 5

configure static MAC address


Use this command to to statically configure a bridge entry to forward or discard matching
frames.

Syntax
mac address <mac addr> {forward|discard} <interface> vlan <vid>
Table 445: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<mac addr>

MAC address, expressed in


HHHH.HHHH.HHHH format.

<forward|discard>

action to take when matching frames enter


the specified interface.

<interface>

interface on which the frame enters the unit.

<vid>

VLAN ID. Valid values are 1 to 4094.

Example
SR# mac address HHHH.HHHH.HHHH forward interface vlan 5

392

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 32: SNMP commands

clear snmp-stats
use this command to clear SNMP statistics.

Syntax
clear snmp-stats

Example
SR#

clear snmp-stats

configure snmp-server chassis-id


Use this command to name the SNMP host system.

Syntax
chassis-id <name>
Table 446: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>

Value
Specifies the name of the host system.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server# chassis-id SJ-ca

configure snmp-server community


Use this command to set the SNMP community name and access privileges.

Syntax
community <string> [access_privilege {ro|rw}]

Command Line Reference

October 2010

393

SNMP commands

Table 447: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

ro

Read-only (can get but not set MIB


parameters)

rw

Read/write (can get and set MIB parameters)

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server# community network1 rw

configure snmp-server contact


Use this command to specify a contact person for the SNMP MIB.

Syntax
contact <"contact-name">
Table 448: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<"contact-name">

Name of the person to contact regarding the


SNMP MIB, enclosed in quotation marks.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#

contact "JCameron"

configure snmp-server enable traps bgp


Use this command to enable or disable BGP-related traps.

Syntax
[no] bgp [trap_est] [trap_back]
Table 449: Variable definitions
Variable

394

Value

[trap_est]

Enables BGP established notification trap.

[trap_back]

Enables BGP backward transition


notification trap.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure snmp-server enable traps bundle

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

bgp trap_est

configure snmp-server enable traps bundle


Use this command to enable or disable bundle-related traps.

Syntax
[no] bundle [trap_bundle bundle_up_down] [trap_link link_up_down]
Table 450: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[trap_bundle bundle_up_down]

Enables bundle Enable/Disable notification


trap.

[trap_link link_up_down]

Enables bundle link Enable/Disable


notification trap.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
bundle_up_down

bundle trap_bundle

configure snmp-server enable traps cfm


Use this command to enable or disable the CFM group of traps.

Syntax
[no] cfm
Table 451: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables the CFM group of traps.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#cfm

Command Line Reference

October 2010

395

SNMP commands

configure snmp-server enable traps config


Use this command to enable or disable traps for configuration changes and saves.

Syntax
[no] config [trap_change change] [trap_save save]
Table 452: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[trap_change change]

Enables the configuration trap.

[trap_save save]

Enables the save trap.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

config trap_change change

configure snmp-server enable traps dvmrp


Use this command to enable or disable DVMRP related traps.

Syntax
dvmrp <neighbor-loss> <neighbor-not-pruning>
Table 453: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<neighbor-loss>

Specifies DVMRP neighbor loss traps.

<neighbor-not-pruning>

Specifies DVMRP non-pruning neighbor


traps.

[no]

Disables the DVMRP related traps.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#dvmrp neighbor-loss

396

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure snmp-server enable traps enable-all

configure snmp-server enable traps enable-all


Use this command to enable or disable all traps.

Syntax
[no] enable-all
Table 454: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables all traps.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#enable-all

configure snmp-server enable traps environment


Use this command to enable or disable traps for fan failure or temperature level changes.

Syntax
[no] environment [trap_fan fan] [trap_temp temperature] [trap_power
power]
Table 455: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[trap_fan fan]

Enables fan failure trap.

[trap_temp temperature]

Enables temperature level change trap.

[trap_power power]

Enables power supply status change trap.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

environment trap_fan fan

configure snmp-server enable traps frame_relay


Use this command to enable or disable traps for frame relay virtual circuit state changes.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

397

SNMP commands

Syntax
[no] frame_relay [trap_vcstate vcstate]
Table 456: Variable definitions
Variable
[trap_vcstate vcstate]

Value
Enables VC state change trap.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
vcstate

frame_relay trap_vcstate

configure snmp-server enable traps ospf error


Use this command to enable or disable OSPF error-related traps.

Syntax
[no] ospf error [authentication-failure | bad-packet | config-error |
virt-authentication-failure | virt-bad-packet | virt-config-error]
Table 457: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

authentication-failure

Authentication failure on non-virtual


interfaces.

bad-packet

Packet parse failure on non-virtual


interfaces.

config-error

Config mismatch errors on non-virtual


interfaces.

virt-authentication-failure

Authentication failure on virtual interfaces.

virt-bad-packet

Packet parse failure on virtual interfaces.

virt-config-error

Config mismatch errors on virtual interfaces.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
failure

398

Command Line Reference

ospf error authentication-

October 2010

configure snmp-server enable traps ospf lsa

configure snmp-server enable traps ospf lsa


Use this command to enable or disable OSPF LSA-related traps.

Syntax
[no] ospf lsa [lsa-maxage|lsa-originate]
Table 458: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

lsa-maxage

LSA aged to maxage.

lsa-originate

New LSA originated.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

ospf lsa lsa-maxage

configure snmp-server enable traps ospf retransmit


Use this command to enable or disable OSPF retransmit-related traps.

Syntax
[no] ospf retransmit [packets|virt-packets]
Table 459: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

packets

Packet retransmission on non-virtual


interfaces.

virt-packets

Packet retransmission on virtual interfaces.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

ospf retransmit packets

configure snmp-server enable traps ospf state-change


Use this command to enable or disable OSPF state-change-related traps.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

399

SNMP commands

Syntax
[no] ospf state-change [if-state-change|neighbor-state-change|
virtif-state-change|virtneighbor-state-change]
Table 460: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

if-state-change

Non-virtual interface state changes.

neighbor-state-change

Non-virtual neighbor state changes.

virtif-state-change

Virtual interface state changes.

virtneighbor-state-change

Virtual neighbor state changes.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
change

ospf state-change if-state-

configure snmp-server enable traps pim


Use this command to configure PIM-SM related traps.

Syntax
[no] pim <interface-election> <invalid-join-prune> <invalidregister> <neighbor-loss> <rp-mapping-change>
Table 461: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<interface-election>

Specifies a new DR or DF election trap.

<invalid-join-prune>

Specifies an invalid join or prune receive


message trap.

<invalid-register>

Specifies an invalid register received trap.

<neighbor-loss>

Specifies neighbor loss traps.

[no]

Disables PIM-SM related traps.

<rp-mapping-change>

Specifies RP mapping change trap.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/trap#pim interface-election

400

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure snmp-server enable traps pimv6

configure snmp-server enable traps pimv6


Use this command to configure PIM IPv6 related traps.

Syntax
[no] pimv6 <interface-election> <invalid-join-prune> <invalidregister> <neighbor-loss> <rp-mapping-change>
Table 462: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<interface-election>

Specifies a new IPv6 DR or DF election trap.

<invalid-join-prune>

Specifies an invalid IPv6 join or prune


receive message trap.

<invalid-register>

Specifies an invalid IPv6 register received


trap.

<neighbor-loss>

Specifies IPv6 neighbor loss traps.

[no]

Disables PIM IPv6 related traps.

<rp-mapping-change>

Specifies IPv6 RP mapping change trap.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/trap#pimv6 invalid-join-prune

configure snmp-server enable traps snmp


Use this command to enable or disable traps for SNMP authentication failure.

Syntax
[no] snmp [trap_auth auth_fail]
Table 463: Variable definitions
Variable
[trap_auth auth_fail]

Value
Enables authentication failure trap

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

Command Line Reference

snmp trap_auth auth_fail

October 2010

401

SNMP commands

configure snmp-server enable traps sntp


Use this command to enable or disable client traps for the simple network timing protocol.

Syntax
[no] sntp

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

sntp

configure snmp-server enable traps ssm


Use this command to enable or disable an SSM group of traps.

Syntax
[no] ssm
Table 464: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables an SSM group of traps.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps# ssm

configure snmp-server enable traps system


Use this command to enable or disable traps for reporting system shutdowns, user logins and
logouts, and user login failures.

Syntax
[no] system [trap_shutdown shutdown] [trap_login login] [trap_logoff
logoff] [trap_loginfail loginfail] [trap_authloginfail authfail]
[trap_authloginsuccess authsuccess] [trap_logout logout]
Table 465: Variable definitions
Variable
[trap_shutdown shutdown]

402

Command Line Reference

Value
Enables traps for system shutdowns.

October 2010

configure snmp-server enable traps vrrp

Variable

Value

[trap_login login]

Enables traps for system logons.

[trap_logoff logoff]

Enables traps for system logoffs.

[trap_loginfail loginfail]

Enables traps for failed user login attempts.

[trap_authloginfail authfail]

Enables authentication login fail trap.

[trap_authloginsuccess authsuccess]

Enables authentication login success trap.

[trap_logout logout]

Enables authentication logout trap.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
shutdown

system trap_shutdown

configure snmp-server enable traps vrrp


Use this command to enable or disable VRRP group traps.

Syntax
[no] vrrp

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#

vrrp

configure snmp-server location


Use this command to define the SNMP host system location.

Syntax
location <"location-name">
Table 466: Variable definitions
Variable
<"location-name">

Value
Specifies the location of the host system,
enclosed in quotation marks.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#

Command Line Reference

location SJ-ca

October 2010

403

SNMP commands

configure snmp-server snmp-enable


Use this command to enable or disable the SNMP server.

Syntax
[no] snmp-enable
Table 467: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables the SNMP server.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#

snmp-enable

configure snmp-server snmp-source


Use this command to configures the SNMP source IP address.

Syntax
snmp-source <A.B.C.D>
Table 468: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
Specifies the SNMP source IP address.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#

snmp-source 10.12.3.4

configure snmp-server source-address


Use this command to configure the SNMP server source address for all services.

Syntax
source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>

404

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure snmp-server trap-host

Table 469: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

[ip-address]

Specifies the SNMP server source IP address.

[interface-name]

Specifies the source address by interface name.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#source-address 10.1.1.2

configure snmp-server trap-host


Use this command to assign IP addresses and names to the hosts that will receive SNMP traps
from the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 system.
When configuring SNMP operation, use this command first to allow the system to send traps
when it boots up and finds events to send as traps. Then, use the configure snmp-server
enable traps commands to specify which traps to report.
If multiple hosts are used, repeat this command for each host. Up to 10 hosts can be configured.

Syntax
trap-host <host> <community>
Table 470: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<host>

Host name of SNMP trap hose Enter an IP


address.

<community>

SNMP community string. Enter a word; use


up to 64 characters.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#

trap-host 10.10.10.4 Alarm_sys

configure snmp-server trap-source


Use this command to configure SNMP trap messages so that they are sent to a specific IP
address. Otherwise, traps are sent to the system default address.

Syntax
trap-source <A.B.C.D>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

405

SNMP commands

Table 471: Variable definitions


Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
Specifies the IP address for SNMP trap
messages

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#

trap-source 10.10.10.3

configure snmp-server trap-version


Use this command to configure the SNMP version for trap hosts.

Syntax
trap-version {1|2}
Table 472: Variable definitions
Variable
{1|2}

Value
Specifies the trap version. Default is 1.

Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#

trap-version 2

configure system snmp-ifindex-persistent


Use this command to enable or disable SNMP interface index persistency for the Secure
Router.

Syntax
[no] system snmp-ifindex-persistent
The following message appears:
WARNING : System configuration must be saved (in system.cfg) after
enabling/disabling Index Persistence
Table 473: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

406

Command Line Reference

Value
Disables SNMP interface index persistency
for the Secure Router.

October 2010

show snmp communities

Example
SR/configure#system snmp-ifindex-persistent

show snmp communities


Use this command to display the configured SNMP communities.

Syntax
show snmp communities

Example
SR#

show snmp communities

show snmp configuration


Use this command to display the SNMP interface index persistency configuration status.

Syntax
show snmp configuration

Example
SR#show snmp configuration

show snmp snmp-source


Use this command to display the configured SNMP source IP address.

Syntax
show snmp snmp-source

Example
SR#

show snmp snmp-source

show snmp status


Use this command to display the SNMP generic status information.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

407

SNMP commands

Syntax
show snmp status

Example
SR#

show snmp status

show snmp trap-host


Use this command to display the configured trap receivers.

Syntax
show snmp trap-host

Example
SR#

show snmp trap-host

show snmp trap-source


Use this command to display the configured trap source IP address.

Syntax
show snmp trap-source

Example
SR#

show snmp trap-source

show snmp trap-version


Use this command to display the configured trap version.

Syntax
show snmp trap-version

Example
SR#

408

show snmp trap-version

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show snmp traps

show snmp traps


Use this command to display the SNMP trap configurations.

Syntax
show snmp traps

Example
SR#

show snmp traps

Command Line Reference

October 2010

409

SNMP commands

410

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 33: RMON commands

configure rmon alarm


Use this command to configure an RMON Alarm for a variable. Before configuring an alarm a
valid RMON event should be configured which can be associated with the RMON alarm.
The maximum number of alarms is 100.

Syntax
[no] rmon alarm <1-65535> <variable> <interval> <rising-threshold>
<falling-threshold> <rising-event> <falling-event> [type <type>]
[startup <startup>] [owner <owner>]
Table 474: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<1-65535>

Specifies the index number for the alarm entry.

<variable>

Specifies the variable to be monitored.

<interval>

Specifies the alarm interval. Valid range is 1 - 3600.

<rising-threshold>

Specifies the rising threshold.

<falling-threshold>

Specifies the falling threshold.

<rising-event>

Specifies the rising event index.

<falling-event>

Specifies the falling event index.

[type <type>]

Optional parameter. Specifies the alarm sample type,


absolute or delta. If not specified, the default value is used
(absolute).

[startup <startup>]

Optional parameter. Specifies the alarm trigger, rising, falling,


or rise_fall. If not specified, the default value is used
(rise_fall).

[owner <owner>]

Optional parameter. Specifies the owner of the entry. If not


specified, the default value is used (CLI-Manager).

Example
SR/configure# rmon alarm 12 1.3.6.1.2.1.5.1.0 100 2300 4300 1 3 type
delta startup rising owner Manager-1

Command Line Reference

October 2010

411

RMON commands

configure rmon enable


Use this command to enable Remote Monitoring to collect Ethernet statistics or history
statistics.

Syntax
rmon enable

Example
SR/configure# rmon enable

configure rmon event


Use this command to configure an RMON event which can be associated with the RMON
alarms.
The maximum number of events is 100, and the maximum number of logs per event is also 100.

Syntax
[no] rmon event <1-65535> <type> [community <community>] [description
<description>] [owner <owner>]
Table 475: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<1-65535>

Specifies the index number for the event entry.

<type>

Specifies the type of event: log, trap, or log-trap.

[community <community>]

Specifies the community for sending traps.

[description <description>]

Specifies a description about the event.

[owner <owner>]

Specifies the owner of the event.

Example
SR/configure# rmon event 2 log description "event 2" owner Manager-2

configure rmon history


To collect the Ethernet history statistics, use this command after enabling RMON .

412

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure rmon statistics

The maximum number of history controls per interface is 10. The maximum number of history
buckets per control is 100.

Syntax
[no] history <ethernet_interface> [interval <interval>] [buckets
<buckets>] [owner <owner>]
Table 476: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<ethernet_interface>

Specifies the Ethernet interface on which to collect history


statistics.

[interval <interval>]

Specifies the history interval.

[buckets <buckets>]

Specifies the number of buckets for Ethernet history.

[owner <owner>]

Specifies the owner of this entry.

Example
SR/configure# rmon history ethernet0/1 interval 2 buckets 100

configure rmon statistics


Use this command to collect the Ethernet statistics

Syntax
statistics <ethernet_interface> [owner <owner>]
Table 477: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<ethernet_interface>

Specifies the Ethernet interface on which to collect history


statistics.

[owner <owner>]

Specifies the owner of this entry.

Example
SR/configure# rmon statistics ethernet0/2

show rmon alarm


Use this command to show configuration information for a specific RMON alarm .

Command Line Reference

October 2010

413

RMON commands

Syntax
show rmon alarm <1-65535>

Example
SR# show rmon alarm 1

show rmon alarms


Use this command to show all RMON alarm configuration information.

Syntax
show rmon alarms

Example
SR# show rmon alarms

show rmon ethernet_history


Use this command shows RMON ethernet history table information.

Syntax
show rmon ethernet_history

Example
SR# show rmon ethernet_history ethernet0/4

show rmon events


Use this command to show the configuration of RMON events.

Syntax
show rmon events {<1-65535>|all}

Example
SR# show rmon events 1

414

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show rmon history_control

show rmon history_control


Use this command to show the RMON history control configuration,

Syntax
show rmon history_control <ethernet-interface>

Example
SR# show rmon history_control ethernet0/1

show rmon logs


Use this command to show RMON logs.

Syntax
show rmon logs

Example
SR# show rmon logs

show rmon statistics


Use this command to show RMON statistics data for a specific Ethernet interface.

Syntax
show rmon statistics <ethernet-interface>

Example
SR# show rmon statistics ethernet0/2

Command Line Reference

October 2010

415

RMON commands

416

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 34: DHCPv4 commands

clear ip dhcps bindings


Use this command to clear DHCPv4 server bindings.

Syntax
clear ip dhcps bindings

Example
SR# clear ip dhcps bindings

clear ip dhcps statistics


Use this command to clear DHCPv4 server statistics.

Syntax
clear ip dhcps statistics

Example
SR# clear ip dhcps statistics

configure hostname
Use this command to configure the host name.

Syntax
[no] hostname <host-name>
Table 478: Variable definitions
Variable
<host-name>

Command Line Reference

Value
Specifies the network name of the system.

October 2010

417

DHCPv4 commands

Example
SR/configure# hostname 10.1.10.1

configure interface ethernet dhcp-client


Use this command to configure a DHCP client on an Ethernet interface.

Syntax
[no] dhcp-client [enable] [hostname <host-name>] [lease <duration>]
[request-default-router] [retry-interval <interval>] [route-metric
<route-metric>]
Table 479: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

enable

Enables DHCP client.

lease <duration>

Specifies the duration of the lease in seconds. Values range


from 30 to 4294967 seconds..

hostname <host-name>

Specifies the hostname of the DHCP client.

[no]

Disables DHCP parameters.

request-default-router

Specifies the interface to work with.

retry-interval <interval>

Specifies the timeout interval, in seconds, for the DHCPv4


client negotiation process.

route-metric <route-metric>

Specifies a route metric for the default route: 1254. Default


value is 254.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 1/1#dhcp-client enable

configure interface dhcp-relay


Use this command to configure the DHCP relay server and gateway addresses.

Syntax
dhcp-relay <server-ip-address> <gateway-ip-address>

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# dhcp-relay 120.5.4.3
100.4.3.2

418

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip dhcps enable

configure ip dhcps enable


Use this command to enable the DHCP server.

Syntax
[no] enable

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# enable

configure ip dhcps interface


Use this command to enable DHCP server on an interface.

Syntax
interface <interface-name> [<dlci>]
Table 480: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<interface-name>

Specifies the Ethernet slot and port or the


WAN bundle interface name.

[<dlci>]

Specifies the DLCI for a frame relay PVC.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# interface ethernet0/1

configure ip dhcps pool


Use this command to configure the DHCP address pool. This command enters the DHCP
configuration mode for the specified pool, hence, all commands executed before the next exit
command apply to this pool.
You can create multiple DHCP server pools on devices with multiple interfaces. The router can
act as DHCP server on two interfaces to distribute different information to clients on the two
different networks.

Syntax
[no] pool <pool-name>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

419

DHCPv4 commands

Table 481: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<pool-name>

The pool identifier.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# pool P2

configure ip dhcps pool altvlan


Use this command to configure the Avaya IP Deskphone alternate VLAN ID for the address
pool.

Syntax
altvlan <0-65535>
Table 482: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<0-65535>

Specifies the alternate VLAN ID value.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# altvlan 100

configure ip dhcps pool callserver


Use this command to configure the Avaya Call Server name for the address pool.

Syntax
callserver <A.B.C.D> [port <port>] [appserver <A.B.C.D>] [svpserver
<A.B.C.D>]
Table 483: Variable definitions

420

Variable

Value

callserver <A.B.C.D>

Specifies the call server IP address.

[port <port>]

Specifies the call server port. Range is 1024 65535 (default 4100).

[appserver <A.B.C.D>]

Specifies the application server IP address.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip dhcps pool clientid

[svpserver <A.B.C.D>]

Specifies the spectraLink Voice Priority


(SVP) server IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# callserver 10.2.3.4

configure ip dhcps pool clientid


Use this command to configure the client ID for the address pool.

Syntax
clientid <client-id>
Table 484: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<client-id>

Specifies the client ID in form of


aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# clientid 00:50:52:f5:20:00

configure ip dhcps pool commit


Use this command to commit the current pool configuration.

Syntax
commit

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# commit

configure ip dhcps pool default_router


Use this command to configure the default router address for the address pool.

Syntax
default_router <A.B.C.D>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

421

DHCPv4 commands

Table 485: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Network number in A.B.C.D form.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# default_router 10.5.4.3

configure ip dhcps pool dnsserver


Use this command to configure the DNS server name for the address pool.

Syntax
dnsserver <A.B.C.D>
Table 486: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

DNS server IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# dnsserver 10.8.7.6

configure ip dhcps pool domain


Use this command to configure the domain name for the address pool.

Syntax
domain <domain>
Table 487: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<domain>

Domain name string.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# domain mydomain

422

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip dhcps pool exclude-range

configure ip dhcps pool exclude-range


Use this command to add or modify address ranges to be excluded from the address pool.

Syntax
exclude-range <start-ip> <end-ip>
Table 488: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<start-ip> <end-ip>

Specifies the starting and ending IP address


range to exclude.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# exclude-range 10.1.1.0 10.1.1.5

configure ip dhcps pool host


Use this command to configure the host IP address for the address pool.

Syntax
host <A.B.C.D> <mask>
Table 489: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D> <mask>

Specifies the host IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# host 10.2.3.1 255.255.255.0

configure ip dhcps pool hwaddr


Use this command to configure the hardware address for the address pool.

Syntax
hwaddr <hwaddr>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

423

DHCPv4 commands

Table 490: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<hwaddr>

Specifies the hardware address in the form


of aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# hwaddr 00:50:52:a5:10:00

configure ip dhcps pool lease


Use this command to set the address lease time in seconds (default: 3600 seconds).

Syntax
lease <0-4294967>

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# lease 4000

configure ip dhcps pool netbios_name_server


Use this command to configure NetBIOS name server for the address pool.

Syntax
netbios_name_server <A.B.C.D>
Table 491: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

NetBIOS name server IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# netbios_name_server 10.6.7.8

configure ip dhcps pool network


Use this command to configure the network for the address pool.

424

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip dhcps pool tftpserver

Syntax
network <A.B.C.D> <mask>
Table 492: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D> <mask>

Speciies the network number and mask.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# network 10.2.4.5 255.255.255.0

configure ip dhcps pool tftpserver


Use this command to configure TFTP server name for address pool.

Syntax
tftpserver <A.B.C.D>
Table 493: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the TFTP server IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# tftpserver 10.9.8.7

configure ip dhcps pool wireless


Use this command to configure Avaya Phone Wireless server name for the address pool.

Syntax
wireless <A.B.C.D>
Table 494: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the wireless IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# wireless 10.10.9.8

Command Line Reference

October 2010

425

DHCPv4 commands

configure ip dhcps relay


Use this command to configure the addresses of relay agents.

Syntax
relay <relay-address> <network-address>
Table 495: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<relay-address> <network-address>

Specifies the IP address and network of relay


agents that DHCP listens to.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# relay 192.169.1.1 10.1.1.1

configure ip dhcps remote_database


Use this command to configure a remote DHCP server database.

Syntax
remote_database <database-url> <interval>
Table 496: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<database-url>

Specifies the database URL: ftp://


<user>:<password>@<host>:<port>/<urlpath>

<interval>

Specifies the update interval in seconds.


Default: 600.

Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps#

426

Command Line Reference

ftp://test:123@avaya:2222/test/config

October 2010

configure ip domain_name

configure ip domain_name
Use this command to configure the default domain name.

Syntax
[no] ip domain_name <domain-name>
Table 497: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<domain-name>

Domain name.

Example
SR/configure# ip domain_name myDomain

configure ip name_server
Use this command to configure the secondary DNS name server.

Syntax
[no] ip name_server <server-ip>
Table 498: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<server-ip>

IP address or IPv6 address of the name


server to add.

Example
SR/configure# ip name_server 123.70.0.23

configure ip pname_server
Use this command to configure the primary DNS name server.

Syntax
[no] ip pname_server <server-ip>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

427

DHCPv4 commands

Table 499: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<server-ip>

IP address or IPv6 address of the name


server to add.

Example
SR/configure# ip pname_server 10.1.100.16

show dhcp-relay
Use this command to display the DHCP relay state on the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.

Syntax
show dhcp-relay

Example
SR# show dhcp-relay

show ip dhcps address_pools


Use this command to display DHCPv4 server address pools.

Syntax
show ip dhcps address_pools

Example
SR# show ip dhcps address_pools

show ip dhcps bindings


Use this command to display DHCPv4 server bindings.

Syntax
show ip dhcps bindings

Example
SR# show ip dhcps bindings

428

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ip dhcps config

show ip dhcps config


Use this command to display DHCPv4 server configuration.

Syntax
show ip dhcps config

Example
SR# show ip dhcps config

show ip dhcps interfaces


Use this command to display DHCPv4 server interface.

Syntax
show ip dhcps interface

Example
SR# show ip dhcps interfaces

show ip dhcps statistics


Use this command to display DHCPv4 server statistics.

Syntax
show ip dhcps statistics

Example
SR# show ip dhcps statistics

show ip dns
Use this command to display the current DNS configuration.

Syntax
show ip dns

Command Line Reference

October 2010

429

DHCPv4 commands

Example
SR# show ip dns

430

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 35: DHCPv6 commands

configure interface ipv6 dhcp client


Use this command to enable DHCPv6 client on the specified interface.
The current implementation can enable the client on only one interface at any time.

Syntax
[no] ipv6 dhcp client pd <pdname> [rapid-commit]
Table 500: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<pdname>

The general prefix name that has to be


associated with the prefix(es) obtained by
this DHCPv6 client.

[rapid-commit]

Enables the client to use the rapid-commit


option feature provided by the protocol.
When the rapid-commit is enabled, the client
will use the SOLICIT-REPLY message
exchange to get the prefix information. In
other words, the client would send the
SOLICIT message with rapid-commit
enabled. If the server is configured to accept
the rapid-commit option from the client, it
would send a REPLY packet with all the
prefix information back to client. With these
two messages, the DHCPv6 protocol
operation will be complete. If the rapidcommit is not enabled by client or if the
server is not accepting the rapid-commit, the
server will send an ADVERTISE message as
a reply to the SOLICIT message (rather than
a REPLY message). The client will receive
the ADVERTISE message and it would send
a REQUEST message to server. The server
will then reply with a REPLY message along
with prefix information. In this non rapidcommit mode, FOUR messages are needed
in the message exchange.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

431

DHCPv6 commands

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 dhcp client pd pdname

configure interface ipv6 dhcp relay


Use this command to enable DHCPv6 relay on this interface to listen for client messages.
The current implementation can enable the relay on only one interface at any time.
If you have to change the server IPv6 address, then disable the relay and re-enable it with the
required server IPv6 address. The no form of the command disables the relay.

Syntax
[no] ipv6 dhcp relay server-ipv6 <server-ipv6-address> <interfacename>
Table 501: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<server-ipv6-address>

Specifies the IPv6 address of the DHCPv6


server to which the client requests have to be
forwarded.

<interface-name>

If the DHCPv6 server address is a global


scope address, this parameter is not
required. If the DHCPv6 server address is a
link local scope address, this parameter is
mandatory.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 dhcp relay server-ipv6
fe80::99 ethernet0/4

configure interface ipv6 dhcp server


Use this command to enable DHCPv6 client on the specified interface. The current
implementation can enable DHCPv6 server on only one interface at any time.
The rapid-commit option and the preference value can be modified even after the server is
enabled.
If this command is executed with a pool name, for example, xyz, that does not exist, the
command will still succeed, but the server will not be able to provide any parameter to the
client. At the same time, it is possible to configure this new pool (the same xyz) after enabling

432

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ipv6 dhcp pool

the server. This methodology is chosen to provide the flexibility for the user to configure the
pool either before or after enabling the server.

Syntax
[no] ipv6 dhcp server <pool-name> [rapid-commit] [preference <0-255>]
Table 502: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<pool-name>

Identifies the DHCPv6 pool from which the


server has to lookup the parameters.

[rapid-commit]

Optional parameter that allows the DHCPv6


server to accept the rapid-commit option
from clients.

[preference <0-255>]

Optional parameter that specifies a


preference value.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 dhcp server pool1

configure ipv6 dhcp pool


Use this command to configure a DHCPv6 address pool.

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp pool <poolname>

Example
SR/enable# ipv6 dhcp pool pool1

configure ipv6 dhcp pool dns-server


Use this command to configure the DNS servers for the pool.

Syntax
dns-server <dns-server-value>
Table 503: Variable definitions
Variable
<dns-server-value>

Command Line Reference

Value
DNS server ipv6 prefix (X:X::X:X)

October 2010

433

DHCPv6 commands

Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# dns-server ::FFFF:0000

configure ipv6 dhcp pool domain-name


Use this command to configure the domain name for the pool.

Syntax
domain-name <domain-name value>
Table 504: Variable definitions
Variable
<domain-name value>

Value
Domain name.

Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# domain-name mydomain

configure ipv6 dhcp pool ntp-server


Use this command to configure the NTP server for the pool.

Syntax
ntp-server <ntp-server-value>
Table 505: Variable definitions
Variable
<ntp-server-value>

Value
NTP server (X:X::X:X).

Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# ntp-server ::FFFF:0000

configure ipv6 dhcp pool prefix-delegation


Use this command to build a prefix list.

434

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ipv6 dhcp binding

Syntax
prefix-delegation <IPPrefix> <DUID> [ lifetime {<valid-lifetimevalue> | infinite} {<preferred-lifetime-value> | infinite} ]
Table 506: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<IPPrefix>

IPv6 prefix (X:X::X:X/M)

<DUID>

DUID in hh:hh:tt:tt:m1:m2:m3:m4:m5:m6,
last 6 bytes are MAC

{ <valid-lifetime-value> | infinite }

Specifies the valid lifetime in seconds, in the


range of 60 - 4294967295, or infinite.

{<preferred-lifetime-value> | infinite}

Specifies the preferred lifetime in seconds, in


the range of 60 - 4294967295, or infinite.

Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# prefix-delegation 4444::/64
00:03:00:01:11:22:33:44:55:66 lifetime 70 60

show ipv6 dhcp binding


Use this command to display DHCPv6 binding.

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp binding

Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp binding

show ipv6 dhcp DUIDs


Use this command to display DHCPv6 DUIDs.

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp duids

Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp duids

Command Line Reference

October 2010

435

DHCPv6 commands

show ipv6 dhcp interface


Usethis command to display DHCPv6 interface.

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp interface

Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp interface

show ipv6 dhcp pool


Use this command to display DHCPv6 pool.

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp pool

Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp pool

436

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 36: Network access commands

clear telnet_session
Use this command to clear a specific Telnet connection. Use the show users command to
show a Telnet session's sequence number.

Syntax
clear telnet_session <1-16>

Example
SR# clear telnet_sesion 3

clear telnet_sessions
Use this command to clear all Telnet connections.

Syntax
clear telnet_sessions

Example
SR# clear telnet_sesions

configure ftp_server
Use this command to enable the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server on the Secure Router.

Syntax
[no] ftp_server

Example
SR/configure# ftp_server

Command Line Reference

October 2010

437

Network access commands

configure ftp_user
Use this command to create the FTP user account.

Syntax
ftp_user <username>
Table 507: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<username>

Creates the new username for the FTP


account.

Example
SR/configure# ftp_user username

configure telnet_banner
Use this command to configure a Telnet session display banner.

Syntax
telnet_banner banner <banner> [banner1 <banner1>] [banner2 <banner2>]
Table 508: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

banner <banner>

Sets the banner text.

[banner1 <banner1>]

Use this option to configure a message of


more than 80 characters (for the second line
of text).

[banner2 <banner2>]

Use this option to add a third text line to the


message. The entire message cannot
exceed 255 characters. To insert a blank line
between text lines, type '\n'.

Example
SR/configure#

438

Command Line Reference

telnet_banner banner NC branch router

October 2010

configure telnet_server

configure telnet_server
Use this command to enable the Telnet server.

Syntax
[no] telnet_server

Example
SR/configure#

telnet_server

configure telnet_timeout
Use this command to configure the Telnet session timeout.

Syntax
telnet_timeout <0-3600>
Table 509: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<0-3600>

Specifies the number of seconds after which


an inactive Telnet session times out.

Example
SR/configure#

telnet_timeout 300

configure tftp_server
Use this command to enable the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server on the Secure
Router.

Syntax
[no] tftp_server

Example
SR/configure#

Command Line Reference

tftp_server

October 2010

439

Network access commands

telnet
Use this command to telnet to a remote system.

Syntax
telnet <host-name> [portno <port>] [interface <outgoing-if>]

Example
SR/configure#

telnet 10.12.34.5

show ftp
Use this command to display the status of the FTP server.

Syntax
show ftp

Example
SR# show ftp

show telnet
Use this command to display the status of the Telnet server.

Syntax
show telnet

Example
SR# show telnet

show tftp_server_info
Use this command to display the status of the TFTP server.

Syntax
show tftp_server_info

440

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show tftp_server_info

Example
SR# show tftp_server_info

Command Line Reference

October 2010

441

Network access commands

442

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 37: IPv4 routing commands

clear ip prefix-list
Use this command to reset the hit count to zero in the prefix-list entries.

Syntax
ip prefix-list <listname> [<A.B.C.D/M>]
Table 510: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<listname>

Specifies the name of the prefix-list.

[<A.B.C.D/M>]

IP prefix and length.

Example
SR/configure#

clear ip prefix-list List1

configure access-list
Use this command to configure an access list.

Syntax
access-list <listname> [permit|deny|remark]
Table 511: Variable definitions
Variable
<listname>

Value
A name for the access list.

Example
SR/configure#

Command Line Reference

access-list mylist permit any

October 2010

443

IPv4 routing commands

configure interface ip address


Use this command to configure the IP address and subnet mask for an interface.

Syntax
ip address <address> <mask>
Table 512: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<address>

The IP address for the interface.

<mask>

The subnet mask for the interface.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#
255.255.0.0

ip address 10.10.0.1

configure interface ip proxy_arp


Use this command to enable proxy arp.

Syntax
ip proxy_arp

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#

ip proxy_arp

configure interface ip redirects


Use this command to configure ICMP redirect messages on an interface. Use the no form of
this command to disable redirects.

Syntax
[no] ip redirects

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#

444

Command Line Reference

ip redirects

October 2010

configure interface ip unreachables

configure interface ip unreachables


Use this command to enable ICMP destination unreachable messages on an interface. Use
the no form of this command to disable this feature.

Syntax
[no] ip unreachables

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#

ip unreachables

configure ip load-balancing
Use this command to specify a load balancing policy for equal cost routes.

Syntax
ip load-balancing policy [per-flow|per-packet]
Table 513: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

per-flow

Per IP destination load balancing.

per-packet

Round robin load balancing. Not effective on


Ethernet module cards.

Example
SR/configure# ip load-balancing policy per-flow

configure ip nat access-group


Use this command to apply and access list to a NAT pool.

Syntax
[no] access-group <name> <static> <dynamic> <address>
Table 514: Variable definitions
Variable

Command Line Reference

Value

October 2010

445

IPv4 routing commands

<address>

Specifies dynamic address translation.

<dynamic>

Specifies dynamic port translation.

<name>

Specifies the rule list name.

[no]

Deletes the access-group.

<static>

Specifies static address and port translation.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#access-group list2 static

configure ip nat access-list


Use this command to create or modify an IP access list.

Syntax
[no] access-list <name>
Table 515: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<name>

Specifies the filter rule list name.

[no]

Deletes the access list.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#access-list office

configure ip nat address


Use this command to add a static IP address to the network address translation table..

Syntax
[no] address <local_ipaddr> <global_ipaddr>
Table 516: Variable definitions

446

Variable

Value

<global_ipaddr>

Specifies a global IP address to add to the


translation table.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip nat debug

<local_ipaddr>

Specifies a local IP address to add to the


translation table.

[no]

Deletes the static IP addresses.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#address 10.10.10.1 10.1.1.1

configure ip nat debug


Use this command to recalculate the entire TCP checksum.

Syntax
[no] debug

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#debug

configure ip nat default_addr


Use this command to add or delete a default dynamic port translation IP address.

Syntax
[no] default_addr <ipaddr>
Table 517: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<ipaddr>

Specifies the default IP address.

[no]

Deletes the default IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#default_addr 1.1.1.1

configure ip nat enable


Use this command to enable or disable network address translation modes.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

447

IPv4 routing commands

Syntax
[no] enable
Table 518: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables network address translation


modes.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#enable

configure ip nat interface


Use this command to add or delete a global NAT interface.

Syntax
[no] interface <slot/port> | <bundle_name>
Table 519: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<bundle_name>

Specifies a bundle name for and interface


bundle.

[no]

Deletes the global NAT interface.

<slot/port>

Specifies an Ethernet interface slot and port


number.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#interface 1/2

configure ip nat ip
Use this command to change the dynamic port translation IP address.

Syntax
[no] ip <old_ipaddr> <new_ipaddr>

448

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip nat max_entries

Table 520: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<new_ipaddr>

Specifies the new dynamic port translation IP


address.

[no]

Disables the change of the dynamic port


translation IP address.

<old_ipaddr>

Specifies the old dynamic port translation IP


address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#ip 1.1.1.1 1.2.2.1

configure ip nat max_entries


Use this command to configure the maximum limit for port translations.

Syntax
[no] max_entries <number>
Table 521: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Deletes the maximum number for port


translations.

<number>

Specifies the maximum number for port


translations.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#max_entries 4

configure ip nat max_ports


Use this command to configure the maximum number of port translations for a translation
address.

Syntax
[no] max_ports <ipaddr> <number>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

449

IPv4 routing commands

Table 522: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<ipaddr>

Specifies the translation IP address.

[no]

Deletes the maximum number of ports


translations for a translation address.

<number>

Specifies the maximum number of port


translations for the selected IP address.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#max_ports 10.10.10.1 4

configure ip nat pass_thru


Use this command to allow or disallow the passing of non-translated packets through the NAT
pool.

Syntax
[no] pass_thru
Table 523: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disallows the passing of non-translated


packets through the NAT pool.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#pass_thru

configure ip nat pass-thru-multicast


Use this command to allow or disallow the passing of multicast packets through the NAT pool.

Syntax
[no] pass-thru-multicast
Table 524: Variable definitions
Variable

450

Command Line Reference

Value

October 2010

configure ip nat pool range

[no]

Disallows the passing of multicast packets


through the NAT pool.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#pass-thru-multicast

configure ip nat pool range


Use this command to configure the address pool range for dynamic IP address translation..

Syntax
[no] range <start_ipaddr> <end_ipaddr> <net_mask>
Table 525: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<end_ipaddr>

Specifies the IP address at the end of the


pool range.

<net_mask>

Specifies the network mask.

[no]

Deletes the address pool range.

<start_ipaddr>

Specifies the IP address at the start of the


pool range.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat/pool p2#range 10.10.10.2
10.10.10.8.255.255.255.0

configure ip nat port


Use this command to add a static port to the network address translation table..

Syntax
[no] port <tcp | udp | addr> <local_ipaddr> <local_port>
<global_ipaddr> <global_port>
Table 526: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<global_ipaddr>

Specifies the global IP address.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

451

IPv4 routing commands

<global_port>

Specifies the global port to translate. Values


range from 1 to 65535.

<local_ipaddr>

Specifies the local IP address.

<local_port>

Specifies the local port to translate. Values


range from 1 to 65535.

[no]

Deletes the static port.

<tcp | udp | addr>

Specifies the protocol.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#port tcp 10.10.10.1 40 10.10.0.0 25

configure ip nat reverse


Use this command to enable or disable reverse NAT.

Syntax
[no] reverse
Table 527: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables reverse NAT.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#reverse

configure ip nat reverseACL


Use this command to enable or disable reverse ACL NAT.

Syntax
[no] reverseACL
Table 528: Variable definitions

452

Variable

Value

[no]

Disables reverse ACL NAT.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip nat timeout

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#reverseACL

configure ip nat timeout


Use this command to configure the timeout for dynamic translation entries..

Syntax
[no] timeout <tcp | udp | addr> <seconds>
Table 529: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]
<seconds>

Specifies the timeout time in seconds.


Defaults by protocol are:
tcp7200
udp60
addr3600

<tcp | udp | addr>

Specifies the protocol.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#timeout tcp 2200

configure ip nat trans_addr


Use this command to add or delete a dynamic port translation IP address.

Syntax
[no] trans_addr <ip_addr>
Table 530: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<ip_addr>

Specifies the translation IP address.

[no]

Deletes the translation IP address.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

453

IPv4 routing commands

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#trans_addr 10.1.1.1

configure ip nat trans_mode


Use this command to configure the translation mode.

Syntax
[no] trans_mode mode <overflow | round_robin>
Table 531: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Disables the translation mode.

<overflow | round_robin>

Specifies Overflow or Round Robin


translation mode.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#trans_mode mode overflow

configure ip nat unregistered


Use this command to select that only unregistered local IP addresses are translated.

Syntax
[no] unregistered
Table 532: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[no]

Selects that not only unregistered local IP


addresses are translated.

Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#unregistered

454

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure ip prefix-list

configure ip prefix-list
Use this command to configure IP prefix lists.

Syntax
ip prefix-list {sequence-number | <listname>} {description
<description> | [seq <1-4294967295>] {deny|permit} {<A.B.C.D/M>|any} }
Table 533: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

sequence-number

Include/exclude sequence numbers in


NVGEN.

<listname>

The name of the prefix list.

description <description>

Up to 80 characters describing this prefix-list.

{deny|permit}

Reject or forward packets.

{<A.B.C.D/M>|any}

Configure by IP address or any prefix match.

Example
SR/configure# ip prefix-list mylist deny 10.0.0.0/8

configure ip proxy-dns add-cache


Use this command to add or delete a DNS cache entry.

Syntax
[no] ip proxy-dns add-cache <domain>
Table 534: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<domain>

Specifies the domain to add to the proxy cache.

[no]

Deletes the DNS cache entry.

Example
SR/configure#ip proxy-dns add-cache Dom2

Command Line Reference

October 2010

455

IPv4 routing commands

configure ip proxy-dns enable


Use this command to enable or disable Proxy DNS.

Syntax
[no] ip proxy-dns enable
Table 535: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]

Value
Disables Proxy DNS.

Example
SR/configure#ip proxy-dns enable

configure ip route
Use this command to configure a static IP route.

Syntax
ip route <destprefix> <ipaddressmask> <gatewayip|interface>
<distvalue>
Table 536: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<address>

The IP destination prefix for the route to be


added.

<mask>

The IP destination prefix mask for the route


to be added.

<gatewayip>

The IP gateway address of the route to be


added.

<interface>

The name of the interface.

<distvalue>

The distance value for the route, in the range


1 to 255.

Example
SR/configure# ip route 10.1.200.0 255.255.0.0 10.2.71.5 2

456

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure route-map

configure route-map
Use this command to configure a route map.

Syntax
route-map <route-map-name> [deny|permit] <1-65535>
Table 537: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<1-65535>

Specifies the sequence number for insertion


or deletion.

Example
SR/configure# route-map route1 permit 1

configure route-map match as-path


Use this command to match a BGP autonomous system path access list. Use the no form of
this command to remove a path list entry.

Syntax
[no] match as-path <list-name>
Table 538: Variable definitions
Variable
<list-name>

Value
Specifies an autonomous system path
access list name.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match as-path myaccesslist

configure route-map match community


Use this command to specify the BGP community to be matched. Use the no parameter with
this command to remove the community list entry.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

457

IPv4 routing commands

Syntax
[no] match community <community>
Table 539: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<community>

Specifies the community-list name.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match community mylist

configure route-map match interface


Use this command to configure interface match criterion. Before configuring match criterion,
you first need to configure the route map using the route-map command. The match interface
command specifies the next-hop interface name of a route to be matched. Use the no form of
this command to remove the specified match criterion

Syntax
[no] match interface <ifname>
Table 540: Variable definitions
Variable
<ifname>

Value
Specifies the interface you want to match.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match interface ethernet0/3

configure route-map match ip address


Use this command to configure the match address of a route. Use the no form of this command
to remove the ip address entry.

Syntax
[no] match ip address <accesslistid>

458

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure route-map match ip address prefix-list

Table 541: Variable definitions


Variable
<accesslistid>

Value
The access list to match. Can be specified
as:
<WORD> - The name of the access list
<1 - 199> - The IP access list number
<1300 - 2699> - The expanded-range IP
access list number

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match ip address mylist1

configure route-map match ip address prefix-list


Use this command to match entries of prefix lists. Use the no form of this command to disable
this function.

Syntax
[no] match ip address prefix-list <listname>
Table 542: Variable definitions
Variable
<listname>

Value
The IP address prefix list name.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match ip address prefix-list prefix1

configure route-map match ip next-hop


Use this command to specify a next-hop address to be matched in a route-map. Use the no
parameter with this command to disable this function.

Syntax
[no] match ip next-hop <accesslistid>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

459

IPv4 routing commands

Table 543: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<accesslistid>

The access list to match. Can be specified


as:
<WORD> - The name of the access list
<1 - 199> - The IP access list number
<1300 - 2699> - The expanded-range IP
access list number
prefix-list <prefix-list> - The IP address
prefix list name.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match ip next-hop prefix-list prefix2

configure route-map match metric


Use this command to match a route metric value. Use the no form of this command to disable
this function

Syntax
[no] match metric <metric>
Table 544: Variable definitions
Variable
<metric>

Value
The metric value, in the range 0 to
4294967295.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match metric 106 888999

configure route-map match origin


Use this command to match BGP origin code. Use the no parameter with this command to
disable this matching.

Syntax
[no] match origin {egp|igp|incomplete}

460

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure route-map match route-type

Table 545: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

egp

Remote EGP

igp

Local IGP

incomplete

Unknown heritage

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match origin egp

configure route-map match route-type


Use this command to match specified external route type. Use the no parameter with this
command to turn off the matching.

Syntax
[no] match route-type {type-1 | type-2}

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match route-type type-1

configure route-map match source-protocol


Use this command to match source protocols. Use the no form of this command to disable this
function.

Syntax
[no] match source-protocol <protocol>
Table 546: Variable definitions
Variable
<protocol>

Value
The protocol to match. Possible values are:
connected - Match all connected protocols
ospf - Match ospf source protocol
rip - Match rip source protocol
static - Match all static protocols

Command Line Reference

October 2010

461

IPv4 routing commands

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match source-protocol rip

configure route-map match tag


Use this command to match the specified tag value. Use the no parameter with this command
to turn off the declaration.

Syntax
[no] match tag <0-4294967295>

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

match tag 1234

configure route-map set aggregator


Use this command to set the BGP AS number for the route map and router ID. Use the no
parameter with this command to disable this function.

Syntax
[no] set aggregator as <1-65535> <A.B.C.D>
Table 547: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<1-65535>

Specifies the AS number of aggregator.

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the IP address of aggregator.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set aggregator as 2 10.2.4.6

configure route-map set as-path


Use this command to modify a BGP autonomous system path for a route. Use the no parameter
with this command to disable this function.

Syntax
[no] set as-path prepend <1-65535>

462

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure route-map set atomic-aggregate

Table 548: Variable definitions


Variable
<1-65535>

Value
Prepends this number to the AS path.
Maximum list size is 255.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set as-path prepend 10

configure route-map set atomic-aggregate


Use this command to set a BGP atomic aggregate attribute. Use the no parameter with this
command to disable this function

Syntax
[no] set atomic-aggregate

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set atomic-aggregate

configure route-map set comm-list


Use this command to delete the matched BGP communities from the community attribute of
an inbound or outbound update when applying route-map. Use the no parameter with this
command to disable this feature

Syntax
[no] set comm-list <comm-list> delete
Table 549: Variable definitions
Variable
<comm-list>

Value
Specifies the community-list name.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

Command Line Reference

set comm-list 34 delete

October 2010

463

IPv4 routing commands

configure route-map set community


Use this command to set the BGP communities attribute. Use the no parameter with this
command to delete the entry.

Syntax
[no] set community [community-number <AA:NN>] [internet] [local-AS]
[no-advertise] [no-export][additive]
Table 550: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[community-number <AA:NN>]

Specifies the community number in aa:nn


format.

[internet]

Specifies the Internet.

[local-AS]

Specifies no sending outside the local AS


(well-known community).

[no-advertise]

Specifies no advertisement of this route to


eBGP peers.

[no-export]

Specifies no advertisement of this route to


any peer.

[additive]

Adds to the existing community.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set community no-export no-advertise

configure route-map set dampening


Use this command to enable route-flap dampening and set parameters.

Syntax
[no] set dampening <reachtime> [<reuse-value> <suppress-value> <maxsuppress-time>] [<unreachtime>]
Table 551: Variable definitions
Variable
<reachtime>

464

Command Line Reference

Value
Specifies the reachability half-life time in
minutes (1-145). The time for the penalty to

October 2010

configure route-map set ip next-hop

Variable

Value
decrease to one-half of its current value. The
default is 15 minutes.

<reuse-value>

Specifies the reuse-limit value (1-20000).


When the penalty for a suppressed route
decays below the reuse value, the routes
become unsuppressed. The default reuse
limit is 750.

<suppress-value>

Specifies the suppress-limit value (1-20000).


When the penalty for a route exceeds the
suppress value, the route is suppressed. The
default suppress limit is 2000.

<max-suppress-time>

Specifies the max-suppress-time in minutes.


Maximum time that a dampened route is
suppressed (1-255). The default maxsuppress value is 4 times the half-life time
(60 minutes).

[<unreachtime>]

Specifies the un-reachability half-life time for


penalty, in minutes (1-45). The default value
is 15 minutes.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set dampening 20 333 534 30

configure route-map set ip next-hop


Use this command to set the next-hop IP address to the routes. Use the no form of this
command to turn off the setting.

Syntax
[no] set ip next-hop <A.B.C.D>
Table 552: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>

Value
Specifies the IP address of the next-hop.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

Command Line Reference

set ip next-hop 10.10.0.67

October 2010

465

IPv4 routing commands

configure route-map set local-preference


Use this command to set the BGP local preference path attribute.

Syntax
[no] set local-preference <0 - 4294967295>
Table 553: Variable definitions
Variable
<0 - 4294967295>

Value
Sets the local preference value.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set local-preference 100

configure route-map set metric


Use this command to specify a metric value for a route. Use the no form of this command to
disable this function.

Syntax
[no] set metric <metric>
Table 554: Variable definitions
Variable
<metric>

Value
The metric value for the route, in the range 0
to 4294967295.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set metric 600

configure route-map set metric-type


Use this command to set the metric type for the destination routing protocol. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default.

466

Command Line Reference

October 2010

configure route-map set origin

Syntax
[no] set metric-type {type1|type2}
Table 555: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

type1

Sets to external type 1 metric.

type2

Sets to external type 2 metric.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

metric-type type1

configure route-map set origin


Use this command to set the BGP origin code. Use the no form of this command to delete an
entry.

Syntax
[no] set origin {egp|igp|incomplete}
Table 556: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

egp

Specifies a remote EGP system.

igp

Specifies a local IGP system.

incomplete

Specifies a system of unknown heritage.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set origin egp

configure route-map set originator-id


Use this command to set the BGP originator ID attribute. Use the no form of this command to
disable this function.

Syntax
[no] set originator-id <A.B.C.D>

Command Line Reference

October 2010

467

IPv4 routing commands

Table 557: Variable definitions


Variable

Value

<A.B.C.D>

Specifies the IP address of originator.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set originator-id 1.1.1.1

configure route-map set tag


Use this command to set a specified tag value. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default.
This command is valid for OSPF only.

Syntax
[no] set tag <0-4294967295>
Table 558: Variable definitions
Variable
<0 - 4294967295>

Value
Tag value for the destination routing protocol.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set tag 6

configure route-map set weight


Use this command to set BGP weights for the routing table. Use the no form of this command to
delete an entry.
The weight value is used to assist in best path selection. It is assigned locally to a router. When
there are several routes with a common destination, the routes with a higher weight value are
preferred.
To use the set weight command, you must first have a match clause. Match and set commands
set the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. The match
command specifies the match criteria under which redistribution is allowed for the current
route-map. The set command specifies the set redistribution actions to be performed, if the
match criteria are met.

468

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show ip interfaces

In the configuration: match as-path 10 set weight 400 all routes that apply to accesslist 10 will have the weight set at 400. If the packets do not match any of the defined criteria,
they are routed through the normal routing process.

Syntax
[no] set weight <0 - 4294967295>
Table 559: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<0 - 4294967295>

Specifies the weight value.

Example
SR/configure/route-map#

set weight 400

show ip interfaces
Use this command to display interface information

Syntax
show ip interfaces [interface <ifname>] [format <detail | brief>]
Table 560: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

[interface <ifname>]

Specifies the interface name for which you


want to display information.

format <detail | brief>

Displays a summary of interface information.


briefdisplays a brief summary for the
specified interface.
detaildisplays a detailed summary for
the specified interface.

Example
SR#

show ip interfaces interface ethernet0/3

show ip prefix-list
Use this command to display a prefix list.

Command Line Reference

October 2010

469

IPv4 routing commands

Syntax
show ip prefix-list [<name>|detail|summary]
Table 561: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>

Value
The name of the prefix list you want to
display.

Example
SR#

show ip prefix-list list1

show ip protocols
Use this command to display IP routing protocol process parameters and statistics.

Syntax
show ip protocols [bgp|ospf|rip]

Example
SR#

show ip protocols rip

show ip route
Use this command to display the IP routing table.

Syntax
show ip route <routetype>
Table 562: Variable definitions
Variable
<routetype>

Value
Optional route-type information to display.
Possible options are:
A.B.C.D - The network in the IP routing
table to display.
database - The IP routing table database
to display.
bgp - Display BGP information.

470

Command Line Reference

October 2010

show route-map

Variable

Value
connected - Display connected route
information.
ospf - Display OSPF information.
rip - Display RIP information.
static - Display static information.
summary - Display a summary of all routes.

Example
SR#

show ip route bgp

show route-map
Use this command to show user readable route-map information.

Syntax
show route-map

Example
SR#

show route-map

Command Line Reference

October 2010

471

IPv4 routing commands

472

Command Line Reference

October 2010

Chapter 38: IPv6 routing commands

clear ipv6 mroute


Use this command to clear configured IPv6 multicast static routes.

Syntax
clear ipv6 mroute {all | <group-addr> [<source-addr>]}
Table 563: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

all

Deletes routes for all multicast groups.

<group-addr>

Specifies the group IPv6 address of the


routes to clear.

[source-addr]

Specifies the source IPv6 address of the


routes to clear.

Example
SR#

clear ipv6 mroute all

clear ipv6 neighbors


Use this command to remove all the dynamically learnt neighbor entries.

Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbors

Example
SR# clear ipv6 neighbors

Command Line Reference

October 2010

473

IPv6 routing commands

clear ipv6 prefix-list


Use this command to reset the hit count to zero in the prefix-list entries.

Syntax
clear ipv6 prefix-list <prefix-list>
Table 564: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<prefix-list>

Specifies the name of the prefix-list.

Example
SR#

clear ipv6 prefix-list List1

configure interface ipv6 address


Use this command to configure the IPv6 address for an interface.

Syntax
ipv6 address {<X:X::X:X/M> [eui-64 | anycast] | <prefix-name>
[<X:X::X:X/M>] }
Table 565: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<X:X::X:X/M>

IPv6 prefix address.

<prefix-name>

Prefix name to be referred to assign IPv6


address to this interface

[<X:X::X:X/M>]

Subnet prefix number to be ORed with NW


prefix referred by gen_prefix_name

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#

474

Command Line Reference

ipv6 address ::FFFF:0000/4

October 2010

configure interface ipv6 enable

configure interface ipv6 enable


Use this command to enable IPv6 on the interface.

Syntax
ipv6 enable

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#

ipv6 enable

configure interface ipv6 nd


Use this command to configure Neighbor Discovery (ND) parameters.

Syntax
[no] ipv6 nd { dad-attempts <dad-attempts> | managed-config-flag |
ns-interval <ns-interval> | other-config-flag | ra-interval <rainterval> | ra-interval-min <ra-interval-min> | ra-lifetime <ralifetime> | reachable-time <nd-reachable-time>| suppress-ra }
Table 566: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

dad-attempts <dad-attempts>

Number of NS to be sent to validate DUP


status (0-600). Use 0 to disable DAD on this
interface. (default: 1)

managed-config-flag

Enable MANAGED bit on the RAs sent on


this interface.

ns-interval <ns-interval>

Configure the interval in milliseconds


between IPv6 NS retransmission on an
interface (1000 - 3600000). Default is 1000.

other-config-flag

Enable OTHER bit on the RAs sent on this


interface.

ra-interval <ra-interval>

Configure maximum interval between router


advertisements in seconds (4 - 1800).

ra-interval-min <ra-interval-min>

Configure minimum interval between router


advertisements in seconds (1 - 600).

ra-lifetime <ra-lifetime>

Router lifetime value in seconds (0-9000).

Command Line Reference

October 2010

475

IPv6 routing commands

reachable-time <nd-reachable-time>

NS Reachability time in milliseconds (0 3600000; default: 30000).

suppress-ra

Suppress the transmission of RA on this


interface. Use the no parameter to enable it
again.

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#

ipv6 nd dad-attempts 30

configure interface ipv6 redirects


Use this command to allow the interface to send ICMP redirect messages when a better route
exists for a destination IP address.

Syntax
ipv6 redirects

Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#

ipv6 redirects

configure ipv6 access-list


Use this command to configure an access list for filtering frames. Use the no parameter to
remove a specified access-list.

Syntax
[no] ipv6 access-list <listname> [permit|deny|remark] {X:X::X:X/M |
any}
Table 567: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<listname>

A name for the access list.

{X:X::X:X/M | any}

Specifies the prefix to match.

Example
SR/configure#

476

Command Line Reference

ipv6 access-list mylist permit 3ffe:506::/32

October 2010

configure ipv6 general-prefix

configure ipv6 general-prefix


Use this command to configure a general prefix name with an NW prefix.

Syntax
ipv6 general-prefix <prefix-name> <NW-name>
Table 568: Variable definitions
Variable

Value

<prefix-name>

Prefix name

<NW-name>

NW prefix in the format: